Download: Mirror Download [FCC.gov] Document ID 862830 Application ID 7gill4ICQevz/9izURYOlQ== Document Description 08 user manual part 2 Short Term Confidential No Permanent Confidential No Supercede No Document Type User Manual Display Format Adobe Acrobat PDF - pdf Filesize 206.12kB (2576481 bits) Date Submitted 2007-11-01 00:00:00 Date Available 2007-12-16 00:00:00 Creation Date 2007-10-23 09:02:19 Producing Software Acrobat Distiller 7.0 (Windows) Document Lastmod 2007-10-23 09:03:20 Document Title untitled
● You can also set a timer for watching/recording a program
using a program information provided by the program
guide i-αppli, site, mail, etc.
● If the Alarm, Schedule alarm, and Booking alarm are set to
start at the same time, the following priority is applied.
1. Schedule alarm
2. Booking alarm
3. Alarm
● If there is a timer that is set to start at the same time as the
new timer for recording a program, the confirmation screen
appears. If you select [Yes], the previously saved timer for
recording a program is overwritten by the new one.
● When the ending or starting date and time set for the
previously saved timer for recording a program is the same
as the starting or ending date and time set for the newly
saved one respectively, the confirmation screen appears.
If you select [Yes], the preceding timer terminates slightly
earlier than the specified time.
● If the Booking list is updated because of the saved
reservation being started while editing a reservation
or other reason, the reservation may not be saved
successfully.
● If the repeat type of the schedule set for the 31st is set to
[Month], the schedule is set for the last day of the month
for months with less than 31 days.
At the Booking Alarm Time
The alarm tone sounds for about 30 seconds with the
indicator flashing.
Booking alarm
To stop the alarm tone
Press any key. When you stop the alarm tone, the
display informing the release of the alarm appears. To
turn off the display, press
(OK) or
When you do not stop the alarm tone
The display informing the release of the alarm appears.
To turn off the display, press
(OK) or
When the Cfm. activation is set to [ON]
After you turn off the display informing the release of the
alarm, the Cfm. activation display appears. Select [Yes]
to activate One Seg.
When the Cfm. activation is set to [OFF]
Press
for over a second to activate One Seg.
At the Timer Recording Starting Time
One Seg
18:00
○○テレビ
明日の天気
ON
30sec.before
Eyd
10 Count
● If you set an i-motion with video and sound tracks to the
alarm tone, a movie in the i-motion is displayed.
● If the alarm time comes during a voice/videophone call or
PushTalk communication, the default alarm tone sounds
and default alarm image is displayed. The vibrator does
not operate.
● The Booking alarm does not operate in the following
cases.
- When the FOMA terminal is powered off
- While the Lock all is set
- While the Personal data lock is set
- While the Omakase Lock is set
- While updating the software
● If the alarm time comes in the following cases, the alarm
may operate when the status changes to during a call or
stand-by.
- While placing/receiving a voice/videophone call or
originating/receiving a PushTalk call
- During packet communication
- During the infrared communication/while the infrared
remote control is being used
- During the iC communication
- During data communication or while reading/writing
data from/into a microSD memory card on a PC with the
FOMA terminal connected using the USB cable
- While recording a still image/movie
- While the Schedule alarm is sounding
- Beep while receiving Area Mail, while sounding Area
Mail ring tone, or displaying Area Mail
● If you leave the FOMA terminal with the battery pack
removed or fully expended for a long period of time, the
date and time is reset, and the Booking alarm may not
operate correctly.
A recording is automatically started. When the timer
for recording a program starts while One Seg is
not activated, “ ” appears. After the recording is
completed, the notification icon “ ” (Timer Rec result)
appears in the stand-by display.
ˎ Extend the One Seg Antenna fully while recording a program.
Timer Rec result
1
To check the reservation result
Press
(Link) in the stand-by display and select “
”.
○ △ の不思議
毎週木曜よる10時∼
第225回
ペンギンの一生
■豆知識
■クイズ
■撮影裏話
■次回予告
○ × ch ○ △ の不思議
Preparing to Rec
Continued
249
When the timer recording star ting time comes while
watching One Seg
The Preparing to Rec display appears. To cancel
recording, press
and select [Yes].
To cancel the recording during timer recording
Press
while recording and select [Yes].
One Seg
● Even if the Dur multitask Rec is set to [Prefer recording],
the timer for recording a program may be canceled in a
case such as when there are too many active functions or
there is not enough memory. Also, while transferring data
to the microSD memory card, the recording does not start.
● If the Dur multitask Rec is set to [Prefer operat.] and when
functions that cannot be run simultaneously are active, the
screen for confirming whether to start the timer recording
appears. When you select [Yes], the timer recording starts.
However, regardless of selecting [Yes] on the confirmation
screen, the timer for recording a program may not start in
a case such as when there are too many active functions
or there is not enough memory.
● Even if the FOMA terminal is outside of the broadcast
service area when the timer recording starting time comes,
the timer recording works effectively.
However, the timer recording fails if the FOMA terminal is
outside of the broadcast service area all the time from the
beginning to the end of the scheduled recording time. The
message “Could not receive broadcast wave” appears in
the Result detail display (P.251).
● Timer recording does not start in the following cases.
- When the FOMA terminal is powered off
- When the UIM is not inserted
- While the Lock all is set
- While the Personal data lock is set
- While the Omakase Lock is set
- During packet communication
- During 64K data communication
- During the infrared communication
- During the iC communication
- While using the Data Security Service
- While updating the software
ˎ You can set the following files. You can select a ChakuUta® from [i-motion].
Category
MUSIC※
i-motion※
Melody
Press
(Func) in the Res. data list display.
The Function menu appears.
Select [Booking ALM set] and press
Alarm setting
Alarm tone
Alarm(std)
Alarm image
視聴予約アラーム鳴動
Alarm volume
4
OFF
Vibrator
Color
C5
250
File
File size
Image size
format
AAC-LC/ Max. 5M
−
HE-AAC bytes
MP4
Max. 10M Max. [VGA(640×
bytes
480)]
SMF/
Max. 350K
−
MFi
bytes
※ Some files may not be set.
When you select a Chaku-Uta Full® that has a choice of
specified playback ranges from [MUSIC]
The screen for selecting a type of setting appears. If you
select [Full song], the whole track of Chaku-Uta Full® is
set for the alarm tone. If you select [Point], the specified
playback range of Chaku-Uta Full® is set for the alarm
tone.
To mute the alarm tone
Select [Silent].
To check the alarm tone
Move the cursor to the alarm tone and press
(Play).
Select an image from My picture/i-motion of the
Data Box at [Alarm image].
ˎ You can set the following files.
Category
My picture
i-motion※
File
File size
Image size
format
GIF/
Max. 250K Max. [Stand-by(480
JPEG bytes
×864)], Max. W480
×H288 for GIF
animation
SWF
Max. 100K
−
bytes
MP4
Max. 10M Max. [VGA(640×
bytes
480)]
※ Some i-motion may not be set.
To check the alarm image
Move the cursor to the alarm image and press
Setting the Operation for the Booking
Alarm
You can set the detailed operation for the Booking
alarm.
Select an alarm tone from MUSIC/i-motion/Melody
of the Data Box at [Alarm tone].
Set the volume at [Alarm volume].
Select from [OFF] and [1 to 6].
To set the volume to [OFF]
Press
at level 1.
(Play).
6
Select a vibration type at [Vibrator].
[Pattern1]:
Set short intermittent vibration.
[Pattern2]:
Set long intermittent vibration.
[Link melody]:
Vibrates in accordance with the alarm tone. If you have
set the alarm tone to [Silent] or to a melody that cannot
be synchronized with the vibrator operation, the vibrator
vibrates using [Pattern1].
[OFF]:
Do not set the vibrator.
To check the vibration
Move the cursor to the pattern and press
(Confirm).
Using Data Broadcasting
One Seg allows you to use the data broadcasting in
addition to the video and sound broadcasting. Various
kinds of information including still images and movies,
such as sites linked with programs are available.
ˎ You cannot display the data broadcasting in the TV style.
ˎ During the data broadcasting mode, you cannot select a
broadcast station.
Press
(TV/DATA) while watching One Seg.
“ ” appears and the mode is switched to the data
broadcasting mode.
Half-screen display
Full-screen display
Select an indicator color at [Color].
○ △ の不思議
毎週木曜よる10時∼
Select from 12 indicator colors or [C13:ALL] (indicator
flashes in 12 colors in sequence).
When you move the cursor, the indicator flashes accordingly.
Press
第225回
ペンギンの一生
● When you set an i-motion or Chaku-Uta Full® for the alarm
tone or set an i-motion for the alarm image, the settings
may be changed in some cases.
(Res.Rslt) in the Res. data list display.
Rsrv rslt list
1/2
最新情報
To delete a reservation result
Move the cursor to a reservation result and from the
Function menu, select [Delete one] → [Yes]. To delete
all reservation results, from the Function menu, select
[Delete all], enter the Security code, and select [Yes].
Select a reservation result and press
●ドラマ
●ニュース・ドキュメンタリー
●バラエティ
●スポーツ
○ × ch ○ △ の不思議
Rec
Select an item and press
One Seg
2007/11/28 Wed18:00
○○テレビ
明日の天気
2007/11/29 Thu21:00
△△ テレビ
今日のニュース
第225回
ペンギンの一生
To go back to the video mode
Press
(TV/DATA). Every time you press , the mode
is switched between the video and data broadcasting
modes.
To switch the data broadcasting screen between half and
full screens
Press
(TV/DATA) for over a second during the data
broadcasting mode. Every time you press
for over
a second, the screen is switched between half and full
screens.
To display the certificate
From the Function menu, select [Certificates].
To reload the data broadcasting site
From the Function menu, select [Reload].
To go back to the data broadcasting from the data
broadcasting site
From the Function menu, select [Back to data BC.].
Up to 30 results of Timer recording can be saved.
Press
■豆知識
■クイズ
■撮影裏話
■次回予告
■豆知識
■クイズ
■撮影裏話
■次回予告
○ × ch ○ △ の不思議
Rec
Checking the Reservation Result
○ △ の不思議
毎週木曜よる10時∼
(Complete).
The operation for the Booking alarm is set.
Result detail
[Result]
Timer recording
finished completely
2007/11/28 Wed
18:00
2007/11/28 Wed
20:00
○○テレビ
明日の天気
Eyd
10 Count
To 2007/12/07
● W h e n y o u a c c e s s a n i - m o d e s i t e f ro m t h e d a t a
broadcasting, the site is displayed in full-screen and the
video and sound of One Seg are not output.
● If you select [Yes] on the screen for confirming whether
to connect to i-mode that appears while using data
broadcasting or data broadcasting site, the FOMA
terminal connects to i-mode. If you select [Yes,from then
on], the confirmation screen no longer appears. The
packet communication charge may be required because
of contents of data broadcasting or data broadcasting site
being updated automatically. To display the confirmation
screen again, perform the Rset permission set (P.256).
● The packet communication performed when connecting to
a data broadcasting site is covered by the Pake-Houdai/
Pake-Houdai Full service.
● For the operation while the site is displayed, follow the
same steps as in “Using Sites” (P.162). You cannot enter
pictographs in the text box while in a data broadcasting or
data broadcasting site.
Continued
251
Using Displayed Information
Some data broadcasting or data broadcasting sites
allow you to use displayed information to activate
Phone To, Mail To, or i-αppli To function, download
ToruCa cards, and save entries in the Phonebook or
Schedule.
Using TVlink
D e p e n d i n g o n t h e d a t a b ro a d c a s t i n g o r d a t a
broadcasting sites, you can save a URL or memo
information as a TV link. Once the frequently used site
or memo information is saved as a TV link, you can
display a desired site or memo information directly.
Saving as a TV link
Select an item that can be saved as a TV link and
press
Select [Yes] and press
ˎ The copy control signal (indicating that “the program cannot
be recorded (Copy Never)”, “the program can be recorded
only once (Copy Once)”, or “the program can be recorded
without restrictions (Copy Free)”) is placed in One Seg. They
are set by each broadcast station.
ˎ If the copy control signal of a program is one of “the program
can be recorded only once (Copy Once)” and “the program
can be recorded without restrictions (Copy Free)”, the
program can be recorded.
ˎ When the copy control signal changes to “the program cannot
be recorded (Copy Never)” while recording a program, the
recording stops. Video data recorded up to that point is
saved.
A recorded video is saved in either the [Video] folder in
1Seg of the Data Box or in 1Seg of a microSD memory
card.
■ Estimated number and recording time of videos you
can record
The TV link is saved.
Displaying the Saved TV link
One Seg
From the Menu, select [1 Seg] → [TVlink] and
press
TVlink list
You can save a program as a video and a scene of a
program as a still image while watching One Seg.
Recording a Video
ˎ You can save up to 50 TV links.
Recording One Seg While
Watching
1/4
○○番組
□ △ ズーム
○ △ 入門
△△ 発見
ˎ The following icons show the type of TV link
Data broadcasting site
i-mode site
Estimated max. Estimated max.
number*1
recording time*2
Data Box
99 items
About 30 minutes
microSD memory card 99 items
About 10 hours
(2GB)
43 minutes
Place to save to
*1 Depending on the data size, the number of videos you
can save may decrease.
*2 The recording times are estimated values. They vary
depending on the contents of a program to be recorded.
ˎ To set a place to save a recording video, see “Setting a
Place to Save a Recorded Video to” (P.255).
Memo information
Select a TV link and press
The selected TV link is displayed.
When the screen for confirming whether to connect to the
i-mode appears
Select [Yes].
252
for over a second while watching One
The display is switched to the Preparing to Rec display.
After time for preparation, recording starts and “
”
appears.
TV link with expiration date set
To display the detailed information of a TV link
Move the cursor to a TV link and press
(Detail).
To delete a TV link
Move the cursor to a TV link and from the Function
menu, select [Delete one] → [Yes]. To delete all TV links,
from the Function menu, select [Delete all], enter the
Security code, and select [Yes].
Press
Seg.
To stop recording, press
press
, select [Yes], and
The recording is stopped and a video is saved.
ˎ To play back a saved video, see “Displaying/Playing
Back One Seg” (P.277).
For the TV style
Press
, select [Yes], and press
● A file name of a recorded video appears in the format
of the recorded year, month, date, hour, and minute. For
example, when a video is recorded at November 1, 2007,
9:05, it appears as “200711010905NNN”. A number “000
to 999” is assigned to “NNN”.
● You cannot set a recorded video for the stand-by display,
ring tone, incoming image, etc.
● When the Rec T.shift now/Play T.shift now is activated, you
cannot start recording a program.
● You cannot start recording a video while the FOMA
terminal is outside of the broadcast service area.
● Recorded video can only be moved from the Data Box
to the microSD memory card. A video cannot be moved/
copied from the microSD memory card to the Data Box.
● If the free space of the storage area is being decreased
during recording, the message informing that there is not
enough space appears and the recording ends. The video
recorded up to this point is saved.
Recording a Still Image
You can save up to 50 recorded still images.
Press
while watching One Seg.
A still image is recorded and saved automatically.
ˎ A One Seg recorded still image cannot be saved in the
microSD memory card.
ˎ To play back a saved still image, see “Displaying/Playing
Back One Seg” (P.277).
Starting Time Shift Play While
Watching
You can play back a time-delayed copy of a program
after pausing watching One Seg.
Press
(Func) while watching One Seg.
The Function menu appears.
For the Normal style
Press
(T.shft) and select [Yes]. To play back, press
(Play).
Use
to select [Time shift] and press
Use
to select [Start] and press
Use
to select [Yes] and press
The Time shift recording is started and the Rec T.shift now
display appears.
To cancel the Time shift recording
From the Function menu, select [Time shift] → [Quit] →
[Yes].
To cancel the Time shift recording in the Normal style
Press
and select [Yes].
Press
(Func) to play back.
The Function menu appears.
Use
to select [Time shift] and press
Use
to select [Play] and press
The Time shift play is started.
To quit the Time shift play
From the Function menu, select [Time shift] → [Quit] →
[Yes].
To quit the Time shift play in the Normal style
Press
(Quit) and select [Yes].
● When there is an incoming voice/videophone or PushTalk
call while watching One Seg, the Time shift recording is
automatically started. After the call is disconnected, the
screen for confirming whether to play back a program
appears. Select [Yes] to start the Time shift play.
● The recording time of video you can record using the
Time shift recording is up to about 90 seconds. When 90
seconds are past, the older part of the video is overwritten
by the newer one. Every latest 90 seconds of video is
maintained.
● When the Time shift recording is too short, the Time shift
play may not start, or it may stop immediately to return to
the original broadcasting program.
● You cannot start the Time shift recording when the FOMA
terminal is outside of the broadcast service area. However,
if the FOMA terminal becomes outside of the broadcast
service area while the Time shift recording is in progress,
the recording continues.
● Regardless of whether the data broadcasting is displayed
in half-/full-screen, you cannot start the Time shift
recording during the data broadcasting mode.
One Seg
● Subtitles and data broadcasting cannot be recorded as a
still image.
● A file name of a recorded still image appears in the format
of the recorded year, month, date, hour, and minute. For
example, when a still image is recorded at November 1,
2007, 9:05, it appears as “200711010905NNN”. A number
“000 to 999” is assigned to “NNN”.
● You cannot set a recorded still image for the stand-by
display, incoming image, etc.
● You cannot record a still image while the Rec T.shift is in
progress, the FOMA terminal is outside of the broadcast
service area, or video playback is in progress.
● The number of images that can be saved may decrease
depending on the size of still images.
Example: For the TV style
ˎ While playing back, a video and sound are played back at
about 1.3× speed.
ˎ When you start the Time shift recording while you are talking
on the phone, extend the One Seg Antenna fully.
ˎ You can set it either in the Normal style or in the TV style.
253
Receiving Mail While Watching
One Seg
While watching One Seg, you can read received mail
or reply to the mail. The display style of the received
mail varies depending on the Mail disp set. The default
setting is set to [OFF] (P.256).
■ When the Mail disp set is set to [Display telop]
When you receive mail, the Telop text is displayed. When
you receive i-mode mail from the sender who is saved in the
Phonebook, the name of the sender and subject are added
to the Telop text. When SMS is sent from the sender who is
saved in the Phonebook, the name of the sender and “SMS” are
added.
For the Normal style
For the TV style
Telop
■ When the Mail disp set is set to [Display mail]
“
“
” appears in the Video mode and
” appears in the Mail mode.
Received mail
携帯なつ子
○ × ch ○ △ の不思議
○ △ の不思議
毎週木曜よる10時∼
第225回
ペンギンの一生
In
携帯なつ子
Happy Birthday
Happy birthday! It’s alr
eady one year since you
left. You surely familia
rize yourself with the l
ocal culture. I hope you
enjoy your coming year
One Seg
Multi-window
When you receive mail in the Normal style, the screen for
confirming whether to display received mail appears. Select [Yes]
to display the contents of the mail and “ ” appears.
To reply mail/SMS using the Quote function
Press
(Quote). The Edit mail display or Edit SMS display
appears.
ˎ Follow the same steps as in “Compose and send mail”
(P.179, step 3 to 5) or “Compose and send SMS” (P.202,
step 3 to 4).
To switch to the Video mode
Press
(TV/Mail). Every time you press
(TV/Mail), the
mode is changed between Video and Mail modes.
To end the mail display
Press
(QuitMail).
● Mail cannot be displayed in the TV style but the Telop text
is displayed.
● Mail cannot be displayed when you receive it from the
sender who is saved as Secret. To display mail, set the
Secret display to [ON].
● Mail cannot be displayed when it is sent from a sender
who is not saved in the Phonebook.
● If you receive several mails continuously, the last received
mail is displayed.
● When a message appears in the Mail mode, the message
is not displayed completely and you may not be able to
perform an operation. Press
(TV/Mail) to switch to the
Video mode, the message appears correctly, and then you
can perform the operation.
254
■豆知識
■クイズ
■撮影裏話
■次回予告
○ × ch ○ △ の不思議
Received mail 携帯なつ子
Volume
Channel
Rec
Func
Quit
Telop
● When you receive mail from a sender who is saved as
Secret, the name of the sender is not displayed. To display
a name, set the Secret display to [ON].
● When the mail is being saved in the folder for which
the Mail security is set, the name and subject are not
displayed.
● When the Public mode (Drive mode) is set, the Telop text
is not displayed.
● Mail ring tone, vibrator, and incoming indicator are not
operated.
● If you receive several mails or messages continuously,
the information of the last received mail or message is
displayed in the Telop text.
Various Settings for One Seg
<1Seg setting>
You can set functions regarding One Seg, reset the
settings, etc.
Setting Not to Hear Sound Effect of
Data Broadcasting Site
You can set whether to hear sound effect provided by
data broadcasting/data broadcasting sites.
From the Menu, select [1 Seg] → [1Seg setting] →
[Sound effect] and press
Select [ON]/[OFF].
Deleting the Broadcast Storage Area
You can delete information stored in the broadcast
storage area.
● The volume of the Sound effect follows that set for
watching One Seg.
From the Menu, select [1 Seg] → [1Seg setting] →
[Delete storage area] and press
The BC group list display appears.
To delete data by each affiliated channel group
Move the cursor to an affiliated channel group and from
the Function menu, select [Delete aff. Data] → [Yes].
To delete data of all affiliated channel groups, from
the Function menu, select [Del all aff.data], enter the
Security code, and select [Yes].
The Sound effect is set.
Select an affiliated channel group and press
Setting a Place to Save a Recorded
Video to
You can set a place to save a recorded video.
The Save to display appears.
[Data Box]:
A video is saved in the [Video] folder of 1Seg of the Data
Box.
[microSD]:
A video is saved in 1Seg of the microSD memory card.
The list of the broadcast stations in the affiliated channel
group is displayed.
Select a broadcast station and press
Select [Yes] and press
(Delete).
Data of the selected broadcast station is deleted.
From the Menu, select [1 Seg] → [1Seg setting] →
[Output of Rec] and press
Select a place to save to and press
The Output of Rec is set.
One Seg
Setting Not to Display Images of Data
Broadcasting Site
● When you set the Output of Rec while recording a video,
the setting is effective from the next recording.
You can set whether to display images provided by
data broadcasting sites.
ˎ This setting is synchronized with that of the Display img of
i-mode (P.170).
From the Menu, select [1 Seg] → [1Seg setting] →
[Display img] and press
Select [ON]/[OFF].
The Display img is set.
When set to [OFF], “ ” is displayed instead of images.
● Even if the Display img is set to [ON], some images may
not be displayed correctly.
Continued
255
Setting the Operation for Incoming Mail
While Watching One Seg
Resetting the One Seg Settings to the
Default Settings
You can set whether to display contents of the received
mail or telop when you receive mail while watching One
Seg.
You can reset the settings of the functions regarding
the One Seg video and sound to the default settings.
The items that can be reset are as follows.
From the Menu, select [1 Seg] → [1Seg setting] →
[Mail disp set] and press
[Display mail]:
Display the screen for confirming whether to display the
contents of mail when you receive mail.
[Display telop]:
Display the Telop text.
[OFF]:
Do not display anything.
When you watch in the TV style
In the watching display, from the Function menu, select
[Mail disp set] → [Mail]/[Telop]/[OFF].
Select an operation which is performed when you
receive mail while watching.
Item
Caption disp set
Guide always on
Image quality
Display light
Auto Disp light
Switch sound
Main/Sub
Auto off setting
Items set from the Display img
1Seg menu
Sound effect
Output of Rec
Mail disp set
Booking ALM set
Default setting
OFF
ON
Normal
ON
Primary sound
Main sound
OFF
ON
ON
Data Box
OFF
Alarm tone: Alarm(std),
Alarm image:視聴予約
アラーム鳴動中, Alarm
volume: 4, Vibrator:
OFF, Color: C5:Color5
Items set from the
Function menu
while watching/
playing back a
program
The Mail disp set is set.
● Even if the Mail disp set is set to [Display mail], while
watching One Seg in the TV style or when receiving mail
from the sender who is not saved in the Phonebook, the
mail is not displayed but the Telop text is displayed.
Displaying a User’s Confirmation Screen for
Data Broadcasting Site
From the Menu, select [1 Seg] → [1Seg setting] →
[Reset 1Seg set] and press
One Seg
The Security code screen appears.
If you select [Yes,from then on] on the screen for
confirming whether to connect to i-mode, which
appears when using data broadcasting or data
broadcasting sites, the confirmation screen no longer
appears. To display the confirmation screen again,
perform the Rset permission set.
From the Menu, select [1 Seg] → [1Seg setting] →
[Rset permission set] and press
The Security code screen appears.
Enter the Security code and press
(OK).
The screen for confirming whether to perform the Rset
permission set appears.
Select [Yes] and press
The Rset permission set is reset.
256
ˎ The broadcast storage area and channel list are not reset.
ˎ By performing the Reset 1Seg set, the Rset permission set is
also performed simultaneously.
Enter the Security code and press
(OK).
The screen for confirming whether to reset the One Seg
settings appears.
Select [Yes] and press
The One Seg settings are reset.
Full Browser
Displaying a Website Designed for PC ................................................................................ 258
Key Operations While Viewing a Website .............................................................................258
Managing a Bookmark ........................................................................................................ 262
Setting the Full Browser Functions ..................................................................................... 262
257
Displaying a Website Designed
for PC
You can view websites designed for PC on the FOMA
terminal using Full Browser.
ˎ Some websites may not be displayed at all or displayed
incorrectly.
ˎ Note that the communication charge could be expensive
if you exchange large volumes of data such as viewing
websites that contain a lot of images or downloading files. For
details on the packet communication charge, see the “Mobile
Phone User’s Guide【i-mode】”.
Press
(i-mode) in the stand-by display, select
[Full Browser], and press
Key Operations While Viewing
a Website
You can operate Full Browser both in the Normal and
TV styles.
The following key operations can be performed while
viewing a website.
Operating in the Normal Style
○○○
△△△
Full Browser menu
Home
Bookmark
Go to location
Last accessed URL
Full Browser setting
××××××××××
×××××
□□□
□□□
The Full Browser menu appears.
Select [Go to location] → [Enter URL] and press
The Enter URL display appears.
To view the website saved as the Home page
Select [Home].
To view a website from a bookmark
Select [Bookmark] → a folder → a bookmark.
To view the website accessed last
Select [Last accessed URL] and press
(Cnct).
Press
(Edit) and enter the URL.
Full Browser
Enter the URL including “http://” within 512 half-width
alphanumeric characters and symbols.
Press
(Cnct).
○○○
△△△
××××××××××
×××××
□□□
□□□
Operating method
Operation
Move the pointer※
Press
Key operation
Zoom out
Press
Scroll to the upper page
Press
Zoom in
Press
Scroll to the left page
Press
It can be operated only in the PC
mode.
Press
Display the PagePilot
display (Full page display)
Scroll to the right page
Press
It can be operated only in the PC
mode.
Display the previous page Press
or
(History).
Scroll to the lower page
Press
Display the next page
Press
Display the list of
bookmarks
Switch to the left window
Press
While displaying multiple windows,
press
Switch to the right window While displaying multiple windows,
press
※ The movement speed of the pointer can be changed (P.264).
The website is displayed.
ˎ When the Access setting is set to [No], the screen for
confirming whether to use Full Browser appears. If you
select [Yes] and [OK], the Access setting is changed
and the website is displayed (P.264).
● It may take time to display a website depending on a
website.
● Full Browser does not support the following functions.
- Displaying a Flash movie
- Plug-in
- Playing back a melody or music data
- Phone To
- Displaying PDF data
● Some websites may communicate automatically.
258
To change the function assigned to a key
From the Function menu, select [Short cut], select a key,
press
(Edit), select a function to be assigned to the key,
and press
(Complete).
To restore the default settings, press
(Reset) in the Short
cut list display and select [Yes].
● You can scroll pages using the JOG but you cannot use
the JOG to operate the pointer in a page such as selecting
items. To operate the pointer, use the 4-way keys.
Operating in the TV Style
When you switch to the TV style while viewing a website
in the Normal style, the website can be displayed in the
horizontal orientation. The Viewing Touch Key can be
used to operate in the TV style.
○○○
△△△
History
××××××××××
Select
Operating method
Operation
Scroll upward
Key operation
Scroll downward
Scroll to the left
Scroll to the right
View the previous page
(History)
OK
While viewing a website, press
(Func) to display
the Function menu, and from the Function menu, the
following operations can be performed.
ˎ Some functions cannot be activated while loading a page.
Item
Display the
previous page
Display the next
page
Reload a website
Save a website in
the Bookmark
Connect to
another site
Use a history※
Display a website
Save a website as
the Home page
Display the website
saved as Home
Display in fullscreen
Save an image
Display multiple
windows
Display the Flame
selection display
Search a
character string
in a page
Send a URL by
mail
Display a website
correctly
Operation
Select [Previous page].
Select [Next page].
Select [Reload].
Select [Add bookmark] → [Complete] → a
folder.
Select [Bookmark] → a folder → a
bookmark.
Select [History].
Select [Go to location] (P.258, 260).
Select [Set as Home URL] → [Yes].
Select [Home].
Select [Full scrn/normal].
Select [Acquire image] → [Save]/
[Save&Setting] → an image.
Select [Window] (P.260).
Select [All frames] (P.261).
Select [Search] (P.261).
Full Browser
● The Viewing Touch Key is turned off about 15 seconds
after it lights. Pat the Viewing Touch Key or press
, or
to light it again.
● When you switch to the Normal style while viewing a
website in the TV style, the display changes to the vertical
orientation. If a display such as the confirmation screen
or Full Browser menu display appears, it is displayed in
the horizontal orientation even if you switch to the Normal
style. After you close the display in the TV style, switch to
the Normal style.
Also, same things happen when switching from the Normal
style to the TV style.
● Setting/canceling the full-screen display can be performed
only in the Normal style (P.261).
Function Menus While Viewing a
Website
Select [Compose message].
Select [Word translate].
ˎ Sequentially convert the character codes
and display the site again.
Retry to play back Select [Retry].
an animation
Display a title of a Select [Title].
website
Display a website Select [URL].
URL
(Copy).
ˎ To copy the URL, press
Display a
Select [Certificates] (P.261).
certificate
Set Full Browser Select [Full browser set].
Display a function Select [Short cut] (P.259).
assigned to a key
※ If there is not enough memory, the image which is different
from the one displayed in the shrinking display may appear.
Continued
259
Action Menus While Viewing a Website
While viewing a website, press
(Action) to display
the Action menu, and from the Action menu, the
following operations can be performed.
The Action menu which can be actually performed
varies depending on a displayed website or position of
the pointer.
Item
Display a link in a new
window
Display a linked URL
Download and save an
image
Save an image and set it
as the stand-by display
Zoom in
Zoom out
Select a por tion of an
entire page to display
Select an area or grab a
display to move
Copy a text
Paste a text
Operating method
Select [Open New Window] (P.260).
Displaying Websites in the Multiple
Windows
You can view several websites by switching windows.
ˎ Up to five windows can be displayed. However, you may
not be able to display the maximum number of windows
depending on displaying websites.
Example: Displaying the Home page in the new window
To display a link in the new window
Move the cursor to a link in the Full Browser display,
press
(Action), and select [Open New Window].
To display a URL of a link
Move the cursor to a link in the Full Browser display,
press
(Action), and select [Display Link URL].
Select [Display Link URL] (P.260).
Select [Save image] (P.262).
Select [Save image&set].
Select [Zoom in].
Select [Zoom out].
Select [PagePilot] (P.261).
Select [Text copy] (P.261).
Select [Text paste] (P.261).
Up to 50 websites that have been displayed by
entering their URLs are saved in the URL history. The
sites can be directly accessed from the URL history.
ˎ If a total of 50 URLs is saved in the URL history, the URL is
overwritten from the oldest.
Full Browser
From the Full Browser menu, select [Go to location]
→ [URL history] and press
The URL history display appears.
To display a URL
Move the cursor to a URL history and from the Function
menu, select [URL]. When you press
(Cnct), it is
connected to its website.
To send a URL history by mail
Move the cursor to a URL history and from the Function
menu, select [Compose message].
ˎ Follow the same steps as in “Compose and send
mail” (P.179, step 2 to 5).
To delete a URL history
Move the cursor to a URL history and from the Function
menu, select [Delete] → [Delete one] → [Yes]. To delete
several URLs, from the Function menu, select [Delete]
(Complete),
→ [Select&delete], select URLs, press
and select [Yes]. To delete all URLs, from the Function
menu, select [Delete] → [Delete all], enter the Security
code, and select [Yes].
Select a URL history and press
(Cnct).
The website of the selected URL history is connected.
260
Select [Open New Window] and press
To display a website in the back window
Select [Open Back Window].
To close the window
Select [Close Window] → [OK].
To change the window
Select [Change Window] → a window being switched.
Select [Drag] (P.261).
Displaying Using the URL History
Press
(Func) in the Full Browser display, select
[Window], and press
Select [Home].
The Home is displayed in the new window.
To display a website from a bookmark
Select [Bookmark] → a folder → a bookmark.
To display a website by entering a URL
Select [Go to location] → [Enter URL], press
(Edit),
enter a URL, and press
(Cnct).
To display a website from a URL history
Select [Go to location] → [URL history] → a URL.
Displaying a Frame Page
Dragging
You can display a website consisted of multiple frames.
Select a frame from the frame selection display to
display a page.
Use
to select a frame in the frame selection
display and press
The selected frame is displayed.
To go back to the frame selection display
From the Function menu, select [All frames].
You can select an area or move a display using the
dragging operation in the Full Browser display.
ˎ Some sites may not allow you to drag.
Example: Selecting an area
The pointer changes from “ ” to “ ”.
You can set whether to display the guide display in the
display.
Press
(Func) in the Full Browser display.
Select [Full scrn/normal] and press
Use
to select an area and press
to
The area is selected and the pointer changes to “ ”.
To quit the Drag
Press
The Function menu appears.
Select the Start point and press
The pointer changes to “ ”.
To move a display by dragging
Press
at the point to grab and use
move the display.
Changing the Display
Press
(Action) in the Full Browser display, select
[Drag], and press
The Full scrn/normal is set.
Copying Text
Displaying a SSL-/TLS-Compatible
Page
Press
(Action) in the Full Browser display, select
[Text copy], and press
The pointer changes from “ ” to “ ”.
You can display a SSL-/TLS-compatible page whose
URL begins with “https://” using Full Browser.
Select the Start point and press
ˎ SSL/TLS is a method to perform data communication safely
using the authentication/cryptograph technology.
Use
press
Establishing
SSL/TLS session
(Authenti−
cating)
Searching a Character String in a
Page
Press
(Func) in the Full Browser display, select
[Search], and press
Enter a keyword to be searched at [Search text].
Enter a keyword within 25 full-width or 50 half-width
characters.
Press
(Action) in the Full Browser display, select
[PagePilot], and press
Select [ON]/[OFF] at [Match full].
The entire page is displayed.
Select [ON]/[OFF] at [Case sensitivity].
Use
displayed and press
Press
to select a por tion to be
The selected portion is displayed.
● If there is not enough memory, the image which is different
from the one displayed in the shrinking display may
appear.
Full Browser
Selecting a Portion to be Displayed
from the Entire Page
to select the End point and
The text is copied.
To paste text
Press
(Action) in the textbox of the Full Browser
display and select [Text paste].
When you display a SSL-/TLS-compatible page, the screen
above appears. Once the SSL-/TLS-compatible page is
displayed, “ ” appears.
To display a certificate
From the Function menu, select [Certificates] → a
certificate.
(OK).
The searched word is displayed in reverse video.
To display the previous/next search result
Press
(Back)/
(Next).
Continued
261
Uploading an Image
Managing a Bookmark
You can upload an image saved in the Data Box or
microSD memory card to a website which allows you to
upload an image.
ˎ The way of uploading an image varies depending on a
website.
Select the “select” key in the Full Browser display
and press
Select an image in My picture of the Data Box or
microSD memory card.
ˎ The following image can be uploaded.
Category File format
File size
My picture GIF/JPEG Max. 80K bytes※
Image size
−
※ It is the size for one file. When containing several
images or character strings, the maximum size of the
total amount is 100K bytes.
Up to 200 URLs can be saved as bookmarks of Full
Browser.
ˎ For information on functions operated at the folder list display
or bookmark list display of Bookmark, see P.165 (a URL can
be changed in Full Browser).
ˎ A URL including “http://” of up to 512 half-width alphanumeric
characters and symbols can be saved as a bookmark.
ˎ Bookmarks can be managed by up to 16 folders.
ˎ A folder neme of a bookmark can be entered within 16 fullwidth or 32 half-width characters.
ˎ If there is not enough memory, the image which is different
from the one displayed in the shrinking display may appear.
Editing a Bookmark
You can change the title of a bookmark or URL.
Saving an Image
You can save images downloaded from a website in
the Data Box or microSD memory card.
ˎ A GIF image, JPEG image, PNG image, or BMP image can be
saved and the image size must be less than 1M bytes. PNG
and BMP images can be saved in the microSD memory card
only.
ˎ You cannot save a GIF image exceeding [UXGA(1600×
1200)] and a GIF animation exceeding [Stby(480×864)]
in the Data Box. You may not be able to save some JPEG
images in the Data Box as well.
Full Browser
In the Full Browser display, move the pointer to an
image which you want to save.
Press
The Function menu appears.
Select a place to save to and press
Select [Edit] and press
The display for editing a bookmark appears.
Select [Title], press
, and enter a title.
Enter a title within 12 full-width or 24 half-width characters.
Select [URL], press
, and enter a URL.
Enter the URL including “http://” within 512 half-width
alphanumeric characters and symbols.
Press
(Complete).
The edited contents are saved.
(Action), select [Save image], and press
The screen for selecting where to save appears.
[Data Box]:
Save an image in the Data Box. Select a folder to save
to.
[microSD]:
Save an image in the microSD memory card.
From the Full Browser menu, select [Bookmark] →
, select a bookmark, and press
a folder, press
(Func).
Setting the Full Browser
Functions
You can set the functions used for Full Browser.
ˎ You can operate Full Browser from the Function menu while
viewing a website, but some functions cannot be performed.
The image is saved in the selected place to save to.
Saving a Website as the Home Page
You can save a website as the Home page. “http://
www.google.co.jp” is set as the Home URL at the time
of purchase.
From the Full Browser menu, select [Full Browser
setting] → [Home URL] and press
Press
(Edit), enter a URL, and press
(OK).
Enter the URL including “http://” within 512 half-width
alphanumeric characters and symbols.
262
Setting Cookie
Setting the Display Mode
Cookie is the mechanism for temporarily saving
information such as the user name, date and time you
accessed the website, and number of accesses in the
FOMA terminal when you accessed a website. When
you access the same website next time, the information
is used.
You can set whether to send/receive Cookie when
connecting to a website.
ˎ Under no condition will DoCoMo be held liable for any reveal
of your information to third parties because of sending
Cookie.
ˎ Some websites may not be displayed correctly or may be
unable to use when Cookie is not set.
From the Full Browser menu, select [Full Browser
setting] → [Cookie setting] and press
[Valid]:
Cookie is always valid.
[Notify-sending]:
Select whether to send Cookie.
[Notify-receiving]:
Select whether to receive Cookie.
[Notify-send/recv]:
Select whether to send/receive Cookie.
[Invalid]:
Cookie is always invalid.
To delete all Cookie
Select [Delete Cookie], enter the Security code, and
select [Yes].
Select whether to set Cookie valid and press
You can set the display mode when activating Full
Browser.
From the Full Browser menu, select [Full Browser
setting] → [Display mode setting] and press
[PC mode]:
Display the website with the screen size for PC.
[Mobile mode]:
Reduce the display size of a website to fit in the width of
the FOMA terminal.
Select a display mode and press
The Display mode setting is set.
Disabling the Display of Graphics
You can set whether to display graphics when
displaying a website.
From the Full Browser menu, select [Full Browser
setting] → [Display img] and press
Select [ON]/[OFF] and press
The Display img is set.
Setting the Display Magnification
You can set the display magnification for the Full
Browser display.
From the Full Browser menu, select [Full Browser
setting] → [Display magnification] and press
● When you insert another UIM, the Cookie setting becomes
[Invalid].
Select a display magnification and press
Full Browser
The Cookie setting is set.
Select from [75%], [100%], [125%], [150%], [175%], and
[200%].
Setting JavaScript to Be Valid/Invalid
JavaScript is a programming language used on a
website to create a website with movement.
When JavaScript is used at the website, you can set
whether to execute the program.
ˎ Some websites may not be displayed correctly when you set
JavaScript to be invalid.
From the Full Browser menu, select [Full Browser
setting] → [Script setting] and press
[Valid(Auto)]:
Activate a program automatically during communication.
[Valid(Confirm)]:
C o n f i r m w h e t h e r t o a c t i v a t e a p ro g r a m d u r i n g
communication. If you select [Yes,from then on] at the
confirmation screen during communication, the setting
is changed to [Valid(Auto)] automatically.
[Invalid]:
Do not activate a program.
Select a method to activate a program and
press
The Script setting is set.
When [Valid(Auto)] is selected
Select [Yes].
Continued
263
Displaying the Entire Page While
Scrolling
Setting Whether to Use the Full
Browser Function
You can set whether to display the entire page
automatically while scrolling.
You can set whether to use the Full Browser function.
From the Full Browser menu, select [Full Browser
setting] → [PagePilot setting] and press
Select [Valid in scrl]/[Invalid] and press
[Yes]:
Full Browser can be used.
[No]:
The Access setting display appears when you activate
Full Browser.
The PagePilot setting is set.
Setting the Movement Speed of the
Pointer
You can set a speed to move the pointer.
From the Full Browser menu, select [Full Browser
setting] → [Pointer speed setting] and press
Select a movement speed of the pointer and
press
Select [OK] and press
The Access setting is set.
● When you change the UIM to another UIM, the Access
setting changes to [No].
From the Full Browser menu, select [Full Browser
setting] → [Check settings] and press
The contents of the settings appear.
You can set whether to open a website in a new
window automatically when JavaScript of a website
requests to open a new window.
From the Full Browser menu, select [Full Browser
setting] → [Window Open Guard] and press
Restoring the Default Settings of Full
Browser
You can restore the default settings of Full Browser.
Full Browser
[Valid]:
Do not open a website in a new window.
[Invalid]:
Open a website in a new window.
Select [Valid]/[Invalid] and press
Select whether to use the Full Browser function
and press
Setting Whether to Open a New
Window Automatically
Checking the Settings of Full Browser
Select from [1(Slow)], [2 to 4], or [5(Fast)].
From the Full Browser menu, select [Full Browser
setting] → [Access setting] and press
From the Full Browser menu, select [Full Browser
setting] → [Reset settings] and press
The Security code screen appears.
The Window Open Guard is set.
Enter the Security code and press
Select [Yes] and press
The default settings of Full Browser are restored.
Setting Whether to Send Referer
Referer is the information of a link origin. If you send
Referer, the access information of which page is used
to connect is sent to a site.
You can set whether to send Referer when you select
the link while viewing a website.
ˎ Under no condition will DoCoMo be held liable for any reveal
of your information to third parties because of using Referer.
ˎ Some websites may not be displayed correctly when Referer
is not sent.
From the Full Browser menu, select [Full Browser
setting] → [Referer setting] and press
Select [Send]/[Unsend]/[Notify] and press
The Referer setting is set.
264
Data Display/Edit/
Management
■ Using Still Image
Displaying the Saved Image ............................................................................. 266
Editing Still Images ........................................................................................... 267
■ Using Movie
Playing Back Movie/i-motion ............................................................................... 270
Editing Movies ................................................................................................. 272
■ Using Chara-den
What is Chara-den? ........................................................................................ 274
■ Using Music
Playing Back Music Data ........................................................................................ 275
■ Using the Melody
Playing Back a Melody ......................................................................................... 275
■ Using Kisekae Tool
Displaying/Playing Back Kisekae Tool ........................................................... 276
■ Using One Seg
Displaying/Playing Back One Seg ........................................................................... <1Seg> 277
■ Using the microSD memory card
microSD memory card ....................................................................................................... 278
Displaying Data on the microSD memory card .................................................................. 279
Folder Setup of the microSD memory card ........................................................................ 280
Data That Can Be Written/Read to and from the microSD memory card ........................... 282
Saving Data from the FOMA Terminal to the microSD memory card ................................. 283
Saving Data from the microSD memory card to the FOMA Terminal ................................. 283
Managing the microSD memory card ................................................................................ 284
Using the FOMA Terminal with a PC ..................................................... 285
■ Using the UIM
Copying Data from the FOMA Terminal to the UIM ............................................................ 286
Copying Data from the UIM to the FOMA Terminal ............................................................ 287
■ Using Data Box
Managing Data Box ........................................................................................... 287
Checking the Memory of the FOMA Terminal ..................................... 294
■ Using Infrared Communication
What is the Infrared Communication? ........................................... 295
Data That Can Be Sent/Received via Infrared Communication ......................................... 296
Receiving Data Using the Infrared Communication .................................. 297
Sending Data Using the Infrared Communication ......................................... 297
Using the Infrared Remote Control .................................................................................... 298
■ Using iC Communication Function
What is iC Communication Function? ................................................................................ 298
Receiving Data Using iC Communication .......................................................................... 299
Sending Data Using iC Communication ............................................................................. 300
■ Using PDF-compatible Viewer
Displaying PDF Data ................................................................................... 300
265
Displaying the Saved Image
Select an image and press
Display quality
You can display images saved in My picture of the
Data Box or microSD memory card.
Press
( ) in the stand-by display, select [My
picture], and press
My picture folder list appears.
Select a folder and press
Camera
Func
MENU
1/25
My favorite
Management title
Your cat
Memorial shot
Sasha of the nex
Normal
A friend of Sash
Sharp
A stage face
Dynamic
My picture file list appears.
ˎ The following icons show the type/size of an image.
Icon
Type
JPEG image
Size
sQCIF(128×96)
QCIF(176×144)
QVGA(240×320)
WQVGA(240×432)
CIF(352×288)
VGA(640×480)
Stby(480×864)
1M(1280×960)
2M(1632×1224)
Data Display/Edit/Management
3M(2048×1536 or
2000×1500)※
Others
Frame image
−
Stamp image
−
Deco mail pict.
−
GIF image
−
Flash movie
−
Has loc. Info
−
※ The size of an image is [3M(2000×1500)] when the
Image stabilize function is set to [AUTO].
ˎ “ ” appears on the upper right of the icon for images
prohibited from being retrieved out of the FOMA
terminal.
To display the saved date/time
Press
to switch the display temporarily between the
management title and saved date/time.
266
Display
Enlarge
The selected image appears.
To change the display quality
Press
. By pressing
, you can switch the display
quality between Normal/Sharp/Dynamic.
ˎ The following icons show the display quality.
To hide the icons and guide display
Press
(Display). When you press
(Display), you
can switch the display between standard and simple or
turn off the display.
To display the previous/next image
Use
to display the previous image and
to display
the next image.
To change the display size of a JPEG or GIF image
Press
(True img/Std./Enlarge/Shrink). Press
(True
img) to display the image in the true size. However, when
the image size is set to [sQCIF(128×96)], [QCIF(176×
144)], or [QVGA(320×240)], press
(Std.) to display
the image in the doubled size.
To display a Flash movie again
Press
(Retry).
To attach to i-mode mail
Press
(Func) for over a second (P.183).
To set an image for stand-by or other displays
From the Function menu, select [Display setting] → a
type of display.
To add the location information
From the Function menu, select [Location info] → [Rcv
loc. Info] → [Yes] (P.237).
To use the added location information
From the Function menu, select [Location info] → [Use
loc. Info] (P.238).
To display the attached detailed location information
From the Function menu, select [Location info] →
[Location detail].
To delete the added location information
From the Function menu, select [Location info] → [Delete
loc. Info] → [Yes].
To display an image of VGA or higher in the horizontal
orientation
Press
(Horztl).
To activate the camera
From the Function menu, select [Pict. shoot mode].
● When the file list of images in the microSD memory card is
displayed, you cannot perform the Rcv loc. Info or Delete
loc. Info.
● It may take time to display a file list or images saved in the
microSD memory card.
● If you edit a recorded image on a PC, etc., “ ” may be
displayed instead of the thumbnail.
● When the image cannot be displayed, “ ” appears.
● You can send a still image using the high-speed infrared
communication (P.298).
Example: Pasting a frame and saving by overwriting
From My picture file list, select an image, press
, and press
(Func).
The Function menu appears.
Select [Edit photo] → [Frame] and press
Select a frame and press
Displaying Images as a Slideshow
Press
Select [Slideshow] and press
A stamp can be pasted to an image of [sQCIF(128×
96)], [QCIF(176×144)], [QVGA(240×320)], [CIF(352×
288)], and [Stby(480×864)].
Slideshow
Interval
3sec
Example: Pasting a stamp and saving by overwriting
From My picture file list, select an image, press
, and press
(Func).
Select [Edit photo] → [Image stamp] and press
Select a stamp and press
Select the time during which an image is displayed
at [Interval].
ˎ The interval may vary depending on the size of the
displayed images.
Press
(Activate).
The Function menu appears.
Pasting a Frame
A frame can be pasted to an image of [sQCIF(128×
96)], [QCIF(176×144)], [QVGA(240×320)], [CIF(352×
288)], and [Stby(480×864)].
to adjust the position and press
Press
Press
Data Display/Edit/Management
ˎ You cannot edit preinstalled images or images prohibited
from being retrieved out of the FOMA terminal.
ˎ Some images may not be edited.
ˎ Images may become inferior by editing repeatedly.
(Paste).
(Play).
To add the same stamp
Repeat step 4.
To paste another stamp
Press
(Retry) and perform step 3 to 4 again.
You can edit a JPEG image saved in My picture by
pasting a stamp, a frame, etc.
Use
To check a stamp
Move the cursor to a stamp and press
The slideshow starts.
To stop the slideshow
Press
(Stop).
Editing Still Images
Pasting a Stamp
(Func) in My picture file list.
The Function menu appears.
(Play).
(Save), select [Overwrite], and press
The image with the frame is saved by overwriting the
original image.
To save as a new image
Select [Save new] → a place to save to.
You can automatically switch and display a JPEG
image saved in My picture of the Data Box or microSD
memory card.
To check a frame
Move the cursor to a frame and press
4 Press
(OK).
(Save), select [Overwrite], and press
The image with the stamp is saved by overwriting the
original image.
To save as a new image
Select [Save new] → a place to save to.
Continued
267
Pasting Text
Trimming Part of an Image After Zoom In
Text can be pasted to an image of [sQCIF(128×96)],
[QCIF(176×144)], [QVGA(240×320)], [CIF(352×
288)], and [Stby(480×864)]. The style and color of the
text can also be specified.
You can specify a part of an image after zooming
in on it and trim it into a size of [sQCIF(128×96)],
[QCIF(176×144)], [QVGA(240×320)], [CIF(352×
288)], or [Stby(480×864)].
Example: Pasting text and saving by overwriting
ˎ When the image size is [sQCIF(128×96)], you cannot trim
this image.
From My picture file list, select an image, press
, and press
(Func).
The Function menu appears.
Select [Edit photo] → [Text stamp] and press
□
Data Display/Edit/Management
Use
to adjust the position and press
To add the same text stamp
Repeat step 5.
To paste another text stamp
Press
(Retry) and perform step 2 to 5 again.
Press
7 Press
(OK).
(Save), select [Overwrite], and press
The image with the text is saved by overwriting the original
image.
To save as a new image
Select [Save new] → a place to save to.
268
(Zoom(T))/
(Zoom(W)).
sQCIF(128×96)
(Zoom(T)) to enlarge and
(Zoom(W)) to
ˎ Press
reduce an image.
The zoom is adjusted and the bar is displayed for the zoom
magnification you have set.
Use
and press
5 Press
(OK).
(Paste).
Press
to select the area to be trimmed
(OK).
The image is trimmed to the selected size.
Set each item.
Press
Select [Edit photo] → [Zoom&trim] → a size of an
image to be trimmed and press
ˎ The image size displayed in gray is not available for
trimming.
Std
Std
Std
No
[Input text]:
Enter a text to be pasted within 10 full-width or 20 halfwidth characters.
[Font color]:
Select the color of a font to be pasted.
[Font size]:
Select the size of a font to be pasted.
[Font type]:
Select the type of a font to be pasted.
[Thickness]:
Select the thickness of a font to be pasted.
[Underline]:
Select whether to display a line under a font to be
pasted.
From My picture file list, select an image, press
, and press
(Func).
The Function menu appears.
Input text
Text stamp
Font color
Font size
Font type
Thickness
Underline
Example: Trimming an image and saving by overwriting
(Save), select [Overwrite], and press
The trimmed image is saved by overwriting the original
image.
To save as a new image
Select [Save new] → a place to save to.
Rotating an Image
An image of [sQCIF(128×96)], [QCIF(176×144)],
[QVGA(240×320)], [CIF(352×288)], [VGA(640×
480)], and [Stby(480×864)] can be rotated.
Example: Rotating an image and saving by overwriting
From My picture file list, select an image, press
, and press
(Func).
The Function menu appears.
Select [Edit photo] → [Rotate] and press
Press
(Rotate) and press
Every time you press
clockwise by 90 degrees.
4 Press
You can use the Data Security Service to store up to
10 GIF/JPEG images at one time at the Data Security
Service Center.
ˎ Data Security Service is a paid service that requires a
subscription. For details on this service, see the “Mobile Phone
User’s Guide【i-mode】
”.
ˎ You cannot store a file that contains an image larger than
100K bytes and an image that is prohibited from being
retrieved out of the FOMA terminal.
(OK).
(Rotate), the image rotates
(Save), select [Overwrite], and press
The rotated image is saved by overwriting the original
image.
To save as a new image
Select [Save new] → a place to save to.
Converting the Image Size
You can convert an image size into [sQCIF(128×96)],
[QCIF(176×144)], [QVGA(240×320)], [CIF(352×
288)], or [Stby(480×864)].
Example: Converting an image size and saving
Storing an Image at the Data Security
Service Center
From My picture file list, select an image, press
, and press
(Func).
Press
(Func) in the file list of My picture.
The Function menu appears.
Select [Store in Center] and press
The Security code screen appears.
Enter the Security code and press
The Select&save display appears.
Select an image and press
ˎ To store several images, repeat step 4.
Press
(Complete).
The screen for confirming whether to store the image
appears.
Select [Yes] and press
The call is connected to the Data Security Service Center
and the image is stored. When the storing is completed,
the storing result display appears.
The Function menu appears.
Select [Edit photo] → [Select size] → a size of an
image to be converted and press
Data Display/Edit/Management
ˎ The image size displayed in gray is not available for size
conversion.
Press
(Save), select [Yes] → a place to save
to, and press
The size-converted image is saved.
● Some of the image size cannot be converted into the
selected size.
269
Playback restrictions
Playing Back Movie/i-motion
Icon
Movie/i-motion whose time limit on playback
has expired
You can play back movie/i-motion that is saved in
i-motion of the Data Box or microSD memory card.
To play back movie in a folder repeatedly
From the Function menu, select [Continuous play]. The
files displayed in the list are played back sequentially. To
stop the playback, press
(Stop).
To display the saved date/time
Press
to switch the display temporarily between the
management title and saved date/time.
Press
( ) in the stand-by display, select
[i-motion], and press
The i-motion folder list appears.
To play back data from the last stopped position
Select [Resume play].
To play back a playlist
Select the [Playlist] folder, move the cursor to a playlist,
and press
(Play). When you play back a movie/
i-motion in the playlist, select the [Playlist] folder → a
playlist, move the cursor to a movie/i-motion, and press
(Play).
Select a folder and press
Camera
1/8
Flowers and cats
Management title
Playback restrictions
Movie/i-motion with playback restrictions
Select a movie/i-motion and press
The selected movie/i-motion appears.
When the screen informing to make enough space appears
Select [Yes].
To change the display quality
Press
. By pressing
, you can switch the display
quality between Normal/Sharp/Dynamic.
ˎ The following icons show the display quality.
Normal
One early aftern
Sharp
Chummy two
Dynamic
It looks big
Farewell, My fri
Roaming at night
The i-motion file list appears.
ˎ The following icons show the type/size of a movie/
i-motion and playback restrictions.
Type and size
Icon
Data Display/Edit/Management
Type
Size
Movie/i-motion with video sQCIF(128×96)
and sound tracks
QCIF(176×144)
QVGA(320×240)
VGA(640×480)
Others
Movie/i-motion with video sQCIF(128×96)
track only
QCIF(176×144)
QVGA(320×240)
VGA(640×480)
Others
Movie/i-motion with
sound track only (i-motion
without video track, such
as singer’s voice)
Movie/i-motion
downloaded partway
−
−
ˎ “ ” appears on the upper right of the icon for movie/
i-motion prohibited from being retrieved out of the
FOMA terminal.
270
To hide the icons and guide display
Press
(Display). When you press
(Display), you
can switch the display between standard/simple or turn
it off.
To display the previous/next movie/i-motion
Use
to display the previous movie/i-motion and
to
display the next movie/i-motion.
To change the display size
Press
(True img/Std./Enlarge). When the image size is
set to [QVGA(320×240)], press
(True img) to display
the image in the true size. When the image size is set to
[sQCIF(128×96)] or [QCIF(176×144)], press
(Std.)
to display the image in the doubled size.
ˎ When the image size is set to [VGA(640×480)], the
image is always displayed in the true size and cannot
change the display size.
To attach to i-mode mail
Press
(Func) for over a second (P.183).
To set a movie/i-motion for the stand-by display or other
settings
From the Function menu, select [Display setting] → a
type of a display.
To set a movie/i-motion for the ring tone or other tones
From the Function menu, select [Sound setting] → a
type of a ring tone.
To change the display style of an image temporarily
From the Function menu, select [Change scr. set] → a
display style of an image.
ˎ When the image size is [QVGA(320×240)], you can
select [Hor. wide(zoom)]/[Hor. wide(full)].
To set the display style of an image
From the Function menu, select [Screen setting] → a
display style of an image.
To start the camera
From the Function menu, select [Movie shoot mode].
4
Press
(Play).
Playing Back i-motion by Each Chapter
Display quality
You can play back i-motion by each chapter.
From the i-motion file list, select a movie/i-motion,
press
, and press
(Func).
The Function menu appears.
Select [Chapter list] and press
Chapter list
Chapter1
00:00:00
Chapter2
00:01:20
Chapter3
00:06:30
Chapter4
00:09:00
The selected movie/i-motion is played back.
Operating method
Operation
Play
Key operation
(Play).
Press
(Pause).
Pause
Press
Stop
Press
Volume
adjustment
Fast-forward
Use
Press
holding
during playback. Pressing and
also provides Fast-forward.
Press
holding
during playback. Pressing and
also provides Fast-reverse.
Fast-reverse
Frame advance Press
1/4
(Stop).
during pause.
Select a chapter and press
The movie/i-motion is played back from the selected
position.
To play back from the previous/next chapter
Press
to play back from the previous chapter and
press
to play back from the next chapter.
Creating a Playlist
You can save your favorite movies/i-motion in a playlist.
Up to five playlists can be saved and up to 25 movies/
i-motion can be saved in each playlist.
Example: Adding and saving one movie/i-motion
From the i-motion file list, select a movie/i-motion
and press
(Func).
Select [Add to playlist] → [Save one] and press
The Function menu appears.
Select add to
Data Display/Edit/Management
● When you play back a movie/i-motion for the first time,
the screen for confirming whether to play it back in the
horizontal orientation appears. If you select [Yes], the
movie/i-motion is played back in the horizontal orientation.
● It may take time to display a file list or movie/i-motion
saved in the microSD memory card.
● If you edit a recorded movie on a PC, etc., “ ” may be
displayed instead of the thumbnail.
● If you fold the FOMA terminal during playback of a movie/
i-motion, the playback is stopped temporarily.
● If you leave the FOMA terminal without a battery pack or
with a fully expended battery pack for a long period of
time, the date and time is reset, and a movie/i-motion that
has a time limit on playback may not be played back.
● A movie/i-motion can be set for the ring tone and/or
incoming image when [Ring tone] and/or [Receive display]
is set to “Not restricted” as can be checked in the Detail
info display. However, the following are the exceptions.
- A movie/i-motion restored from a PC or another FOMA
terminal, which was once transferred to it using the
infrared or iC communication or DoCoMo keitai datalink
- A movie/i-motion saved from the microSD memory card
to the FOMA terminal (including the one that is restored
to the FOMA terminal after once copied/moved from
there, except for the movable contents-compatible one)
1/4
Playlist1
Playlist2
Playlist3
Playlist4
To create a new playlist
From the i-motion folder list, select [Playlist] and from the
Function menu, select [Create playlist]. Enter a playlist
name within 10 full-width or 20 half-width characters.
To save several movies/i-motion
From the Function menu, select [Add to playlist] →
[Select&save], select movies/i-motion, and press
(Complete).
Continued
271
3
Select a playlist to be saved and press
The screen for selecting the saving method appears.
[Add]:
Newly add selected movie/i-motion to the movie/i-motion
saved in a playlist.
[Overwrite]:
The screen for confirming whether to overwrite all
movies/i-motion saved in a playlist with selected movies/
i-motion appears. Note that all data existing in the
playlist is deleted when you select [Yes].
Select [Add] and press
Deleting/Editing the Name of the Playlist
You can delete a playlist or edit its name.
Example: Deleting one playlist
A list of all playlists appears.
The selected movie/i-motion is saved in the playlist.
You can delete movies/i-motion from a playlist or
reorder them within a playlist. Even if you delete
movies/i-motion from a playlist, the files of the movies/
i-motion are not deleted.
From the i-motion folder list, select [Playlist] → a
playlist and press
The movie/i-motion list of the playlist appears.
To delete all movies/i-motion
From the Function menu, select [Delete from list] →
[Delete all] → [Yes].
Select a movie/i-motion and press
(Func).
The Function menu appears.
To reorder movies/i-motion
From the Function menu, select [Reorder] → a movie/
i-motion. Move the cursor to the place to move to, press
(Move), and press
(Complete).
Data Display/Edit/Management
272
(Func).
Select [Delete playlist] → [Yes] and press
The selected playlist is deleted.
Editing Movies
You can edit a movie recorded with the FOMA terminal.
Example: Deleting one movie/i-motion
Select a playlist and press
The Function menu appears.
To edit the name of a playlist
Move the cursor to the playlist and from the Function
menu, select [Edit name]. Enter a new name within 10
full-width or 20 half-width characters.
Deleting/Reordering Movies/i-motion
of the Playlist
From the i-motion folder list, select [Playlist] and
press
Select [Delete from list] → [Delete one] → [Yes]
and press
The selected movie/i-motion is deleted from the playlist.
ˎ Some movies may not be edited.
Clipping a Movie
You can clip a portion of a movie of [sQCIF(128×96)],
[QCIF(176×144)], [QVGA(320×240)], and [VGA(640
×480)] image size by specifying the range or size to
be clipped.
Example: Trimming a movie image by specifying size and saving
by overwriting
From the i-motion file list, select a movie, press
, and press
(Func).
The Function menu appears.
Select [Edit movie] → [Clip movie] and press
Clip movie
Any size
Attach to mail(S)
Attach to mail(L)
[Any size]:
Clip a movie by specifying the start and end positions.
[Attach to mail(S)]:
Automatically clip a movie to up to 500K-byte length
from the specified start position.
[Attach to mail(L)]:
Automatically clip a movie to up to 2M-byte length from
the specified start position.
3
Select [Attach to mail(S)]/[Attach to mail(L)] and
press
Converting the Image Size
You can convert a [QVGA(320×240)] or [VGA(640
×480)] image size movie into the [QCIF(176×144)]
image size.
Example: Converting the image size and saving by overwriting
From the i-motion file list, select a movie, press
, and press
(Func).
The Function menu appears.
Use
press
to select the clipping start position and
(Start).
When you select [Any size]
Use
to select the clipping end position and press
(End).
Select [Yes] and press
Press
(Save), select [Overwrite], and press
The movie clip is saved by overwriting the original movie.
To save as a new movie
Select [Save new] → a place to save to.
Select [Edit movie] → [Select size] and press
Select [Yes] and press
4 Press
(Save), select [Overwrite], and press
The converted movie is saved by overwriting the original
movie.
To save as a new movie
Select [Save new] → a place to save to.
● It may take time to convert a large movie/i-motion file.
● When the size of a file after conversion is too large, movie
images may be partially clipped into a file of 500K bytes or
less.
Clipping a Still Image from a Movie
You can specify any portion of a movie and clip it as
a still image of [sQCIF(128×96)], [QCIF(176×144)],
[QVGA(320×240)], and [VGA(640×480)] image size.
From the i-motion file list, select a movie, press
, and press
(Func).
The Function menu appears.
Select [Edit movie] → [Clip picture] and press
Data Display/Edit/Management
To move forward frame-by-frame
Press .
To move backward frame-by-frame
Press .
Press
(Play), press
clipping position, and press
Select [Yes] and press
Press
(Save), select [Yes] → a place to save
to, and press
(Pause) at the
(Clip).
The still image clip is saved in My picture.
273
What is Chara-den?
You can send an avatar of your choice instead of your
own image when you use the videophone function. You
can make this avatar move by pressing the keys on the
keypad. The mouth part of some avatars can be moved
in response to the sound heard from the microphone.
Displaying and Operating Chara-den
You can display Chara-den characters saved in the
Chara-den folder of the Data Box.
Press
( ) in the stand-by display, select
[Chara-den], and press
Chara−den
■ Preinstalled Chara-den characters
1/1
アイアイ
Management title
アイアイ
The Chara-den file list appears.
ˎ File restriction is set for Chara-den files and “ ”
appears on the upper right of the Chara-den icon.
To place a videophone call
Move the cursor to the Chara-den file and from the
Function menu, select [Call Chara-den], enter a phone
number, and press
(V.phone).
To set a substitute image of videophone
Move the cursor to the Chara-den file and from the
Function menu, select [Set sub image].
©SEGA
■ Action lists of the preinstalled Chara-den characters
アイアイ
Full-body action
1: アレレ?
2:
4: アハハッ
5:
7: がっかり・・・ 8:
イェーイ!
もうっ!
ごめんなさーい
3:
6:
9:
エーンエーン
ねむいよ∼
なんだってー!
Select a Chara-den file and press
● If you have deleted a preinstalled Chara-den fille, you can
download it from “SO@Planet”.
[i Menu] → [メニュー/検索] (Menu/Search) → [ケータイ電
話メーカー] (Mobile Phone Manufacturers) → [SO@Planet]
(Japanese only)
Action mode icon
©SEGA
To display the previous/next Chara-den
Use
to display the previous Chara-den and
display the next Chara-den.
to
Operating method
Operation
Stop action
Press
Key operation
while in action.
Data Display/Edit/Management
Switch the action P r e s s
(Change). Every time
mode
you press this key, the operation is
switched between full-body action and
parts action.
(Full-body action) :
The entire body is moved.
(Parts action) :
A part of the body is moved.
Display the action Press
(List). Select an action to
list
check the movement of it. Move the
cursor to an action and press
(Detail)
to display the action name.
D i s p l a y o t h e r From the Function menu, select [Set
Chara-den file
Chara-den] → [Change Chara-den] →
a Chara-den file.
● The action that you can perform varies depending on a
Chara-den file. Some Chara-den files have no action to be
performed.
274
Playing Back Music Data
Select music data and press
You can play back music data saved in MUSIC of the
Data Box and microSD memory card.
Press
( ) in the stand-by display, select
[MUSIC], and press
Music
Orig. playlis
folder 1
What Can U Do (M
The selected music data is played back.
Operating method
Search by i−mode
The list of music folders and files appears.
ˎ The following icons show the type of music data and
playback restrictions.
Type
Icon
Type
Original playlist, imported playlist, and
WMA playlist
Chaku-Uta Full®
Operation
Play
Press
Stop
Press
Volume
adjustment
Rewinding
Use
Fast-forward
Fast-reverse
Chaku-Uta Full® downloaded partway
Press
Key operation
(Play).
(Stop).
for over a second during
P re s s
playback.
P re s s
for over a second during
playback.
When you select a playlist
It is switched to the MUSIC Player.
3GPP
MP3
WMA
Playing Back a Melody
ATRAC
®
ˎ File restriction is set for Chaku-Uta Full and “
appears on the upper right of the icon.
”
Playback restrictions
Icon
Playback restrictions
Music data with playback restrictions
You can play back an SMF/MFi-format melody that is
saved in Melody of the Data Box or microSD memory
card.
Press
( ) in the stand-by display, select
[Melody], and press
Data Display/Edit/Management
Music data whose time limit on playback
has expired
Uta-hodai
The melody folder list appears.
Uta-hodai whose time limit on playback has
expired
To play back music data in a folder
Select a folder and press
To switch between the jacket display and list display
From the Function menu, select [Change jackets].
To switch to the MUSIC Player
From the Function menu, select [Player mode].
Continued
275
2
Select a folder and press
Preinstall
1/21
着信音1
着信音2
着信音3
着信音4
着信音5
Symphony
Mandolin Concerto
Mordau
Kanon
Forest
Cuckoo Clock
School Chime
Management title
You can display/play back a Kisekae tool that is saved
in Kisekae Tool of the Data Box or microSD memory
card.
ˎ You cannot play back a Kisekae tool on the microSD memory
card.
The melody file list appears.
ˎ The following icons show the type of the melody.
Icon
Displaying/Playing Back
Kisekae Tool
Type
Press
( ) in the stand-by display, select
[Kisekae Tool], and press
The Kisekae Tool folder list appears.
Select a folder and press
Preinstall
Melody
1/7
Manual Custom
3D sound-compatible melody
Magical Black
ˎ “ ” appears on the upper right of the icon for
melodies prohibited from being retrieved out of the
FOMA terminal.
To play a melody that has specified playback range
Move the cursor to the melody and from the Function
menu, select [Play portion].
To attach to i-mode mail
Move the cursor to the melody and from the Function
menu, select [Attach to mail] (P.183).
To set a melody for the phone tone or other settings
Move the cursor to a melody and from the Function
menu, select [Sound setting] → a ring tone.
Select a melody and press
Colorful White
Contemporary Red
Blooming Beige
エリクル@Ocean
The Kisekae Tool list appears.
ˎ The following icons show the type of the Kisekae tool.
Icon
Type
Kisekae tool
Kisekae tool downloaded partway
To display an image of the Kisekae tool
Press
(Play).
To set the Kisekae tool
Move the cursor to a Kisekae tool and from the Function
menu, select [Kisekae setting].
Mandolin Concerto
Data Display/Edit/Management
Select a Kisekae tool and press
Colorful White
1/18
Preview
Kisekae menu
The selected melody is played and the indicator flashes.
To stop playback
Press
(Stop).
To play back the previous/next melody
Use
to play back the previous melody and
to play
back the next melody.
To adjust the volume
Use
Stand−by
Voice call
Calling image
Voice call
Incoming image
V.phone
Calling image
The data list display of the Kisekae tool appears.
ˎ The following icons show the type of the file.
● When you play back a melody, the FOMA terminal may
start vibrating in concert with the melody, regardless of the
Vibrator setting (P.103).
● If you fold the FOMA terminal during playback of a melody,
the playback is stopped.
Icon
Type
Kisekae menu
Movie/i-motion
Image or melody
File that cannot be played back
Color theme
When the screen informing to make enough space appears
Select [Yes].
To set the currently displayed Kisekae tool
Press
(Kisekae).
Select data and press
The selected data is displayed/played back.
276
Displaying/Playing Back One
Seg
<1Seg>
You can display a One Seg recorded still image or play
back a One Seg recorded video that is saved in 1Seg
of the Data Box or in the microSD memory card. You
can also play back a video at about 1.3x speed (Rapid
play with sound).
ˎ A One Seg recorded still image cannot be saved in the
microSD memory card.
Example: Playing back a video saved in the Data Box
Press
and press
) in the stand-by display, select [1Seg],
The One Seg folder list appears.
To play back a video in the microSD memory card
Select a file and press
( ).
To display a still image
Select the [Image] folder → a file.
ˎ For the operations while displaying a still image,
follow the same steps as in “Displaying the Saved
Image” (P.266, step 3).
To display still images as a slideshow
Select the [Image] folder and from the Function menu,
select [Slideshow] (P.267).
Select the [Video] folder and press
Video
1/7
200711091700006
200711081840005
200711082224004
200711081045003
200711071501002
200711072330001
200711061957000
Icon
Type
One Seg recorded still image
One Seg recorded video
To display the program name
Press
(Chg.Ttl) to switch the display temporarily
between the management title and program name.
To display the saved date/time
Press
to switch the display temporarily between the
management title and saved date/time.
Select a file and press
The selected file appears.
To display the previous/next file
Use
to display the previous file and
next file.
to display the
Press
).
The number of videos
Where the playing back data is from
○ △ の不思議
毎週木曜よる10時∼
第225回
ペンギンの一生
■豆知識
■クイズ
■撮影裏話
■次回予告
○ △ の不思議
ˎ The following icons show where the playing back data is
from.
Main memory
microSD memory card
Operating method
Video mode
Operation
Play
Key operation
( ).
Press
Pause
Press
Stop
Press
).
)/
).
Use
The volume can be adjusted in 32
levels: 0 to 31.
Fast-forward
Press
( ) during playback/
pause. Pressing and holding
( )
also provides Fast-forward.
Fast-reverse
Press
( ) during playback/
pause. Pressing and holding
( )
also provides Fast-reverse.
Switch between Press
(TV/DATA).
video and data
broadcasting
modes
Volume
adjustment
Data broadcasting mode
Operation
Display the
previous/next
page
Switch the data
broadcasting
screen between
half and full
screens
Data Display/Edit/Management
The video file list appears.
ˎ The following icons show the type of the file.
Key operation
Use
while using the data
broadcasting site.
Press
second.
(TV/DATA) for over a
To hide the number of videos and where the playing back
data is from
Press
(Display). When you press
(Display), you
can switch the display between on and off.
To use the Rapid play
From the Function menu, select [Rapid play].
ˎ The video and sound are played back about 1.3 times
faster than normal playback.
ˎ To use the normal playback, from the Function menu,
select [Play].
To set the subtitle display
From the Function menu, select [Caption disp set] →
[Language1]/[Language2]/[OFF].
Continued
277
Data Display/Edit/Management
278
To set the image quality
From the Function menu, select [Image quality] →
[Normal]/[Sharp]/[Dynamic].
To adjust the display brightness
From the Function menu, select [Display light] →
brightness.
To set the light being adjusted automatically
From the Function menu, select [Auto Disp light] →
[ON]/[OFF].
To switch sound between the primary and secondary sounds
From the Function menu, select [Switch sound] →
[Primary sound]/[Secondary sound].
To switch sound between the main and sub sounds
From the Function menu, select [Main/Sub] → [Main
sound]/[Sub sound]/[Main+Sub sound].
To display the program information
From the Function menu, select [Program info.]. When
you press , the detailed information is displayed.
To display the guide display, etc. all the time while playing
back in the TV style
From the Function menu, select [Guide always on] → [ON].
To perform the One Seg setting
From the Function menu, select [1Seg setting].
To terminate playing back a video automatically three
minutes after stopping (pausing) it
From the Function menu, select [Auto off setting] → [ON].
ˎ When you set to [ON], the video playback is
automatically terminated if there are no key operations
for about three minutes after stopping/pausing it.
To display the TV link
From the Function menu, select [TVlink] → a TV link.
When the TV link is for connecting data broadcasting/
i-mode site, select [Yes] at the screen for confirming
whether to connect to the i-mode site.
To delete the video being stopped
From the Function menu, select [Delete one] → [Yes].
To display detailed information
From the Function menu, select [Detail info].
To display the certificate
From the Function menu, select [Certificates].
To reload the data broadcasting site
From the Function menu, select [Reload].
To go back to the data broadcasting
From the Function menu, select [Back to data BC.].
● While pausing, fast-forwarding, or fast-reversing, or during
the Rapid play, the data broadcasting is not displayed.
● If you perform the fast-forward, fast-reverse operation, or
the Rapid play, the contents of the data broadcasting/data
broadcasting site is refreshed to its top page when you
return to normal playback.
● When the playback is completed, the display of the data
broadcasting or data broadcasting site disappears.
● You may not hear sound clearly during the Rapid play.
● When a video is recorded/edited (divided) using the
mobile phone that employs the editing function or PC,
the video may not be played back correctly on the FOMA
terminal.
microSD memory card
You can save Phonebook, mail, Bookmark, and other
data in the FOMA terminal to the microSD memory card,
as well as copy data in the microSD memory card to the
FOMA terminal. In addition, you cannot only view data
in the microSD memory card on the FOMA terminal,
but also use the FOMA terminal as a reader/writer of a
microSD memory card by connecting it to a PC (P.285).
To use the microSD memory card, you are required to
obtain a microSD memory card separately. If you have
no microSD memory card, you can purchase it at a
home electric appliance store or other similar store.
ˎ Data saved in the microSD memory card from other devices
may not be displayed/played back on the FOMA terminal.
Similarly, data saved in the microSD memory card from the
FOMA terminal may not be displayed/played back on other
devices.
ˎ SO905i supports the commercially available microSD memory
card of up to 2G bytes (as of October 2007).
For the latest information for which normal operation of the
microSD memory card is confirmed, such as information
about the manufactures and capacities of the microSD
memory card, see the following websites. Note that a
microSD memory card other than listed in the websites may
not operate normally on SO905i.
i-mode site : [SO@Planet] (as of October 2007)
[ i M e n u ] → [ メニュー/ 検索]
( M e n u / S e a r c h ) → [ ケータイ
電話メーカー] ( M o b i l e P h o n e
Manufacturers) → [SO@Planet]
(Japanese only)
Website :
Website of Sony Ericsson Mobile
Communications Japan, Inc.
http://www.SonyEricsson.co.jp/memorycard/
Please note that the information listed represents only the
result of the operation checks and by no means provides
guarantee for all operations of the microSD memory card.
ˎ Do not remove the microSD memory card during data access
(reading of data, saving data, etc.). Doing so may cause
malfunction, etc.
ˎ During preparation for access after insertion of the microSD
memory card (the time before the first reading/writing
operation is ready), “ ” flashes. If “ ” keeps flashing, remove
the microSD memory card and then insert it again. If the icon
still keeps flashing, please check conditions of the microSD
memory card.
ˎ Do not stick a label, etc. on the microSD memory card. It may
be removed when inserting/removing the microSD memory
card, resulting in malfunction, etc. of the FOMA terminal.
ˎ When you save data in a microSD memory card, it is
recommended to make a backup copy of the saved data
and keep it separately in a safe place. Under no condition
will DoCoMo be held liable for any loss or modification of the
data.
The microSD memory card formatted on a PC or other devices
cannot be used on the FOMA terminal. Be sure to use the
microSD memory card after formatting it using the FOMA
terminal (P.284).
Inserting and Removing the microSD
memory card
■ Inserting the microSD memory card
ˎ When inserting the microSD memory card, make sure to insert
it in the correct orientation with the printed side facing up as
illustrated below. Any insertion in an orientation other than
illustrated below may cause malfunction, etc.
Open the slot cover.
Insert the microSD memory card into the slot.
Displaying Data on the microSD
memory card
Data saved in the microSD memory card can be
displayed and checked.
microSD
My picture
MUSIC
i−motion
Melody
My document
Kisekae Tool
1Seg
SD_PIM
ToruCa
MM File
Others
αppli data
ˎ Insert until it clicks into place.
1 3
From the Menu, select [LifeKit] → [microSD] and
press
Printed side
The category list of the microSD appears.
To switch the contents of a memory to be displayed
Press
(Chg.Mmry). Each time you press
, the
contents to be displayed are switched between the Data
Box/microSD memory card.
Close the slot cover.
■ Removing the microSD memory card
Open the slot cover.
Press the microSD memory card lightly.
Remove the microSD memory card.
Close the slot cover.
● “ ” appears in the display while inserting the microSD
memory card. When it does not appear, the following
reasons about the microSD memor y card may be
considered. Please check them.
- Dust or something gets on the metallic terminal portion
- Insertion is not completed
- Damaged
- Using an external memory other than recommended
ones (For information on recommended external
memories, scan the QR code in P.278 and access to
“SO@Planet”.)
Select data and press
Data Display/Edit/Management
ˎ To per for m an operation while categor y/data is
displayed, see the description about each function. You
may not be able to perform some of the operations using
the microSD memory card.
- My picture (P.266)
- MUSIC (P.275)
- i-motion (P.270)
- Melody (P.275)
- My document (P.300)
- Kisekae Tool (P.276)
- 1Seg (P.277)
- Phonebook (P.96)
- Text Memo (P.330)
- Schedule (P.325)
- Inbox/Outbox/Draft (P.189)
- Bookmark (P.165)
- ToruCa (P.222)
- MM File (P.270)
- i αppli data (P.217)
It is ejected slightly.
1 4
Select a category and press
The contents of the selected data are displayed.
279
Folder Setup of the microSD memory card
When Displaying the Folders on the FOMA Terminal
ˎ When you save a Phonebook entry, text memo, schedule, mail, bookmark, and a ToruCa card from the microSD memory card to
the FOMA terminal, they are saved as a file formatted for the microSD memory card. Multiple data records of above categories
may be contained in a file of the microSD memory card.
○: Allowed to be saved
×: Not allowed to be saved
△: Only allowed to be moved
Category
My picture
Data Display/Edit/Management
Deco mail pict.
Other images
Movable contents
MUSIC
Distrib. contents
Movable contents
WMA
ATRAC
i-motion
Distrib. contents
Movable contents
Melody
Distrib. contents
Movable contents
My document Distrib. contents
Movable contents
Kisekae Tool Movable contents
1Seg
SD_PIM
Phonebook
Text Memo
Schedule
Inbox
Outbox
Draft
Bookmark
ToruCa
MM File
Others
i αppli data
○
○
○
○
○
△
×
△
×
×
○
△
○
△
○
△
△
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
×
×
×
×
×
○
×
○
×
○
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
○
○
×
×
×
×
×
○
×
○
×
○
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
○
○
○
×
×
×
×
×
×
Contents of data
Image recorded with the camera of the FOMA terminal and
GIF image
Deco-mail pictograph
JPEG image and GIF animation
Movable contents-compatible still image
Music data (3GPP)
Movable contents-compatible music data (Chaku-Uta Full®)
WMA file
ATRAC file
Movie/i-motion
Movable contents-compatible movie/i-motion
Melody
Movable contents-compatible melody
PDF data
Movable contents-compatible PDF data
Movable contents-compatible Kisekae tool
Recorded video file of One Seg
Phonebook data
Text memo
Schedule
Received mail
Sent mail
Saved mail
Bookmark
ToruCa card, ToruCa(detail) card
i-motion with sound track only (i-motion without video track,
such as singer’s voice)※
Other files
Saved i-αppli data
※ Including AAC-format music data
■ Data that cannot be moved/saved in the FOMA terminal
Phonebook
ToruCa
Melody
My picture
MUSIC
i-motion
My document
280
Camera
Data you can/cannot save
in the FOMA terminal
One file Selected files All files
ˎ You cannot save a movie/i-motion set for the Des call display and also a GIF/JPEG image set for the Des call
display if it exceeds 100K bytes or [QVGA(240×320)].
ˎ You cannot save a ToruCa and ToruCa(detail) card exceeding 1K bytes and 100K bytes respectively.
ˎ You cannot save a melody exceeding 200K bytes.
ˎ You cannot save a GIF image exceeding 2M bytes.
ˎ You cannot save a GIF image and a GIF animation exceeding [UXGA(1600×1200)] and [Stby(480×864)]
respectively, and some JPEG images.
ˎ You cannot save a JPEG image exceeding 2M bypes or [3M(2048×1536)].
ˎ You cannot save music data from the microSD memory card to the Data Box (except for the movable
contents-compatible Chaku-Uta Full®).
ˎ You cannot save a movie/i-motion exceeding 10M bytes.
ˎ You cannot save PDF data exceeding 2M bytes.
When Displaying the Folders on a PC
When you save data of the FOMA terminal to the microSD memory card, a corresponding folder is created
automatically.
ˎ The maximum number of files that can be saved is an estimated number, assuming the blank memory is used.
Category
FOMA terminal folder
SUDnnn
−
My picture/Camera
−
i-motion/Distrib. contents
1Seg
Phonebook
Mail (Outbox/Inbox/Draft)
Schedule
Bookmark
Text Memo
−
−
My picture/Other images
RUDnnn
PUDnnn
TRCnnn
MUDnnn
MUSIC
Melody/Distrib. contents
My document/Distrib. contents
ToruCa
MM File/Distrib. contents
MUSIC/Distrib. contents
DCIM
100SODCF∼999SODCF
SD_VIDEO
PRLxxx
PRGxxx
SD_PIM
PRIVATE
DOCOMO
STILL
RINGER
DOCUMENT
TORUCA
MMFILE
Playlist
DECOIMG
OTHER
TABLE
SVC*****
********
SVC*****
********
OMG Audio
MUSIC/Distrib. contents/
Imp. playlist
WM
Music/WMA
WMA
WM_SYSTEM
−
−
My picture/Deco mail pict. JPEG, GIF
DUDnnn
OUDnnn
Others
−
DCIM
Additional information
management files of
STILL
each folder
SD_VIDEO
MMFILE
RINGER
−
DOCUMENT
TORUCA
DECOIMG
OTHER
−
−
−
−
My picture/Movable contents JPEG, GIF, SWF
i-motion/Movable contents MP4
Melody/Movable contents MFi, SMF
My document/Movable contents PDF
Kisekae tool/Movable UI Meta-data file, UI
contents
Content-Package file
−
−
i αppli data
i αppli data
−
−
MUSIC/Movable contents Chaku-Uta Full®
Music/ATRAC
ATRAC(OMA)
Filename.wma
DIMGnnnn.JPG/.GIF
OTHERnnn
Estimated max. number of
files to be saved (64MB)
−
P.139
−
P.140
P.252
3,877
−
−
3,875
3,875
3,875
3,875
P.140
P.308
P.313
P.308
P.308
3,875
3,875
−
−
−
−
********.SB1
********.SB1
********.SB1
********.SB1
********.SB1
−
−
Data Display/Edit/Management
SD_BIND
SVC*****
********
********
********
********
********
FOMA terminal
filename
−
−
DSC0nnnn.JPG/.GIF
JPEG(Exif), GIF
−
−
MP4
MOLxxx.MP4/.3GP
MPEG2-TS
MOVxxx.SB1※1
vCard
PIM*****.VCF
vMessage
PIM*****.VMG
vCalendar
PIM*****.VCS
vBookmark
PIM*****.VBM※2
vNote
PIM*****.VNT
−
−
−
−
JPEG (excluding Exif), STILnnnn.JPG/.GIF/
GIF animation, SWF
.SWF
RINGnnnn.MID/.MLD/.SMF
MFi, SMF
PDF
PDFDCnnn.PDF/.$DF※3
vNote
TORUCnnn.TRC
MMFnnnn.MP4/.3GP
MP4
3GPP, MP3, WMA
Filename.3gp/.mp3/
.wma
M3U
Filename.m3u
File format
3,875
3,875
3,875
3,875
−
−
3,875
−
********.SB2
Filename.oma
−
P.308
P.308
※1 The maximum number of files that can be saved in the microSD memory card is 99.
※2 A “*.url” file received via data communication is also processed as a bookmark file.
※3 If there is a file with the same name, a serial number is added to the end of the file name.
ˎ The numbers “001” to “999” and “0001” to “9999” are assigned to “nnn” and “nnnn” respectively from the smallest available
number in the order of their creation.
ˎ The hexadecimal digits “001” to “FFF” are assigned to “xxx” in the order of their creation.
ˎ The numbers “00001” to “65535” and “00000001” to “00065535” are assigned to “*****” and “********” respectively from the
smallest available number in the order of their creation.
ˎ A file name that can be identified by the microSD memory card is up to 255 bytes including a drive name and path.
281
Data That Can Be Written/Read to
and from the microSD memory card
ˎ It may take time to save data depending on the data size.
ˎ Data saved from the microSD memory card may not be
displayed/played back properly.
ˎ You cannot copy/move a file prohibited from being retrieved
out of the FOMA terminal.
Data Display/Edit/Management
282
Data you can/
cannot save from Data you cannot save from the
Category the FOMA terminal
FOMA terminal and other
information
One Selected All
file files files
My picture
You cannot save a frame
○
○
○ ˎ
image and stamp image.
MUSIC
ˎ You cannot save data from
the Data Box to the microSD
memory card (except for the
×
×
×
movable contents-compatible
Chaku-Uta Full®).
i-motion
ˎ You can only move a movie/
i-motion with playback
○
○
○
restriction.
Melody
○
○
○
−
My
ˎ The document definition file
document
is saved together with PDF
○
○
○
data.
Kisekae
ˎ You cannot save data from
Tool
the Data Box to the microSD
memory card (except for the
×
×
×
movable contents-compatible
Kisekae tool).
1Seg
ˎ You can only move videos
from the Data Box to microSD
×
×
×
memory card.
Phonebook
ˎ Yo u c a n n o t s a v e t h e
Designated Chara-den, Des
phone tone, Des mail tone,
Select phone Illum., and
Select mail Illum.
ˎ When you use Save one, you
cannot save a Group number
and Group name. To save
data using Save one, set the
Secret to [OFF].
○
×
○ ˎ You cannot save a movie/
i-motion set for the Des call
display.
ˎ When you use Save all,
the data of the PushTalk
phonebook is also saved.
You
cannot save the Des call
ˎ
display if the Save/attach
image is set to [Invalid].
ˎ You cannot copy the UIM
phonebook.
Text Memo ○
×
○
−
Schedule
ˎ You cannot save ON/OFF
of the holiday setting for a
repeated schedule.
○
×
○
ˎ To save data using Save one,
set the Secret to [OFF].
Data you can/
cannot save from Data you cannot save from the
Category the FOMA terminal
FOMA terminal and other
information
One Selected All
file files files
Inbox/
ˎ You cannot save a folder
Outbox/
name, i-αppli To link, and file
Draft
attachment not yet obtained.
ˎ Mail exceeding 100K bytes is
saved after being resized to
100K bytes by deleting a file
○
×
○
attachment, etc.
ˎ Protected mail and i-αppli
mail are saved as regular
mail.
ˎ You cannot save the SMS
report.
Bookmark
You cannot save a folder
○
×
○ ˎ
name.
ToruCa
You may not be able to save
○
×
○ ˎ
some ToruCa cards.
● If you edit, add, or delete data stored in the microSD
memory card on a device such as a PC, it may not be
displayed correctly on the FOMA terminal. If this happens,
update the information of the management file in the
microSD memory card (P.284).
● When you reply to mail saved in the microSD memory
card, you cannot attach a file. If you want to reply to
the mail with file attachment, you need to save the mail
in the Main memory first, select the mail from the Draft,
attach a file to the mail, and then you can send it with file
attachment.
Saving Data from the FOMA Terminal
to the microSD memory card
Saving Data from the microSD
memory card to the FOMA Terminal
You can copy data from the FOMA terminal to the
microSD memory card.
You can copy data from the microSD memory card to
the FOMA terminal.
ˎ While you save the Phonebook, Text memo, Schedule, mail,
Bookmark, and ToruCa card data, the status of the FOMA
terminal is the same as the outside of the service area status.
Therefore, you cannot use call or communication functions,
such as placing/receiving a call and using i-mode and data
communication.
Example: Saving data
Select data and press
(Func).
The Function menu appears.
Select [Save to microSD] → [Save one] → [Yes]
and press
The selected data is saved.
To save several data
Select [Save to microSD] → [Select&save] and select
data. Press
(Complete) and select [Yes].
To save all data in My picture/i-motion/Melody/My document
Select [Save to microSD] → [Save all], enter the Security
code, and select [Yes].
To save all Phonebook entries
Select [Save to microSD] → [Save all] → [Yes]/[No] and
enter the Security code.
To save all text memos
Select [Save to microSD] → [Save all] → [Yes]/[No] and
enter the Security code.
To save mail/Schedule/Bookmark/ToruCa card
In the data list, from the Function menu, select [Save to
microSD] → [Yes]. To save all data, in the folder list or
the calendar, from the Function menu, select [Save to
microSD] and enter the Security code.
Saving the Phonebook and Mail
You can save the Phonebook, Text memo, Schedule, mail,
Bookmark, and ToruCa card data to the FOMA terminal.
ˎ While you save the Phonebook, Text memo, Schedule, mail,
Bookmark, and ToruCa card data, you cannot use call or
communication functions, such as placing/receiving a call
and using i-mode and data communication, because the
FOMA terminal is placed in the same condition as outside of
the service area.
ˎ While another function is activated, you cannot save the
Phonebook, Text memo, Schedule, mail, Bookmark, and
ToruCa card data to the FOMA terminal.
Example: Saving the data by adding to the existing data
From the microSD category list, select a category
and press
Select data and press
(Func).
The Function menu appears.
Select [Save to main] and press
The Security code screen appears.
Enter the Security code and press
(OK).
Select [Add] and press
Data Display/Edit/Management
The screen for confirming whether to save data appears.
[Add]:
Save the data by adding to the existing data.
[Overwrite]:
Save the data by overwriting the existing data. The
screen for confirming whether to delete the existing data
appears.
The selected data is saved.
Continued
283
Saving a Melody and Image
Checking the Usage Information
You can save My picture, i-motion, Melody, My
document, and MM File data to the FOMA terminal.
Example: Saving data
From the microSD category list, select a category
and press
Select data and press
ˎ The displayed data amount and total capacity of the microSD
memory card are estimated values that may not be accurate.
Press
(Func) in the microSD category list.
The Function menu appears.
(Func).
The Function menu appears.
You can check the usage information of the microSD
memory card.
Select [microSD info] and press
Select [Save to main] → [Save one] → [Yes] and
press
microSD info
Full cap.
The selected data is saved in the [Data exchange] folder.
To save several data
Select [Save to main] → [Select&save] and select data.
Press
(Complete) and select [Yes].
To save all data
Select [Save to main] → [Save all], enter the Security
code, and select [Yes].
Using
60.5MB
22.1MB
My picture
3.2MB
MUSIC
12.1MB
i−motion
5.6MB
Melody
0.5MB
● Data created on a microSD memory card compatible
device other than SO905i may not be saved correctly.
Managing the microSD memory
card
Formatting
You can format the microSD memory card to be used
with the FOMA terminal.
ˎ If you format the microSD memory card that contains data,
the data is deleted. Be careful not to delete important data
unintentionally when you start formatting.
Data Display/Edit/Management
Press
Updating the Management Information
of the microSD memory card
If you edit, add, or delete data stored in the microSD
memory card on a device other than the FOMA
terminal, it may not be displayed correctly on the
FOMA terminal. If this happens, update the information
of the management file in the microSD memory card.
Select [Format] and press
The Security code screen appears.
Enter the Security code and press
Select [Yes] and press
(Func) in the microSD category list.
Select [Update mng. info] and press
The Update mng. info display appears.
Press
The Function menu appears.
(Func) in the microSD category list.
The Function menu appears.
To change the unit
Press
(Unit chg) to switch temporarily between the
MB and KB displays.
(OK).
● Do not format the microSD memory card using a PC, etc.
Make sure to format it on the FOMA terminal.
, and
The screen for confir ming whether to update the
management information appears.
The microSD memory card is formatted.
Select a category to be updated, press
press
(Complete).
Select [Yes] and press
The management information is updated. While the
management information is updated, “ ” appears.
● If any data in the microSD memory card has a file name
that is not supported by the FOMA terminal, the file name
is changed when you update the management information.
● If you update the management information while the
screen for confirming whether to save the recorded
images is displayed, the image that is being confirmed is
discarded when the microSD memory card is set as the
place to save to.
284
ˎ You can check the current USB mode and connection
status by the following icons.
Using the FOMA Terminal with
a PC
Icon
Mode/Connection status
Communication mode
When you connect the FOMA terminal to a PC using
the FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01
(optional), you can use it as an external drive to read/
write data on the microSD memory card.
ˎ
ˎ
ˎ
ˎ
You can change the USB mode setting before connecting the
FOMA terminal to a PC.
If the FOMA terminal is not connected to a PC correctly or the
battery level is very low or 0, not only data cannot be sent/
received, but also it may be lost in some cases.
Do not unplug the FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01
(optional) during reading/writing data. If you do so, not only
data cannot be sent/received, but also it may be lost in some
cases.
The operating environment for using the FOMA terminal
connected to a PC is as follows.
microSD mode
MTP mode (Connected)
MTP mode (Transferring)
MTP mode (Completed)
MTP mode (Error)※
ATRAC mode
※ It appears when the MTP connection cannot be
started because there is not enough memory. End the
unused applications, increase memory space, and
then perform the PC connection again.
Connect the FOMA terminal and PC using the
FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01
(optional).
Item
Required environment
C o n n e c t i o n FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01
cable
(optional)
PC main unit PC with a USB port (Universal Serial Bus
Specification 1.1 compliant) that can be used
to connect the FOMA USB Cable with Charge
Function 01 (optional)
OS
Windows 2000 Professional (SP3 or later),
Windows XP,
Windows Vista (Japanese version)
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management]
→ [USB mode setting] and press
USB mode setting
External
connection
terminal
USB terminal USB connector
External connection
connector
FOMA USB Cable with Charge
Function 01 (optional)
[Communication mode]:
Perform packet and 64K data communication, and
send/receive data.
[microSD mode]:
Read and write data from/to the microSD memory card.
[MTP mode]:
Transfer music data (WMA file) from a PC to the microSD
memory card.
[ATRAC mode]:
Transfer music data (ATRAC file) from a PC to the
microSD memory card using the SonicStage.
The microSD mode is set and “ ” changes to “ ”.
On the PC, “リムーバブル ディスク” is displayed for the
microSD memory card.
Data Display/Edit/Management
Uses USB Hands−free/
data transmission/
data transfer
Select [microSD mode] and press
The icon “ ” (USB cable cncted)
appears in the stand-by display.
When you press
(Link) and
then select “ ”, the USB mode
setting display appears.
Communication mode
microSD mode
MTP mode
ATRAC mode
Insert the connector horizontally with the label
side facing up.
● Do not format the microSD memory card using a PC, etc.
Make sure to format it on the FOMA terminal.
● Even if you set the USB mode setting to [MTP mode],
[microSD mode], or [ATRAC mode] and connect the
FOMA terminal to a PC, the PC may not recognize the
FOMA terminal while the FOMA terminal is accessing to
the microSD memory card (reading/saving data, etc.) or
the microSD memory card is not inserted.
● While the USB mode setting is set to [ATRAC mode], when
the FOMA terminal is connected to a PC, the message “SD
カード枚数を超えたため認識できません 以前使用して
いたSDカードを使用してください” (The number of SD
cards exceeds the limit and cannot be recognized. Use
the SD card which has been used before.) appears. In
this case, use the microSD memory card which has been
inserted in the FOMA terminal before as no more microSD
memory cards can be recognized.
● While the USB mode setting is set to [MTP mode] and the
FOMA terminal is connected to a PC, when you press ,
the Standard menu appears. The Kisekae menu is not
displayed. Also, some functions may be limited.
● For more details about the USB mode setting, see the
website below.
http://www.SonyEricsson.co.jp/so905i/faq.html
Continued
285
Terminating the microSD Mode
To remove the FOMA terminal from a PC, perform the
procedure to safely remove the hardware on the PC in
advance, which is slightly different for each OS.
Example: When using Windows XP
Double-click the task tray icon [ ](ハードウェア
の安全な取り外し)on the Windows desktop.
Move the pointer to [USB大容量記憶装置デバイス]
and click [停止].
Copying Data from the FOMA
Terminal to the UIM
You can copy up to 50 FOMA terminal phonebook
entries and up to 20 SMS from the FOMA terminal to
the UIM (FOMA card).
ˎ Only the “name”, “reading”, “first phone number”, and
“first mail address” can be copied from the FOMA terminal
phonebook to the UIM phonebook. The reading is converted
from half-width katakana characters to full-width katakana
characters. If “+” is included in a phone number, it is deleted.
ˎ If a group with the same name exists in the UIM phonebook,
data is saved in it and if not, data is saved in グループなし.
ˎ You cannot copy the SMS report.
Example: Copying the FOMA terminal phonebook entries
From the FOMA terminal phonebook, select data
(Func).
and press
The Function menu appears.
To copy all data
From the Function menu, select [Copy to UIM] → [Copy
all] → [Yes] and enter the Security code.
To copy several data
From the Function menu, select [Copy to UIM] →
[Select©] and select data. Press
(Complete) and
select [Yes].
To copy SMS
Move the cursor to the mail in the mail list and from the
Function menu, select [Copy to UIM] → [Yes].
Click [OK] and confirm that the hardware is
unmounted successfully.
Remove the FOMA USB Cable with Charge
Function 01 (optional) from the FOMA terminal and
PC.
Data Display/Edit/Management
Pull out the cable
while holding the
release buttons
pressed.
External
connection
terminal
USB terminal USB connector
286
External connection
connector
FOMA USB Cable with Charge
Function 01 (optional)
Select [Copy to UIM] → [Copy one] → [Yes] and
press
The selected data is copied.
Copying Data from the UIM to
the FOMA Terminal
You can copy UIM (FOMA card) phonebook data and
SMS from the UIM to the FOMA terminal.
ˎ The reading of the UIM phonebook is converted from fullwidth katakana characters to half-width katakana characters.
ˎ If a group with the same name exists in the FOMA terminal
phonebook, data is saved in it and if not, data is saved in
グループなし.
Example: Copying the UIM phonebook entries
From the UIM phonebook, select data and press
(Func).
The Function menu appears.
To copy all data
From the Function menu, select [Copy to Main] → [Copy
all] → [Yes] and enter the Security code.
To copy several data
From the Function menu, select [Copy to Main] →
[Select©] and select data. Press
(Complete) and
select [Yes].
To copy SMS
Move the cursor to the mail in the mail list and from
the Function menu, select [Copy to Main] → [Yes] → a
folder.
Select [Copy to Main] → [Copy one] → [Yes] and
press
The selected data is copied.
Managing Data Box
Data handled by the FOMA ter minal, such as
downloaded data and data recorded using the
camera, are saved in the categories of the Data Box:
My picture, MUSIC, Music&Video Channel, i-motion,
Melody, My document, Kisekae Tool, Chara-den, and
1Seg. You can display/play back saved data any time.
ˎ You may not be able to operate some categories.
■ Data saved in the Data Box
Category
My picture
Data Display/Edit/Management
Folder name
Contents of data
i-mode
Images obtained from a site,
i-mode mail, or i-αppli
Camera
Images recorded using the
camera of the FOMA terminal
Deco mail
Images that can be used when
image
you compose Deco-mail
Deco mail
Deco-mail pictograph
pict.※
Stamp&Frame Images used for stamps/frames
Preinstall
Preinstalled images
Data exchange Images scanned by the bar
code reader, images moved/
copied from the microSD
memory card, images received
using infrared/iC communication,
images clipped from the PDF
data, and images retrieved from
a PC, etc.
MUSIC
User-created original playlist,
preinstalled Chaku-Uta Full®, or
−
Chaku-Uta Full® obtained from a
site
Music&Video Distrib.
Program obtained from a site
Channel
program
i-motion
i-mode
Movie obtained from a site,
i-mode mail, or i-αppli
Camera
Movie recorded using the
camera of the FOMA terminal
Preinstall
Preinstalled movie
Playlist
User-created playlist
Data exchange Movie moved/copied from the
microSD memory card, movie
re c e i v e d u s i n g i n f r a re d / i C
communication, and movie
retrieved from a PC, etc.
※ Only Deco mail pict. can be saved.
Continued
287
Category
Melody
Folder name
Contents of data
i-mode
Melodies obtained from a site,
i-mode mail, or i-αppli
Preinstall
Preinstalled melodies
Data exchange M e l o d i e s s c a n n e d b y t h e
b a r c o d e re a d e r, m e l o d i e s
moved/copied from the microSD
memory card, melodies received
using infrared/iC communication,
and melodies retrieved from a
PC, etc.
My document i-mode
PDF data obtained from a site or
i-mode mail
Preinstall
Preinstalled PDF data
Data exchange PDF data moved/copied from
the microSD memor y card
and PDF data received using
infrared/iC communication
Kisekae Tool i-mode
Kisekae tool obtained from a site
Preinstall
Preinstalled Kisekae tool
Chara-den
Preinstalled Chara-den files,
Chara-den files downloaded
−
from a site
1Seg
Video
One Seg recorded video file
Image
One Seg recorded still image file
Example: Displaying the file list in the [Preinstall] folder in My
picture
Press
) in the stand-by display.
Type of memory being displayed
Data Box
My picture
MUSIC
Music&Video Channel
i−motion
Melody
My document
Kisekae Tool
Chara−den
1Seg
To switch the memory contents to be displayed
Press
(Chg.Mmry). Each time you press
, the
displayed contents are switched between the microSD
memory card/Data Box.
ˎ The following icons show the type of memory being
displayed.
Data Box (currently used)
microSD memory card (currently used)
Select [My picture] and press
My picture
i−mode
Camera
Deco mail image
Deco mail pict.
Stamp&Frame
Preinstall
Data exchange
スーハ゜ーモンキーホ゛ール
Search by i−mode
My picture folder list appears.
ˎ The following icons show the status of a folder. The
folder name is displayed next to the icon.
Data Display/Edit/Management
288
(Yellow) Preset folder
i-mode
Camera
Deco mail image
Deco mail pict.
Stamp&Frame
Preinstall
Data exchange
User-created folder
ˎ At the time of purchase, the [スーパー
(Blue)
モンキーボール] folder is created in
My picture, in which images used by
i-αppli are contained.
3
Select [Preinstall] and press
Preinstall
To change a folder name
Move the cursor to the folder and from the Function
menu, select [Edit folder] → [Edit folder name]. Enter
a name within 10 full-width or 20 half-width characters
(seven full-width or 15 half-width characters in case of
MUSIC).
To delete a folder
Move the cursor to the folder and from the Function
menu, select [Edit folder] → [Delete folder], enter the
Security code, and select [Yes]. To delete several
folders, from the Function menu, select [Edit folder] →
[Select&delete], enter the Security code, and select
folders. Press
(Complete) and select [Yes]. To delete
all folders, from the Function menu, select [Edit folder]
→ [Delete all], enter the Security code, and select [Yes].
To delete all data in the [WMA]/[ATRAC] folder in the
microSD memory card
From the Function menu in the folder list, select [Delete
all WMA]/[Delete all ATRAC], enter the Security code,
and select [Yes].
1/20
Color Pencils
Management title
Modern Living
Source
Aquarium
The Earth
世界遺産1(まちう
世界遺産2(まちう
The file list appears.
ˎ The following icons show the source from where the file
was obtained.
Icon
Source
Preinstalled data
Data obtained from sites, i-mode mail, or
i-αppli
Data recorded using the camera of the
FOMA terminal
Data scanned by a bar code reader, data
moved/copied from the microSD memory
card, data received using infrared/iC
communication, and data retrieved from a
PC, etc.
One Seg recorded data
To display the saved date/time
Press
to switch the display temporarily between the
management title and saved date/time.
Creating/Deleting Folders
(Func) in the category folder list.
The Function menu appears.
Select [Edit folder] → [Create folder], press
and enter a folder name.
Enter a name within 10 full-width or 20 half-width
characters (seven full-width or 15 half-width characters in
case of MUSIC).
The folder is added.
Data Display/Edit/Management
ˎ For MUSIC, 10 folders can be created under each folder in
MUSIC.
ˎ You can neither delete the preset folders nor change the
name of them. However, the [スーパーモンキーボール] folder
that is preset in My picture can be deleted and renamed.
You can use three methods to move data to another
folder or the microSD memory card.
Example: Moving data from the Data Box to the microSD memory
card
You can create or delete a folder for saving data.
Regarding the user-created folder, you can manage
files by allocating them in 10 folders per category. You
can also change the name of a folder.
Press
Moving Data to a Different Folder
ˎ You cannot move the Chara-den and data saved in the [Image]
folder in 1Seg or [Preinstall] folder.
ˎ You cannot move copyrighted data if it is not permitted by the
provider of this data.
ˎ You cannot move data such as an i-motion or Kisekae tool
downloaded partway.
● When you select [Search by i-mode] on the folder or file
lists, the screen for confirming whether to connect to
i-mode appears. If you select [Yes], the FOMA terminal
connects to an i-mode site and you can search data.
● When you perform the Delete all WMA or Delete all ATRAC,
the [WM] and [WM_SYSTEM] folders of the microSD
memory card and all data in the folders may be deleted.
Note that data which is not used for the MUSIC Player may
be deleted as well.
From the Data Box, select a category → a folder
and press
To move all data in the folder
From the Function menu, select [Move] → [Move all] →
a place to move to.
To move several data
From the Function menu, select [Move] → [Select&move]
(Complete)
→ a place to move to and select data. Press
and select [Yes].
To move data from the microSD memory card to the FOMA
terminal
Move the cursor to the data and from the Function menu,
select [Move to main] → [Move one]. To move several
data, select [Move to main] → [Select&move] and select
data. Press
(Complete) and select [Yes]. To move all
data, select [Move to main] → [Move all].
ˎ You cannot perform the Select&move and Move all to
move copyrighted data.
To move a Chaku-Uta Full® from the microSD memory card
to the FOMA terminal
Move the cursor to a Chaku-Uta Full®, from the Function
menu, select [Move to main] → a place to move to, and
press
(Complete).
To move data in the [Video] folder of 1Seg to the microSD
memory card
Move the cursor to data, from the Function menu, select
[Move], press
, and select [Yes].
Continued
289
2
Select data and press
(Func).
Sorting Data
The Function menu appears.
Select [Move] → [Move one] and press
The screen for selecting where to move appears.
[Data Box]:
Move data to a folder in the Data Box. To move a folder
within the Data Box, select a place to save to → a folder.
[microSD]:
Move data to a folder in the microSD memory card.
Copyrighted data is moved to [SO905i] of [Movable
contents].
[Back to origin]:
Restore data to its original folder.
Select [microSD] and press
Data in a folder can be sorted for display.
ˎ You cannot sort data in MUSIC.
The Function menu appears.
Deleting Data
You can delete data using three methods.
ˎ You cannot delete some preinstalled data.
Example: Deleting one data item
From the Data Box, select a category → a folder
and press
To delete all data in the folder
From the Function menu, select [Delete] → [Delete all],
enter the Security code, and select [Yes].
To delete several data
From the Function menu, select [Delete] →
[Select&delete] and select data. Press
(Complete)
and select [Yes].
Select data and press
(Func).
The Function menu appears.
Data Display/Edit/Management
Select [Delete] → [Delete one] → [Yes] and press
The selected data is deleted.
Select [Sort] → a sorting order and press
[Title(up)]:
Sor t data by the management title in Japanese
alphabetical ascending order.
[Title(down)]:
Sor t data by the management title in Japanese
alphabetical descending order.
[Date(new → old)]:
Sort data from newest to oldest saved date.
[Date(old → new)]:
Sort data from oldest to newest saved date.
[Size(big → small)]:
Sort data in decreasing order of file size, the largest file
first.
[Size(small → big)]:
Sort data in increasing order of file size, the smallest file
first.
[Originated(icon)]:
Sort data by the icon of the source in the order of “ ”
(Preinstall) → “ ” (i-mode) → “ ” (Camera) → “ ”
(Data exchange).
The data is listed in the selected order.
The selected data is moved to the microSD memory card.
From the Data Box, select a category → a folder,
press
, and press
(Func).
● When you sort data by titles, sorting may not be performed
exactly in Japanese alphabetical order for reasons such
as because some titles contain a mixture of full-width and
half-width characters.
Setting How to Display a List of Images
You can select the display style of My picture, i-motion,
Music&Video Channel, Kisekae Tool, and [Image]
folder in 1Seg file list using the following three methods.
The set display style is applied to all folders.
6 images
Camera
20 images
1/25
Camera
1/25
My favorite cat
Your cat
Memorial shot
Sasha of the nex
A friend of Sash
A stage face
My favorite cat
Display by 6 images
List only
Camera
1/25
My favorite cat
Your cat
Memorial shot
Sasha of the next
A friend of Sasha
A stage face
A cat I met on
Night walking
Snapshot
Something ennu
Time to say go
It’s unlucky today
Display by 20 images Display in the list form
From the Data Box, select a category → a folder,
press
, and press
(Func).
The Function menu appears.
Select [Change display] → the display style and
press
The display style of a file list is set.
290
Displaying/Editing Data Information
Displaying the Data Box/Data Information
You can change the data management title and file
name, and set file restrictions. The management title is
displayed in the file list.
Displaying the Data Box Information
Press
(Property) in the Data Box.
ˎ You may not be able to edit the detailed information of some
preinstalled data.
Data Box info
Full cap.
316.6MB
Using
5.5MB
My picture
0.9MB
MUSIC
Detail info
0.6MB
Music&Video channel
0.0MB
i−motion
0.0MB
[Management title]
Your cat
[File name]
20071112091836
[File format]
JPEG
[Restriction]
Not restricted
[Size]
W 352×H 288
[File size]
35KB
To change the unit
Press
(Unit chg) to switch temporarily between the
MB and KB displays.
Displaying Information of Folders in Data Box
From the Data Box, select a category, press
and press
(Func).
The detailed information of data appears.
The Function menu appears.
From the Data Box, select a category → a folder and
press
. Select a data item and press
(Detail)
or
(Detail).
Select [Folder info] and press
Press
(Edit).
Edit file info
Management title
Your cat
File name
20071112091836
No
Restriction
My picture info
Remaining
182.3MB
Using
For Chaku-Uta Full®
Press
(Edit). Edit each item. To reset each item, move
the cursor to an item, and press
(Reset).
ˎ You can enter a management title at [Management
title] within 25 full-width or 50 half-width characters.
0.9MB
1500
514
Enter a title within 18 full-width or 36 half-width characters.
To reset the management title
Press
(Rset Ttl).
ˎ You can reset the management title only of the data
that has an original title to be displayed.
To change the unit
Press
(Unit chg) to switch temporarily between the
MB and KB displays.
● Data in the [Distrib. program] folder of Music&Video
Channel are not counted.
Enter a title at [Management title].
Data Display/Edit/Management
Max
Registered
Enter a file name at [File name].
Enter a file name within 36 half-width alphanumeric
characters and symbols.
ˎ You cannot use half-width symbols “ / : < > ? ¥|. You
cannot enter “.” at the beginning of a file name.
Select [Yes]/[No] at [Restriction].
[Yes]:
Set file restriction. Once you send the file as a mail
attachment, it cannot be sent or forwarded from the
recipient’s FOMA terminal.
[No]:
Do not set file restriction.
Press
(Complete).
Continued
291
■ List of display items and items that can be edited
◎: Can be edited
○: Display only
−: Not displayed
My picture
Display item
ChakuUta Full®
JPEG
GIF
SWF
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
◎
◎
◎
◎
◎
◎
○
○
−
○
−
○
−
−
−
○
◎
◎
◎
○
○
○
−
−
○
○
○
○
○
−
−
−
−
−
−
○
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
○
−
−
−
○
−
−
−
○
−
−
−
○
−
−
−
○
Title
Artist
Album
Year
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
◎
◎
◎
−
−
−
◎
Genre
Comment
Track number
−
−
−
−
−
−
◎
◎
−
−
−
◎
Music by
Lyric by
Rights holder
Selling agency
Rights information
Label
URL※2
Creator
Copyright
Description
Video
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
Channel name
Program name
Management title
File name
Original title
File format
Restriction
Size
File size
Mail attach size
Replay restriction
Ring tone
Receive display
Full song ring tone
Point ring tone
Data Display/Edit/Management
Savable Jacket
image
Savable Image
Savable Lyric
Audio
Text
Play time
Originated
Rec start time
292
−
−
−
○
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
○
○
○
○
○
−
−
−
−
Music&Video
1Seg
Channel
Movie/
My
Chara- Kisekae
Melody
Description
Chapter Chapter
i-motion
document den
Tool
Program (Chaku- (Movie/
Video Image
Uta Full®) i-motion)
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
○
− Channel name
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
○
− Program name
Title to be displayed on the
◎
−
−
◎
◎
◎
◎
◎
◎
◎
FOMA terminal
Name of file to be displayed
−
−
−
◎
◎
○
○
○
○
○ when the mail has a data
attachment.
−
○
○
○
○
−
○
○
−
− Original title
○
−
−
○
○
○
−
−
○
○ File type
Whether the file can be sent or
forwarded from the recipient’s
FOMA terminal when it is sent
as a mail attachment
ˎ You may not be able to
change the restriction for
○
−
−
◎
◎
○
○
○
○
○
an i-motion and melody
obtained from a site, etc.
ˎ Yo u c a n n o t c h a n g e t h e
restriction for a frame image
and stamp image.
Data display size
ˎ This item is not displayed
for i-motion with sound
−
−
−
○
−
−
○
−
−
○
track only (i-motion without
video track, such as singer’s
voice).
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○ Data file size
File size of an Exif-format
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
− file excluding the size of its
thumbnail
○
−
−
○
−
−
−
−
−
− Playback restriction
Whether setting as the ring tone
−
−
−
○
−
−
−
−
−
−
is permitted
Whether setting as the receive
−
−
−
○
−
−
−
−
−
−
display is permitted
Whether setting as the Full song
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
ring tone is permitted※1
Whether setting as the Point ring
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
tone is permitted※1
With/without a CD jacket image
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
that can be saved※1
With/without a stand-by display
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
image that can be saved※1
With/without a song image that
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
can be saved※1
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
− Track title
−
○
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
− Name of artist
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
− Name of album
Ye a r c o m p o s e d ( C h r i s t i a n
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
calendar)
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
− Genre
Comment
○
○
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
Track number in the album and
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
the total number of tracks
−
○
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
− Name of composer
−
○
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
− Name of lyricist
−
○
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
− Copyright holder
−
○
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
− Distributor
○
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
− Copyright information
−
○
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
− Album label
○
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
− URL information
○
−
○
○
−
−
−
−
−
− Author information of a file
−
−
○
○
−
−
−
−
−
− Copyright information of a file
−
−
○
○
−
−
−
−
−
− Description of a file
Yes/No (with/without video
−
−
−
○
−
−
−
−
−
−
track)/Not supported※1
Format and bit rate for ChakuU t a F u l l ®, A u d i o f o r m a t / N o
−
−
−
○
−
−
−
−
−
−
(without sound track)/Not
supported for movies※1
−
−
−
○
−
−
−
−
−
− Yes/No (with/without text track)
○
○
○
−
−
−
−
−
−
− Estimated playback time
Source from where the file is
○
−
−
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
obtained
Time on which the recording is
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
○
−
started
My picture
Display item
Rec finish time
Download date
Create date
ChakuUta Full®
Music&Video
1Seg
Channel
Movie/
My
Chara- Kisekae
Melody
Chapter Chapter
i-motion
document den
Tool
Program (Chaku- (Movie/
Video Image
Uta Full®) i-motion)
GIF
SWF
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
○
−
○
○
○
○
○
−
−
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
−
−
−
−
−
−
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
−
−
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
○
−
−
−
−
−
−
○
○
○
○
−
−
−
○
○
−
○
○
−
−
○
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
○
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
○
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
○
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
○
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
○
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
○
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
○
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
○
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
○
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
○
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
○
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
○
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
○
○
○
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
○
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
Move to microSD
Record time
Setting
Shooting date
Digitized date
AE
Shutter speed
EV
ISO
Photometry
Time link
distribution
Move restriction
FF restriction
Rew restriction
Chapter skip
restriction
Chapter back
restriction
Program image
Program title
Distributor
Program size
Description
Time on which the recording is
terminated
Date on which the file was
saved
Date on which the file was
created
Yes/Yes(Same model only)/No/
Unknown for transferring data to
the microSD memory card※1
ˎ [ Ye s ( S a m e m o d e l o n l y ) ]
indicates that the data can
be moved only when the
same model as used for
obtaining the data is used.
Recording time
Type of stand-by display or ring
tone currently set
Date on which the image was
recorded
Date on which the image was
edited
The value that indicates the
amount of light passing through
a lens (F4/F2.8).
Period during which light is
stored in CMOS
EV correction
The value that indicates the level
of sensitivity to light (equivalent
to the ISO sensitivity of a film).
Photometry mode
Set or not the playback starting
time, Program repeat interval
Whether saving again is
permitted
With/without a fast-forward
restriction
With/without a rewined
restriction
With/without a chapter skip
restriction
With/without a chapter back
restriction
Program image
Program title
Distributor
Memory space saved for the
delivery area
Data Display/Edit/Management
JPEG
※1 Depending on the data, the displayed contents may not represent exact information about it.
※2 For the Chaku-Uta Full®, it is displayed as “URL info”.
ˎ When there is no information for the displayed item, “unknown” or a blank is indicated.
ˎ Even if “◎: Can be edited” is indicated for an item in the above table, you may not be able to change some of the data.
ˎ Detailed information of data saved in the microSD memory card may be different from the information displayed on the FOMA
terminal.
293
Checking the Memory of the
FOMA Terminal
You can display the memory use status of the FOMA
terminal. You can also check the volume used up by
the category-specific Data Box and i-αppli memories.
ˎ The displayed data amount is an estimated value and not
accurate.
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management]
→ [Storage info] and press
In Case of Insufficient Memory
If there is not enough memory when you save or
download data or software in My picture, MUSIC,
i-motion, melody, My document, Chara-den, and
Kisekae Tool of the Data Box, or i-αppli, select and
delete data that is no longer required from the same
category, allocate the save area, and then save the
new data/software.
Example: When there is not enough memory while downloading
software
Storage information
Full cap.
321.8MB
Using
10.7MB
The screen informing memory shortage appears.
[Sel. delete file]:
Delete unnecessary software and continue to download
the software.
[Cancel]:
Cancel saving.
My picture
0.9MB
MUSIC
0.6MB
Music&Video Channel
0.0MB
i−motion
0.0MB
Select an item and press
Select [Sel. delete file] and press
ppli
12/24
ソフト一覧
Downloaded software
To change the unit
Press
(Unit chg) to switch temporarily between the
MB and KB displays.
Download the software.
My picture info
Remaining
Used(Folder)
Shortage
182.3MB
320KB
64KB
Using
0.9MB
Select a folder → software and press
ソフト一覧
Data Display/Edit/Management
Max
Registered
1/12
XXX game
XXX quiz
Aqua XXX friend
XXX Sanguozhi
Future of You
Adventure XXX
Warring States
Survival XXX st
1500
514
● Preinstalled i-αppli, [Deco mail pict.] and [スーパーモン
キーボール] folders in My picture, and data of MUSIC and
My document are included in the data amount.
Used(Data)
Shortage
ソフト一覧
1/12
XXX game
XXX quiz
Aqua XXX friend
XXX Sanguozhi
Future of You
Adventure XXX
Warring States
Survival XXX st
64KB
64KB
Used(Data)
Saving available
64KB
To cancel the selection
Press
(Rel.).
Press
(Delete), select [Yes], and press
The selected software is deleted and then downloading
starts.
● If you delete preinstalled Chara-den files, it does not help
you increase the save area.
294
What is the Infrared Communication?
You can send and receive the Phonebook, Schedule,
Text memo, Bookmark, mail, image, movie, melody,
PDF data, and ToruCa card to/from a mobile phone
equipped with the infrared communication function.
To send/receive all entries, you need a 4-digit
authentication password preset with a communication
target recipient/sender.
The FOMA ter minal can also do much more in
conjunction with other devices equipped with the
infrared communication function by using the infrared
communication feature of i-αppli.
Data Display/Edit/Management
ˎ There are some data that cannot be exchanged even if the
other device is equipped with the infrared communication
function.
ˎ The infrared communication of the FOMA terminal follows
IrMC version 1.1. Even if the other device follows IrMC version
1.1, there may be data that cannot be exchanged properly
depending on the software.
ˎ You cannot perform infrared communication during a call or
i-mode/packet/64K data communication, or when the Lock all,
Omakase Lock, Personal data lock, or Self mode is set.
ˎ During the infrared communication, the status of the FOMA
terminal is the same as the outside of the service area status.
Therefore, you cannot place a call or perform i-mode and
data communication.
ˎ When the other device does not support IrSimple1.0, the
communication speed slows.
ˎ The infrared receiving function of the FOMA terminal and
infrared sending function of contents of the Data Box support
IrSimple1.0.
ˎ JPEG images saved in My picture of the Data Box can be
sent by using the high-speed infrared communication (IrSS
function※) (P.298).
※ IrSS is the one-way communication function (Home
Appliance Profile) that is compliant with IrSimple1.0.
Using the Infrared Communication
ˎ The FOMA terminal and the other device can be used within
about 20 cm apart. The infrared data port must be kept
pointed at the other device until the data exchange ends.
ˎ If used under direct sunlight, fluorescent lamp or near other
infrared devices, the infrared data exchange may not function
properly.
Reception angle:
±15 degrees off
axis
Infrared data port
Infrared data port
Within about
20 cm
295
Data That Can Be Sent/Received via Infrared Communication
You can send and receive your Own number, Phonebook, Schedule, Text memo, Bookmark, mail, image, movie,
melody, PDF data, and ToruCa card between mobile phones and other devices equipped with the infrared
communication function.
ˎ It may take time to exchange or save data depending on the data size.
ˎ Data received using the infrared communication may not be displayed/played back properly.
Type of data
Own number
Reception Transmission
One All One All
item items item items
×
−
○
−
○
○
○
○
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
×
○
×
○
×
○
×
○
×
○
×
○
×
○
×
○
○
○
○
FOMA terminal
phonebook
UIM
phonebook
Schedule
Text memo
Bookmark
Mail Received
Sent
Saved
Data Display/Edit/Management
JPEG/GIF
image/Flash
movie
Movie/i-motion
Melody
PDF data
ToruCa
Storage for
received data
FOMA terminal
phonebook※1
FOMA terminal
phonebook※1
FOMA terminal
phonebook※1
Schedule※2
Items that cannot be sent/received, etc.
ˎ You cannot send Additional No.1 and No.2 and images.
ˎ Data is sent by setting the Secret to [OFF].
ˎ You cannot send Des call display, Chara-den, Des phone tone, Des
mail tone, Select phone Illum., and Select mail Illum.
ˎ When you send one data item, the group number, group name,
memory number, and data of the PushTalk phonebook are not sent.
Data is sent by setting the Secret to [OFF].
When
all data is sent/received, the data of the PushTalk phonebook
ˎ
is also sent/received.
ˎ When all data is sent/received, the first Phonebook entry is sent/
received as the Own number.
ˎ When you receive one data item, the group name is not transmitted.
ˎ You cannot send ON/OFF of the holiday setting for a repeated
schedule.
ˎ When you send one data item, the data is sent by setting the Secret
to [OFF].
Text Memo※3
−
Bookmark※4
ˎ You cannot send/receive a folder name.
[Inbox]※5
ˎ You cannot send a folder name, i-αppli To link, and file attachment
not yet obtained.
[Outbox]※5
ˎ Mail exceeding 100K bytes is sent until the size being sent reaches
100K bytes after deleting a file attachment, etc.
[Draft]※5
ˎ Protected mail and i-αppli mail are sent as regular mail.
ˎ You cannot send the SMS report .
[Data exchange] ˎ You cannot receive an image exceeding 2M bytes.
folder in My picture ˎ You cannot receive a GIF image and a GIF animation exceeding
[UXGA(1600×1200)] and [Stby(480×864)] respectively, and some
※4
JPEG images.
ˎ You cannot send a frame image, stamp image.
[Data exchange]
ˎ You cannot receive a movie/i-motion exceeding 10M bytes and that
folder in i-motion※4
with playback restriction.
[Data exchange]
ˎ You cannot receive a melody exceeding 200K bytes.
folder in Melody※4
[Data exchange]
ˎ You cannot receive PDF data exceeding 2M bytes.
folder in My
ˎ You cannot send PDF data that you downloaded by page or failed
to download.
document※4
ˎ The document definition file is sent together with PDF data.
[ToruCa] folder in ˎ You cannot receive a ToruCa and ToruCa(detail) card exceeding
ToruCa※4
1K bytes and 100K bytes respectively.
ˎ You may not be able to send some ToruCa cards.
ˎ When you send/receive bookmark or mail data, the folder allocation setting may not be applied depending on the terminal model
of a caller/recipient.
ˎ When you send mail data, all of the title may not be displayed depending on the recipient’s terminal.
ˎ You cannot send data saved in the microSD memory card except JPEG images. To send JPEG images, you can use the infrared
communication or high-speed infrared communication (IrSS function).
ˎ You cannot send/receive a file prohibited from being retrieved out of the FOMA terminal.
※1 Saved in a memory space with the smallest vacant memory number.
※2 Saved in the order of date and time when they start.
※3 Saved in the order of date and time when they were created.
※4 Saved at the top of the list.
※5 Saved in the order of date and time when they were received/sent/saved.
296
Receiving Data Using the Infrared
Communication
Sending Data Using the Infrared
Communication
Receiving Data
Sending Data
From the Menu, select [LifeKit] → [Receive Ir data]
→ [Receive] and press
“ ” changes to “
” and the screen for confirming
whether to begin the infrared communication appears.
Select [Yes] and press
Select [Yes] and press
Receiving All Data
Example: Adding received data
From the Menu, select [LifeKit] → [Receive Ir data]
→ [Receive all] and press
“
” changes to “
”.
Add
Overwrite
Select [Yes] and press
Sending All Data
ˎ It is necessary that you and the receiver determine the 4-digit
authentication password beforehand.
Press
(Func) in the folder list of data to be sent.
The Function menu appears.
Select [Send all Ir data] and press
“ ” changes to “
” and the Security code screen
appears.
To send all entries in the Phonebook/Text Memo
From the Function menu in the list of data, select [Send
Ir data] → [Send all Ir data].
To send all entries in the Schedule
From the Function menu in the calendar display, select
[Send all Ir data].
To send all ToruCa cards
From the Function menu in the folder list, select [Send all
Ir data] → [Yes] → [Yes].
Data Display/Edit/Management
Select the way
to save
The infrared communication is started and data exchange
is started.
ˎ It is necessary that you and the sender determine the 4-digit
authentication password beforehand.
Select [Send Ir data] and press
“ ” changes to “
” and the screen for confirming
whether to begin the infrared communication appears.
To send data in My picture of the Data Box
Move the cursor to the data and from the Function menu,
select [Send Ir data] → [Send Ir data].
To send one entry in the Phonebook/Text Memo
Move the cursor to the data and from the Function menu,
select [Send Ir data] → [Send Ir data].
The received data is saved.
When you receive Phonebook data
The screen for confirming whether to save data in the
PushTalk phonebook appears. If you select [Yes], the
data is saved in both the PushTalk and FOMA terminal
phonebooks. If you select [No], the data is saved in the
FOMA terminal phonebook only. When there are several
phone numbers, select the phone number to be saved
in the PushTalk phonebook.
(Func).
The Function menu appears.
The infrared communication is started and data exchange
is started.
The screen for confirming whether to save data appears.
Select data to be sent and press
[Add]:
Save received data by adding to the existing data.
[Overwrite]:
The screen for confirming whether to delete the existing
data appears. Note that all existing data is deleted if you
select [Yes].
Select [Add] and press
The Security code screen appears.
Enter the Security code and press
(OK).
The Authentication password screen appears.
Enter the authentication password.
The screen for confirming whether to begin the infrared
communication appears.
Select [Yes] and press
The infrared communication is started. Data exchange is
started and the data is added to the existing data.
To cancel receiving
Press
(Cancel).
Continued
297
3
Enter the Security code and press
(OK).
Using the Infrared Remote
Control
The Authentication password screen appears.
Enter the authentication password.
The screen for confirming whether to begin the infrared
communication appears.
Select [Yes] and press
The infrared communication is started and data exchange
is started.
To cancel sending
Press
(Cancel).
Sending a Still Image Using the HighSpeed Infrared Communication
Once infrared remote control software is downloaded
from a site and saved in the FOMA terminal, the FOMA
terminal can be used as the TV or DVD player remote
control.
ˎ To use the infrared remote control, it is necessary to download
the software corresponding to the target equipment. Even if
the corresponding software is used, some equipment may not
be operated.
ˎ The infrared remote control key operations vary depending on
the software.
■ Remote control operation
You can send a JPEG image saved in My picture of
the Data Box or microSD memory card to the IrSScompatible devices using the high-speed infrared
communication.
When using this function, point the FOMA terminal’s infrared
data port at the remote control receiver of the TV or DVD player
and operate the FOMA terminal within about 4 m remote control
range. Note that communication may be affected by the target
equipment or ambient brightness.
Reception angle:
±15 degrees
off axis
ˎ IrSS is the one-way communication, so send data without
checking the answer from the receiver. Therefore, the sender
side is completed normally even if the receiver cannot receive
data.
Example: Sending an image in My picture of the Data Box
From My picture file list, select an image and press
(Func).
The Function menu appears.
Select [Send Ir data] → [Send IrSS] and press
“ ” changes to “
” and the screen for confirming
whether to begin the IrSS communication appears.
To send an image in the microSD memory card
Select [Send IrSS].
Data Display/Edit/Management
298
Select [Yes] and press
The high-speed infrared communication is started and
data transfer begins.
After completing to send data, the screen informing the
completion appears.
Select [End] and press
The high-speed infrared communication ends.
To send the same data again
Select [Retry].
Within
about 4 m
Infrared data port
What is iC Communication
Function?
You can send and receive data by placing the FOMA
terminal provided with the iC communication function
over the FeliCa mark of another FOMA terminal.
ˎ Data that can be sent and received by iC communication
i s t h e s a m e a s t h e d a t a e x c h a n g e d u s i n g i n f r a re d
communication (P.296).
ˎ You cannot perform the iC communication during a call,
i-mode/packet/64K data/infrared communication, or when the
Lock all, Omakase Lock, Personal data lock, Self mode, or IC
card lock is set.
ˎ To receive data using iC communication, make sure that the
FOMA terminal is in stand-by status. You cannot receive data
when operation of another function is in progress.
ˎ During the iC communication, the status of the FOMA
terminal is the same as the outside of the service area status.
Therefore, you cannot place a call or perform i-mode and
data communication.
ˎ Data may not be sent/received depending on the recipients’
terminals. In this case, move the FOMA terminals so that both
FeliCa marks “ ” are closer or farther together, or move the
FOMA terminals ups and downs or back and forth.
ˎ When you send mail data, all of the title may not be received
depending on the recipient’s terminal.
Performing iC Communication
ˎ Place the FeliCa mark “ ” of the FOMA terminal over that of
the other terminal. Do not move either of the FOMA terminals
until the data exchange is completed.
Receiving All Data
ˎ It is necessary that you and the sender determine the 4-digit
authentication password beforehand.
Example: Adding received data
Place the FeliCa mark “ ” of the FOMA terminal
over that of the other terminal in the stand-by
display on both terminals.
The vibrator vibrates and the FeliCa Sign lights.
“ ” changes to “
”.
FeliCa mark
Select the way
to save
Add
Overwrite
[Add]:
Save received data by adding to the existing data.
[Overwrite]:
The screen for confirming whether to overwrite the
existing data with the received data appears. Note that
all existing data is deleted if you select [Yes].
Receiving Data Using iC
Communication
Receiving Data
The vibrator vibrates and the FeliCa Sign lights.
“ ” changes to “
” and data exchange is started.
The screen for confirming whether to save data appears.
Select [Yes] and press
Enter the Security code and press
(OK).
The Authentication password screen appears.
Enter the authentication password.
Data exchange is started and the data is added to the
existing data.
To cancel receiving
Press
(Cancel).
Data Display/Edit/Management
The received data is saved.
When you receive Phonebook data
The screen for confirming whether to save data in the
PushTalk phonebook appears. If you select [Yes], the
data is saved in both the PushTalk and FOMA terminal
phonebooks. If you select [No], the data is saved in the
FOMA terminal phonebook only. When there are several
phone numbers, select the phone number to be saved
in the PushTalk phonebook.
Select [Add] and press
The Security code screen appears.
Place the FeliCa mark “ ” of the FOMA terminal
over that of the other terminal in the stand-by
display on both terminals.
299
Sending Data Using iC
Communication
Displaying PDF Data
You can display PDF data saved in My document of
the Data Box or microSD memory card. You can also
download PDF-compatible data from a site to the
FOMA terminal and display/save it.
Sending Data
Select data to be sent and press
(Func).
The Function menu appears.
Select [iC transmission] and press
“ ” changes to “
” and the screen for confirming
whether to begin data exchange appears.
To send one entry in the Phonebook/Text Memo
Move the cursor to the data and from the Function menu,
select [iC transmission] → [iC transmission].
Select [Yes] and press
The message “Place
ˎ It may take time to display some PDF data. Note also that
PDF data written in a format incompatible with the PDFcompatible viewer or containing a complicated design may
not be displayed correctly.
ˎ To display PDF data protected with a password, you need to
enter the password.
over another one” appears.
Icon
(White) PDF data retrieved in pages
(Gray)
(Func) in the folder list of data to be sent.
Select [iC trans.(all)] and press
Data Display/Edit/Management
Enter the Security code and press
Select PDF data and press
(OK).
Enter the authentication password.
The screen for confirming whether to begin data exchange
appears.
The message “Crossover the
with counterpart” appears.
Place the FeliCa mark “ ” of the FOMA terminal
over that of the other terminal.
The FeliCa Sign lights.
Data exchange is started.
To cancel sending
Press
(Cancel).
300
The Authentication password screen appears.
Select [Yes] and press
PDF data that you canceled retrieving or
could not retrieve
ˎ “ ” appears on the upper right of the icon for PDF
data prohibited from being retrieved out of the FOMA
terminal.
“ ” changes to “
” and the Security code screen
appears.
To send all entries in the Phonebook/Text Memo
From the Function menu in the list of data, select [iC
transmission] → [iC trans.(all)].
To send all entries in the Schedule
From the Function menu in the calendar display, select
[iC trans.(all)].
Type
PDF data retrieved all pages
The Function menu appears.
Management title
My document file list appears.
ˎ The following icons show the type of PDF data.
ˎ It is necessary that you and the receiver determine the 4-digit
authentication password beforehand.
1/1
スーハ゜ーモンキーホ゛ールの遊
Sending All Data
Select a folder and press
Preinstall
Place the FeliCa mark “ ” of the FOMA terminal
over that of the other terminal.
Press
Press
( ) in the stand-by display, select [My
document], and press
My document folder list appears.
The FeliCa Sign lights.
Data exchange is started.
©SEGA
Operating method
Operation
Key operation
Display the data in original Press
(Fit/Tr img).
size or by adjusting the page
width to the display size
Scroll
Use
Zoom in
Press
Zoom out
Press
Move to previous page
Press
or
Move to the specified page
Press
, enter a page
number, and press
(OK).
Press
or
Move to next page
Rotate counterclockwise by 90 Press
degrees
Rotate clockwise by 90 degrees Press
Turn on/off the Ratio/Page No. Press
Turn on/off the scrollbar display Press
Display the list of key operations Press
Setting How to Display PDF Data
● If you have deleted preinstalled PDF data, you can
download it from “SO@Planet”.
[i Menu] → [メニュー/検索] (Menu/Search) → [ケータイ電
話メーカー] (Mobile Phone Manufacturers) → [SO@Planet]
(Japanese only)
Select [ON]/[OFF] at [Ratio/Page No.].
Select [ON]/[OFF] at [Scroll bar].
The Detail info disp is set.
Searching a Character String of PDF Data
Press
(Search) in the PDF data display.
Search criteria
Search text
OFF
Match full
Case sensitivity
OFF
[Search text]:
Enter a character string you want to search for.
[Match full]:
Set whether to search for an exact character string
match.
[Case sensitivity]:
Set whether to distinguish uppercase and lowercase
characters.
Enter a character string at [Search text].
Enter a character string within eight full-width or 16 halfwidth characters.
Select [ON]/[OFF] at [Match full].
Select [ON]/[OFF] at [Case sensitivity].
Press
Data Display/Edit/Management
To change the page layout
From the Function menu, select [Page layout] → [Single
page]/[Continuous]/[Continuous-facing].
To move to the first/last page
From the Function menu, select [Move page] → [First
page]/[Last page].
To use a link
From the Function menu, select [Display link].
ˎ You can use a link set in PDF data to use the Phone
To, Mail To, and Web To functions and move to
another page within the PDF data.
To display the detailed information
From the Function menu, select [Property].
To save PDF data
From the Function menu, select [Save] → a place to
save to.
To download all PDF data that you downloaded by page
From the Function menu, select [Download all] → [Yes].
Select [Detail info disp] and press
The Disp detail info display appears.
[Ratio/Page No.]:
Set whether to display the ratio and page no.
[Scroll bar]:
Set whether to display the scroll bar.
(Func) in the PDF data display.
The Function menu appears.
(Help).
Press
(OK).
The searched character string is displayed in reverse
video.
To display the previous/next search result
Press
(Back)/
(Next).
Continued
301
Using a Bookmark/Mark
Once you save a bookmark or mark in pages that you
use frequently, you can display the linked page by
simply selecting the bookmark or mark. You can save
a mark for the number of the currently displayed page
and location in the page. Some PDF data is preset with
bookmarks or marks.
Displaying the i Bookmark/Mark List
Example: Displaying the i bookmark list
You can add up to 10 i bookmarks and marks each.
Example: Adding an i bookmark
In the PDF data display, display the page for which
you want to add an i bookmark and press
(Func).
The Function menu appears.
To add a mark
From the Function menu, select [Mark] → [Add mark].
“ ” appears at the location where the mark is added.
Select [Bookmark] → [Add i bookmark] and
press
Select [Bookmark] → [i bookmark list] and press
The list of i bookmarks is displayed.
To display the list of marks
Select [Mark] → [Mark list].
To check the details of a bookmark/i bookmark
Press
(Confirm).
To change the title of an i bookmark
Move the cursor to the i bookmark and from the Function
menu, select [Edit title]. Enter a new title within 64 fullwidth or 128 half-width characters.
To delete an i bookmark/mark
Move the cursor to the i bookmark/mark and from the
Function menu, select [Delete] → [Delete one] → [Yes].
To delete several i bookmarks/marks, from the Function
menu, select [Delete] → [Select&delete] and select
(Complete) and select
i bookmarks/marks. Press
[Yes]. To delete all i bookmarks/marks, from the Function
menu, select [Delete] → [Delete all], enter the Security
code, and select [Yes].
Adding an i Bookmark/Mark
(Func) in the PDF data display.
The Function menu appears.
ˎ The two types of bookmarks that you can use are as follows.
- Bookmark: Saved in PDF data in advance. You cannot
change it.
- i bookmark: You can add/delete this bookmark.
Press
Select an i bookmark and press
(Disp).
The page set with the i bookmark appears.
The i bookmark is added.
● The i bookmarks/marks that you have added may be
deleted if you attempt to copy them to a PC or other FOMA
terminals using infrared/iC communication or the microSD
memory card.
Clipping a Still Image
You can clip a part of the currently displayed PDF data
and save it as a JPEG image.
ˎ You may not be able to clip an image of some PDF data.
Press
(Func) in the PDF data display.
The Function menu appears.
Data Display/Edit/Management
302
Select [Capture screen] → [Yes] and press
Select a folder and press
The image clip is saved in My picture of the Data Box.
Music&Video Channel/
Music Playback
Handling the music data
®
ˎ Chaku-Uta Full and WMA (Windows Media Audio), ATRAC, and MP3 files which are played back on the MUSIC
Player are stated as “music data” in this manual.
®
ˎ The FOMA terminal can play back WMA, ATRAC, and MP3 files and Chaku-Uta Full which are protected by the
copyright protection technology.
ˎ When you download music data from a website over the Internet, make sure to check the usage conditions (licensing,
prohibited acts, etc.) before you use it.
ˎ The WMA files protected by the copyright protection technology are played back by the FOMA terminal using its
own information. When the FOMA terminal’s own information is changed due to malfunction, repair, or change, the
existing WMA files may not be played back again.
ˎ Under no condition will DoCoMo be held liable for handling CCCD (copy controlled CD) or when music data cannot
be converted to a WMA file or other file format.
ˎ Music data saved in the FOMA terminal and microSD memory card is used only for your personal use. Please take
care that you never violate other party’s intellectual property right and other rights such as copyright when you use
it. Also, do not copy or move music data saved in the FOMA terminal and microSD memory card to a PC or other
devices.
What is Music&Video Channel? ..........................................................................................
Setting a Program ...............................................................................................................
Playing Back a Program ......................................................................................................
Playing Back a Program from the Data Box ........................................................................
304
304
305
307
■ Listening to Music
What is MUSIC Player?.......................................................................................................
Transferring Music Data ......................................................................................................
Downloading Chaku-Uta Full® .............................................................................................
Playing Back Music Data.....................................................................................................
Managing the Playlist ..........................................................................................................
Changing the MUSIC Player Settings .................................................................................
Connecting the Flat-plug Stereo Earphone Set (optional), etc ...........................................
307
308
309
310
313
314
314
303
What is Music&Video Channel?
Music&Video Channel is a service that a music
program of up to one hour is automatically distributed
during the night only by setting your favorite channel
in advance. You can also enjoy high-quality movie
programs up to 30 minutes. Programs are updated
regularly and you can enjoy the distributed program
anytime such as during commuting time to work or
school.
Setting a Program
When you set a desired program in advance, the
program data is automatically distributed at night.
Music&Video Channel
No program
No program
■ Before using the Music&Video Channel service
ˎ Music&Video Channel is a paid service that requires a
subscription. (To apply for the Music&Video Channel service,
the subscriptions to i-mode and Pake-Houdai/Pake-Houdai
Full service are required.)
ˎ The packet communication charge may be required
depending on a program in addition to the Music&Video
Channel service charge.
ˎ For details on the Music&Video Channel service, see the
“Mobile Phone User’s Guide【i-mode】”.
ˎ After you subscribe to the Music&Video Channel service,
inserting the UIM into the FOMA terminal which is
incompatible with the Music&Video Channel service does not
allow you to use the service. Even in this case, note that the
service charge is required unless you unsubscribe from the
service.
ˎ You cannot set or download programs during international
roaming.※ Stop the distribution service before you go
abroad. Restart the distribution service after you come back.
※ Note that the packet communication charge for connecting
to i-mode is required when you try to set or download
programs during international roaming.
From the Menu, select [MUSIC] → [Music&Video
Channel] and press
Set program
Program list
About
this service
The Music&Video Channel menu appears.
[Set program]:
Connect to a site to set/cancel a program.
[Program list]:
Connect to a site that contains a program list.
[About this service]:
Connect to a site that explains about Music&Video
Channel.
Select [Set program] and press
Operate as instructed on the display to set a
program.
For more details, see the “Mobile Phone User’s Guide
【i-mode】”.
● To set a program, you need to add a site which provides
the Music&Video Channel service to My Menu (P.164).
● You can set two programs at a time.
Checking/Canceling a Set Program
Music&Video Channel/Music Playback
304
From the Music&Video Channel menu, select [Set
program] and press
Operate as instructed on the display.
You can check or cancel a set program. For more details,
see the “Mobile Phone User’s Guide【i-mode】”.
● Even if you cancel a set program, the site is not deleted
from My Menu.
After Setting a Program
Downloading a Program Manually
“ ” appears in the stand-by display 12 hours before
the downloading starts.
A program is automatically downloaded at night
and the notification icon “ ” (Download completed)
appears in the stand-by display right after downloading
successfully.
When failed to download a program automatically, you
can download it manually.
From the Music&Video Channel menu, select a
program → [Yes] and press
● During certain hours of a day, you may not be able to
download a program manually.
● When downloading is interrupted, the partly downloaded
program until the interruption can be saved. You can
operate the FOMA terminal to resume the downloading for
the remaining data except during certain hours.
● You cannot re-download a program whose playback
restriction has expired. You cannot also update until the
next distribution date.
Download completed
Playing Back a Program
To play back a program immediately
In the stand-by display, press
(Link) and select “
The Music&Video Channel menu appears.
When failed to download a program
The notification icon “ ” (Download failed) appears.
From the Menu, select [MUSIC] → [Music&Video
Channel] and press
Music&Video Channel
○○ライブ
20:00
△△特集
15:00
Set program
Program list
About
this service
Next distribution
2007/11/20
The Music&Video Channel menu appears.
ˎ The following icons show the program type, status, and
playback restrictions.
Type/status
Icon
Type/status
Program downloaded successfully
Music&Video Channel/Music Playback
● If the communication is interrupted due to weak radio
wave, etc. while downloading a program, the FOMA
terminal attempts to resume the downloading up to five
times at 3-minute intervals. If the program cannot be
downloaded completely after the reacquisition, the FOMA
terminal attempts to download the program at nighttime of
the next day.
● If downloading fails because of the following reasons:
outside of the service area, the terminal is powered off, the
battery level is low, etc., the FOMA terminal will download
the program at the next night.
● Downloading a program may take time so make sure that
the FOMA terminal is fully charged and used in an area
where the radio wave condition is good.
● The downloaded program cannot be copied.
● Programs cannot be downloaded automatically in
the following cases. Set a program again from the
Music&Video Channel menu.
- When inserting the UIM which is not the one used for
setting a program
- When inserting the UIM into another Music&Video
Channel compatible FOMA terminal after setting a
program.
- When performing the Rset all data&set.
● Only one program data can be saved in per channel.
When new program data is downloaded, the previously
downloaded program data is deleted and cannot be
played back.
”.
Program failed to download/Program partly
downloaded successfully
Program for which the starting time of
playback is set
Program not yet played back
Playback restrictions
Icon
Playback restrictions
Program with playback restrictions
Program whose time limit on playback has
expired
To display the detailed information on a program
Move the cursor to a program and press
(Detail).
Continued
305
2
Select a program and press
Operating method
Operation
ͦ
Key operation
Play
Pat
Pause
Pat
Volume adjustment Use
Beginning of the
next chapter
Beginning of the
current chapter
Beginning of the
previous chapter
Switch display
ͧ
ͨ
ͩ
ͫ
○○ライブ
イントロダクション
△△△
ͭ
ͪ
ͬ
VOL 16
ͮ
ͯ
ʓ Image/movie of chapter
ʔ Current status (Playing back/Stopping/Pausing/
Forwarding/Reversing)
ʕ The number of the chapter being played back/The total
number of chapters of the program
ʖ Images in the program
ʗ The elapsed playback time/The total playback time of
the program
ʘ Program title
ʙ Chapter title/Original title
ʚ Name of artist/Name of composer
ʛ Repeat playback (ON/OFF)
ʜ Volume
The program is played back.
Operating method
Music&Video Channel/Music Playback
Operation
Play
Press
Key operation
(Play).
Pause
Press
(Pause).
Stop
Volume
adjustment
Beginning of the
next chapter※
Beginning of the
current chapter※
Beginning of the
previous chapter※
Fast-forward
From the Function menu, select [Stop].
Use
Press
Press
Press
repeatedly.
Press
for over a second during
playback.
Fast-reverse
Press
for over a second during
playback.
Full screen※
Press
(Full scrn).
ˎ You cannot switch the display to
be full-sized when a program is a
Chaku-Uta Full® file.
Use Web To
Press
(Web to).
If a program contains URL information,
you can connect to a site.
Repeat playback F ro m t h e F u n c t i o n m e n u , s e l e c t
[Settings] → [Repeat] → [ON]/[OFF].
※ You cannot operate it while stopping.
When folding the FOMA terminal during playback
イントロダクション
△△△
You can operate it by the Music Touch Key.
306
Pat
Pat
Pat
repeatedly.
Press
. The screen switches
between the program information
display and the clock display.
L o c k / c a n c e l t h e Press
lock of the Music
Touch Key
ˎ When the Auto lock SubKey is set to [ON], the Music
Touch Key is locked when the Power saver mode works
(P.130).
ˎ When the Power saver mode works, the Music Touch
Key is turned off. Press
twice to light it.
● If a program with some restrictions such as the number
of playback times, period of playback, and term limitation
for playback, you cannot play it back once exceeding the
restrictions.
● When you select a program that failed to be downloaded,
the screen for confirming whether to download the
program again appears. If you select [Yes], the
downloading starts. Even if the update is failed but the
original program is able to be played back, the program is
played back when you select [Play prev. prog].
● When you select a program partly downloaded, the screen
for confirming whether to download the remaining of the
program appears. If you select [Yes], the downloading
starts. If you select [Play halfway], the downloaded part
is played back. However, if the program has the playback
starting time, you cannot play it back unless it is fully
downloaded.
● When the program has the playback starting time, the time
is set to play back so that you cannot play it back out of
the time. The playback starts at the time on the clock set
by the Auto time adjust.
● When you select a program for which the playback
starting time is set before the time when it is set to start,
the message “This program is unable to play at this hour”
appears and shows the next playback starting time. The
message “It is coming soon. Please wait for a while.”
appears about 60 seconds before the program starts and
soon you can play it back.
● Some programs may have some limitations on pausing,
skipping chapters, fast-forwarding, and fast-reversing.
● When you try to play back a program while the battery
level is low, the screen for confirming whether to play it
back appears. Also, when the battery level becomes low
during playback, the playback is paused and the screen
for confirming whether to continue to play back appears.
Fully charge the battery before playback.
● When you fold the FOMA terminal while playing back a
program, the playback is stopped if the program is an
i-motion file. The playback continues if the program is a
Chaku-Uta Full® file.
Checking the Program Chapter
By displaying the program chapter list, you can check
a title of each chapter, name of artist, and playback
time.
From the Music&Video Channel menu, select a
program and press
(Func).
Playing Back a Program from
the Data Box
You can play back a program saved in Music&Video
Channel of the Data Box.
The Function menu appears.
Select [Chapter list] and press
○○ライブ
Music&Video Channel
Distrib. program
1/4
Folder1
イントロダクション
04:00
△△△
トラック1
05:20
△△△
トラック2
06:15
△△△
トラック3
04:25
△△△
musicch1
The list of the Music&Video Channel folders and files
appears.
ˎ For information on operations while displaying the list of
folders/files, see “Managing Data Box” (P.287).
To play back a program within a folder
Select a folder and press
To display the detailed information of a chapter
Move the cursor to a chapter and press
(Detail).
Deleting a Program
Press
( ) in the stand-by display, select
[Music&Video Channel], and press
Select a program and press
The selected program is played back.
From the Music&Video Channel menu, select a
program and press
(Func).
What is MUSIC Player?
The Function menu appears.
Select [Delete] → [Yes] and press
● Even if you delete a program, the Set program is not
canceled.
Moving a Program to a Different Folder
From the Music&Video Channel menu, select a
program and press
(Func).
The Function menu appears.
Select [Move program] → [Yes] and press
Select a folder and press
(Complete).
● You cannot move a downloaded program to the microSD
memory card.
● The following programs cannot be moved.
- Program which is partly downloaded
- Program for which the playback starting time is set
- Program whose time limit on playback has expired
ˎ You can play back music data in the background while
operating other functions such as displaying a site or
sending/receiving mail (Background playback).
■ Music data that can be played back
Data Box
Place to save to
MUSIC
Files that can
Format
be played back
Chaku-Uta AAC-LC/
Full®
HE-AAC
Extension
Music&Video Channel/Music Playback
Downloaded programs are saved in the [Distrib.
program] folder in Music&Video Channel of the Data
Box. Every time the program is updated, the program
saved in the folder is overwritten and you cannot play
back the older one. You can move the program to a
different folder before the update. You can save up to
10 programs.
You can use the MUSIC Player to play back Chaku-Uta
Full® downloaded from an i-mode site. You can also
play back music data that was saved from a PC in the
microSD memory card inserted in the FOMA terminal.
.3gp
microSD memory card
Files that can
be played back
[Distrib. contents] W M A / M P 3 /
folder of MUSIC 3GPP
[Movable
Chaku-Uta
contents] folder
Full®
of MUSIC
[WMA] folder of
WMA
MUSIC
[ATRAC] folder of ATRAC
MUSIC
Place to save to
Format
Extension
.wma/.mp3/
WMA/MP3/
AAC-LC/HE-AAC .3gp
AAC-LC/
.SB2
HE-AAC
WMA
.wma
“ATRAC3”/
“ATRAC3plus”
.oma
Continued
307
■ Format supported for playback
Format
WMA
Description
A sound compression technology developed
by Microsoft Corporation, which is employed
as the Windows standard sound compression
technology.
AAC-LC
A s o u n d c o m p re s s i o n t e c h n o l o g y u s e d
in MPEG2 and MPEG4, enabling a high
compression rate while keeping the sound
quality.
HE-AAC
A sound compression technology used in
MPEG4, which is an extended version of AAC
and also employed in the Chaku-Uta Full®.
MP3
MP3 is an abbreviation of “MPEG-1 AUDIO
Layer-3” and a sound compression technology
established by MPEG which is the working
group of ISO (International Organization for
Standardization). The music data can be
compressed about 1/10 times than CD data.
“ATRAC3”
One of sound compression technologies of
“ATRAC” developed by Sony Corporation, which
is archived the high compression rate of about
1/10 times than CD data and the high sound
quality.
“ATRAC3plus” A sound compression advanced technology
from “ATRAC3”, which is archived the higher
compression rate of about 1/20 times than CD
data and the higher sound quality.
Transferring Music Data
You can transfer music data from a PC to the microSD
memory card inserted in the FOMA terminal using
Windows Media Player, Napster® appli, or SonicStage.
Transferring a WMA File to a PC Using
Windows Media Player
You can use Windows Media Player 10/11 to import
music data from a music CD to a PC and save it in the
microSD memory card inserted in the FOMA terminal.
ˎ When installing Windows Media Player 10/11 on a PC
running Windows XP, use Windows XP Service Pack 2 or
later version.
ˎ When installing Windows Media Player on a PC running
Windows Vista, use Windows Media Player 11.
3GPP
Format
AAC-LC
HE-AAC(v1)
HE-AAC(v2)
AAC-LC
WMA
HE-AAC(v1)
WMA
Music&Video Channel/Music Playback
MP3
ATRAC
MPEG1 Layer3
“ATRAC3”
“ATRAC3plus”
Bit rate (kbps)
8−128
8−128
8−48
80, 96, 128, 160, 192,
256, 320
40, 48, 64, 80, 96
48, 64, 80, 96, 128, 160,
192
96−320
66, 105, 132
32, 48, 64, 96, 128, 160,
192, 256, 320, 352
ˎ Typically, the higher the bit rate is, the better the sound
quality, however, also the larger the data size is, resulting in
the smaller number of tracks that can be saved.
■ Maximum number of tracks that can be stored for
operation on the MUSIC Player
Place to save to
Data Box
microSD memory card: 2G bytes
Maximum number
of tracks
200
1,500
● “ATRAC3”, “ATRAC3plus”, or “WMA” formatted music data
which is copyrighted and saved in the microSD memory
card can be played back only on your SO905i.
● Some music data saved in the microSD memory card may
not be played back on other FOMA terminals.
308
Save a WMA file in the PC.
For the operations on Windows Media Player 10/11, see
the Help of Windows Media Player 10/11.
Change the USB mode setting of the FOMA
terminal to [MTP mode].
ˎ To change the USB mode setting, see “Using the FOMA
Terminal with a PC” (P.285, step 1 to 3).
ˎ Make sure to insert the microSD memory card before
changing to the MTP mode.
■ Bit rate supported for playback
File
Chaku-Uta Full®
Install Windows Media Player 10/11 on your PC.
Connect the FOMA terminal and PC using the
FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01
(optional).
Transfer music data from Windows Media Player
10/11.
ˎ When you transfer a playlist, the playlist can be used as
a WMA playlist on the FOMA terminal.
Remove the FOMA USB Cable with Charge
Function 01 (optional) from the FOMA terminal and
PC.
About Napster® appli
You can also transfer music data using Napster® appli.
®
ˎ You can download Napster appli from the website below.
http://www.napster.jp/ (as of October 2007)
®
ˎ For more information, see the website for Napster appli
below.
http://www.napster.jp/support/ (as of October 2007)
Transferring Music Data to a PC Using
SonicStage
Music data such as music data (ATRAC format) bought
at the music distribution sites such as mora or a music
CD can be transferred to the microSD memory card of
the FOMA terminal using SonicStage.
Directly Copying Music Data to the
FOMA Terminal on a PC
The microSD memory card can be used as an external
drive of a PC by connecting the FOMA terminal to the
PC, allowing you to read/write data from/to the microSD
memory card.
With a MP3 file or AAC file (.3gp), you can play it back
on the MUSIC Player also by saving it directly in the
microSD memory card without using Windows Media
Player or SonicStage.
ˎ Music data that is saved in the microSD memory card without
using Windows Media Player or SonicStage may not be
played back properly on SO905i.
ˎ Do not delete music data that is saved in the microSD
memory card using Windows Media Player or SonicStage by
performing the direct operation of the microSD memory card.
ˎ For details on the folder setup of the microSD memory card,
see P.280.
Change the USB mode setting of the FOMA
terminal to [microSD mode].
You can download SonicStage from the following site.
http://mora.jp
Save music data such as music data (ATRAC
format) bought at the music distribution sites such
as mora and a music CD in the PC.
Change the USB mode setting of the FOMA
terminal to either [microSD mode] or [ATRAC
mode].
ˎ To change the USB mode setting, see “Using the FOMA
Terminal with a PC” (P.285, step 1 to 3).
Connect the FOMA terminal and PC using the
FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01
(optional).
Transfer music data from SonicStage.
ˎ When you transfer a playlist, the playlist can be used as
an imported playlist on the FOMA terminal.
ˎ In the ATRAC mode, you cannot transfer a playlist.
ˎ To change the USB mode setting, see “Using the FOMA
Terminal with a PC” (P.285, step 1 to 3).
Connect the FOMA terminal and PC using the
FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01
(optional).
Double-click [リムーバブル ディスク] of マイ コン
ピュータ.
Create folders named “PRIVATE”, “DOCOMO”,
“MMFILE”, and “MUSIC” in this order.
ˎ You do not need to create the folders if they already
exist.
Save the music data in the “MUSIC” folder created.
Remove the FOMA USB Cable with Charge
Function 01 (optional) from the FOMA terminal and
PC.
Remove the FOMA USB Cable with Charge
Function 01 (optional) from the FOMA terminal and
PC.
● For the operations on SonigStage, see the Help of
SonicStage.
● For more information on transferring music data, see the
website below.
http://www.SonyEricsson.co.jp/so905i/fag.html
Music&Video Channel/Music Playback
Install SonicStage on your PC.
Downloading Chaku-Uta Full®
You can download a Chaku-Uta Full® file of up to 5M
bytes and save it in the Data Box or microSD memory
card.
Example: Saving Chaku-Uta Full® in the Data Box
While displaying a site, select a Chaku-Uta Full®
and press
Music
Play
Save
File property
Back
The Chaku-Uta Full® is downloaded to the FOMA terminal.
For Uta-hodai, the information of time limit on playback is
obtained and then the FOMA terminal starts to download
an Uta-hodai.
Continued
309
2
Select [Save] and press
Save to
Data Box
microSD
[Data Box]:
Save data in MUSIC of the Data Box.
[microSD]:
Save data in [Movable contents] of MUSIC in the
microSD memory card. (Insert the microSD memory
card.)
To play back Chaku-Uta Full®
Select [Play].
To display detailed information
Select [File property].
Select [Data Box] and press
Select a folder and press
(Save).
The downloaded Chaku-Uta Full® is saved.
● If you have deleted preinstalled Chaku-Uta Full®, you can
download it from “SO@Planet”.
[i Menu] → [メニュー/検索] (Menu/Search) → [ケータイ電
話メーカー] (Mobile Phone Manufacturers) → [SO@Planet]
(Japanese only)
ˎ If you receive a voice, videophone, or PushTalk call or mail,
or the Alarm/Schedule alarm/Booking alarm is activated while
you are playing back music data on the MUSIC Player, the
playback is interrupted and one of the above operations is
performed. After the operation is completed, when you return
to the MUSIC Player, the playback resumes automatically,
however, with some exceptions.
®
ˎ If you save a Chaku-Uta Full or display the music folder while
you are playing back music data on the MUSIC Player, the
MUSIC Player is terminated.
ˎ The MUSIC Player cannot be activated while watching One
Seg.
ˎ If you display One Seg in the microSD memory card while you
are playing back music data on the MUSIC Player, the MUSIC
Player is terminated.
ˎ It may take time to display a music data list depending on
music data.
Playing Back Music Data with the
FOMA Terminal Open
Example: Playing back music data by selecting the artist
From the Menu, select [MUSIC] → [MUSIC Player]
and press
Playing Back Music Data
You can use the MUSIC Player to play back music data
saved in MUSIC of the Data Box and microSD memory
card.
You can also search a song you want to listen to easily
by specifying an artist, album, genre, etc. in the Music
menu.
Music&Video Channel/Music Playback
310
ˎ While music data in the MUSIC Player is updated, “ ”
appears. If another function is activated, updating the data
may take time. The MUSIC Player operation may be slower
while the data is being updated. While the data is updated, all
tracks may not be displayed. After the update is completed,
re-display the Music menu.
ˎ It may take time to start playback of some music data.
ˎ Jacket images may not be displayed depending on music
data.
ˎ Sound skip or noise may occur depending on the format and
bit rate of music data.
ˎ Depending on the encoding method (VBR, etc.), the MUSIC
Player may not be operated correctly such as the playback
cannot be operated or the playback time for it may not be
displayed correctly.
ˎ When the battery level is low, you may not be able to operate
the MUSIC Player. If the battery level becomes low during
playback, the player is stopped. Fully charge the battery
before using this function.
ˎ Do not insert/remove the microSD memory card into/from the
FOMA terminal while you are playing back music data on the
MUSIC Player. The playback is interrupted.
[Resume play]:
When there is music data that was played back last
time, the current track is played back from the last
stopped position. If you delete the music data, however,
you cannot select [Resume play].
ˎ When the Music menu is displayed by pressing
during playback, [To playback disp] appears. Select
this option to return to the playback display.
[Shuffle all songs]:
Perform random playback of all music data.
[Albums]:
Display the list of albums. Select an album → music
data.
[Artists]:
Display the list of artists. Select an artist → an album →
music data.
[Genres]:
Display the list of genres. Select a genre → artist → an
album → music data.
[Playlists]:
Display the playlist. Select [Original playlist]/[Imported
playlist]/[WMA playlist] → a playlist → music data.
[Songs]:
Display the list of all music data. Select the music data.
[Top50]:
Display up to 50 tracks in the order of the number of the
playback times, from the highest to the lowest. Select
the music data.
[Recent 50]:
Display up to 50 tracks in the order of the playback
date/time, from the most recent to the oldest. Select the
music data.
[Saved areas]:
Select a place to save to and select the music data.
[Music settings]:
Display the menu of the Music settings.
Select [Artists] and press
Operating method
Operation
Select an artist → an album and press
Select music data and press
Stop
Press
Beginning of the
next track
Beginning of the
current track
Beginning of the
previous track
Fast-forward
Fast-reverse
Switch display
Move to the
previous display
To display detailed information
Move the cursor to the music data and from the Function
menu, select [Detail info].
To check the jacket
Move the cursor to the music data and from the Function
menu, select [Display img].
To check the lyrics
Move the cursor to the music data and from the Function
menu, select [Display lyrics].
Press
(Play).
Key operation
(Play).
(Stop).
Volume adjustment Use
The artist list appears.
Play
Press
Press
(within more than three
seconds since the music starts).
Press
(within less than three
seconds since the music starts).
Press
for over a second during
playback.
for over a second during
Press
playback.
Press . The player screen switches
between the visualizer display and
jacket display.
Press
● Some jacket or lyric may be saved. To save it, press
(Save) while displaying it and select [Yes] → a folder.
● If you select [File mng. Mode] from the Function menu in
the Music menu, you can stop the MUSIC Player to display
the music data saved in the MUSIC folder that is to be
prepared in each place to save.
Playing Back Music Data with the
FOMA Terminal Folded
Example: Playing back music data by selecting the artist
The selected music data is played back.
Press
while the FOMA terminal is folded.
The sub-display lights.
Press
for over a second.
The Music Touch Key lights and can be operated.
ˎ To prevent the Music Touch Key from being accidentally
patted, press
to lock the Music Touch Key. Press
the button once again to cancel the lock.
ˎ When the Auto lock SubKey is set to [ON], the Music
Touch Key is locked when the Power saver mode works
(P.130).
ˎ When the Power saver mode works, the Music Touch
Key is turned off. Press
twice to light.
Music&Video Channel/Music Playback
Current status (During playback/
Stopped)
The number in the list of the current
track/The total number of tracks in the
current playback list
The elapsed playback time/The total
playback time of the current track
Track title
Album title
Name of artist
Status of the MUSIC Player setting
Resume play
Shuffle all songs
Albums
Use (UP)/
a page.
(DOWN) to scroll the displayed contents by
Continued
311
3
Use
to select [Artists] and pat
■ Chaku-Uta Full®
When you play back music data with playback restrictions, the
followings are displayed.
The artist list appears.
Use
to select an artist → an album and pat
The music data list appears.
Select music data and pat
The selected music data is played back.
to swith the display by turns.
ˎ Press
Player display
What Can U Do (Mash
Makou
■ Uta-hodai
One-line display
What Can U Do
Clock display
Operating method
Operation
Key operation
Play
Pat
Stop
Pat
Volume adjustment Use
Beginning of the
next track
Beginning of the
current track
Beginning of the
previous track
Fast-forward
Music&Video Channel/Music Playback
Fast-reverse
Move to the
previous display
Display the
Function menu
Pat
Pat
( w i t h i n m o re t h a n t h re e
seconds since the music starts).
Pat
(within less than three seconds
since the music starts).
Pat
for over a second during
playback.
Pat
for over a second during
playback.
Pat
(CLR).
Press
Playback restriction
Display
Playback time left
“This data can be replayed XX times.
Replay?” appears. Select [Yes] to play
back the music data.
Playback time over “This data can no longer be replayed.
Delete?” appears. Select [Yes] to delete
the music data.
Time limit on
“Replay period has expired. Delete?” appears.
playback over
Select [Yes] to delete the music data.
Before playback
“Replay period has not yet star ted”
period
appears.
To stop the MUSIC Player
Stop playback of the music data and then pat
for over a second.
ˎ When you play back an Uta-hodai whose time limit on
playback has expired, “Some data need to update replay
period. Send phone/terminal and UIM ID, and connect to
site?” or “Need to update replay period. Send phone/terminal
and UIM ID, and connect to site?” appears. Select [Yes] to
update the time limit on playback. If you select [No], you
cannot play back music data.
ˎ The packet communication charge is required when updating
the time limit on playback.
ˎ When you use the FOMA terminal in other countries, the time limit
on playback may expire before or after the displayed time limit.
ˎ Pake-Houdai or Pake-Houdai Full does not cover the packet
communication charge for updating the time limit on playback
during international roaming.
The
playback restrictions for some Uta-hodai may be set the
ˎ
renewal period for a few days after the time limit on playback has
expired. During the period, you can play back music data without
updating the time limit on playback. After the renewal period
on playback has passed, the file cannot be played back. Also,
when you download music data while updating the time limit is
not proceeded, playback cannot be performed before saving it.
ˎ When the maximum number of music services (members
only) which can be saved has been exceeded, the screen
for confirming whether to overwrite a service appears. If you
select [Yes], the new service overwrites the service which has
the oldest time limit on playback. Also, you cannot play back
music downloaded from the service which is overwritten.
ˎ The date and time of the time limit information in the display which
notifies the time limit on playback is displayed in Japan time.
Setting How to Display the Music Data
List
You can select how to display the music data list from
two types.
(CLR)
ˎ When no jacket information is available in the music data, the
jacket is not displayed.
List display
Jacket display
Playback Restrictions of Music Data
Some music data is set the playback restrictions. When
you play back music data with playback restrictions,
the different confir mation screen may appear
depending on a type of music data.
Press
(Func) in the music data list display,
select [Change jackets], and press
The list display is changed to the jacket display or vice
versa.
312
Deleting/Reordering Music Data of the
Playlist
Managing the Playlist
There are three types of playlists that can be played
back using the FOMA terminal.
Original playlist
The playlist is created on the FOMA terminal. You can create or
edit up to 20 playlists and save up to 50 tracks of music data
per file.
Imported playlist/WMA playlist
The playlist is created on an external device such as a PC. You
can display up to 100 playlists. An imported playlist or WMA
playlist can display up to 200 tracks or 500 tracks of music data
per file, respectively. You cannot create or edit these playlists on
the FOMA terminal. You can create an imported playlist (M3U
format) using SonicStage and a WMA playlist using Windows
Media Player 10/11.
You can delete music data from a playlist or reorder it
within a playlist. Even if you delete music data from a
playlist, the files of the music data are not deleted.
ˎ You cannot delete music data from an imported playlist/WMA
playlist or reorder it in an imported playlist.
Example: Deleting one track
The music data list of the Original playlist appears.
To delete all music data
From the Function menu, select [Delete from list] →
[Delete all] → [Yes].
To delete several music data
From the Function menu, select [Delete from list] →
(Complete) and
[Select&delete] → music data. Press
select [Yes].
Creating a Playlist
You can save your favorite music data in an original
playlist.
Example: Adding and saving one track of music data in an
original playlist
From the music data list, select music data and
press
(Func).
Select [Add to playlist] → [Save one] and press
Select add to
Select an original playlist to be saved and press
The screen for selecting the saving method appears.
[Add]:
Newly add selected music data to the music data saved
in a playlist.
[Overwrite]:
The screen for confirming whether to overwrite all
music data saved in a playlist with selected music data
appears. Note that all data existing in the playlist is
deleted when you select [Yes].
Select [Add] and press
Select [Delete from list] → [Delete one] → [Yes]
and press
Copying/Deleting/Editing the Name of
the Playlist
You can delete a playlist or edit its name.
ˎ You cannot copy/edit an imported playlist or WMA playlist.
Example: Deleting one playlist
Music&Video Channel/Music Playback
To create a new original playlist
Press
(Create) and enter a name for the playlist.
Enter the name within nine full-width and 19 half-width
characters.
To save several music data
From the Function menu, select [Add to playlist] →
[Select&save] → music data and press
(Complete).
To save all music data
From the Function menu, select [Add to playlist] → [Save
all].
(Func).
The selected music data is deleted from the playlist.
XXX Best Hits 1
XXX Best Hits 2
XXX Live
Select music data and press
The Function menu appears.
To reorder music data
From the Function menu, select [Reorder] → music data.
Move the cursor to the place to move to, press
(Move), and press
(Complete).
The Function menu appears.
From the Music menu, select [Playlists] → [Original
playlist] → a playlist and press
From the Music menu, select [Playlists] → [Original
playlist] and press
A list of all playlists appears.
To delete an imported playlist
Select [Imported playlist].
To delete a WMA playlist
Select [WMA playlist].
To delete all playlists
From the Function menu, select [Delete playlist] →
[Delete all] → [Yes].
To delete several playlists
From the Function menu, select [Delete playlist] →
[Select&delete] → playlists. Press
(Complete) and
select [Yes].
The selected music data is saved in the original playlist.
Continued
313
2
Select a playlist and press
(Func).
The Function menu appears.
To edit the name of a playlist
Move the cursor to the playlist and from the Function
menu, select [Edit name]. Enter a new name within nine
full-width or 19 half-width characters.
To copy a playlist
Move the cursor to the playlist and from the Function
menu, select [Copy Playlists] → [Yes].
To display the detailed information of a playlist
Move the cursor to a playlist and from the Function
menu, select [Detail info].
Select [Delete playlist] → [Delete one] → [Yes] and
press
[+2]:
Boost the bass sound to more extent.
[+1]:
Boost the bass sound.
[OFF]:
Do not boost the bass sound.
Music settings
Play mode
Normal
Repeat
OFF
Equalizer
OFF
CLEAR BASS
OFF
VPT(Surround)
OFF
Dynamic Normalizer
OFF
Select a playback mode for music data at [Play
mode].
Music&Video Channel/Music Playback
[Normal]:
Play back the selected music data list in the order of
appearance.
[Shuffle]:
Perform random playback of the selected music data
list.
Select the repeat type at [Repeat].
[All tracks]:
Repeat playback of all tracks in the selected music data
list.
[1 track]:
Repeat playback of the selected track.
[OFF]:
Play back only once.
Select the type of equalizer at [Equalizer].
To set no equalizer
Select [OFF].
Select whether to adjust the playback volume
automatically at [Dynamic Normalizer].
[ON]:
If the volume level varies depending on music data,
automatically adjust the playback volume to easylistening.
[OFF]:
Play back each music data at its original volume level.
Changing the MUSIC Player
Settings
From the Music menu, select [Music settings], and
press
S e l e c t t h e t y p e o f s u r r o u n d p l ay b a c k a t
[VPT(Surround)].
To set no surround playback
Select [OFF].
The selected playlist is deleted.
Select whether to boost the bass sound at [CLEAR
BASS].
Select whether to restrict the playback volume at
[AVLS].
[ON]:
Restrict the playback volume. You cannot turn up the
volume to level 16 or higher.
[OFF]:
Do not restrict the playback volume.
To reset the music settings to the default status
From the Music settings display, select [Reset settings]
→ [Yes] and enter the Security code.
● While the FOMA terminal is folded, when you press
for over a second, the MUSIC Player is activated and the
music menu items appear on the sub-display. Use
to select [Music settings] and pat
to display setting
items. Use
to set each item and pat
to change
the settings. While playing back music, press
to
display the Function menu on the sub-display, and select
[Music settings].
Connecting the Flat-plug Stereo
Earphone Set (optional), etc.
The operations of the Music&Video Channel or MUSIC
Player can be performed by using the switch of the
Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch (optional)
or Flat-plug Stereo Earphone Set (optional) while
playing back with the FOMA terminal folded.
Operation
Play/stop
Switch operation
Press once. Every time you press,
playing and stopping occurs
alternately.
Beginning of the next Press twice continuously.
track
B e g i n n i n g o f t h e Press three times continuously (within
previous track
less than three seconds since the
music starts).
B e g i n n i n g o f t h e Press three times continuously (within
current track※
more than three seconds since the
music starts).
※ It works only when the music track is played back on the
MUSIC Player.
314
Other Convenient
Functions
Multiaccess Feature ....................................................................................... 316
Multitask Feature ................................................................................................ 316
Using the Lifetime Calendar ................................................................... 318
Starting the Alarm at a Specified Time ................................................................... 320
Saving Schedules ............................................................................................. 323
Performing Frequently Used Functions Quickly ........................................... 327
Setting a Function to Be Activated in the TV Style .............................. 328
Recording Recipient’s or Your Own Voice ..................................................... 328
Checking the Call Duration and Charge ................................................. 328
Setting the Limit for Alert on the Total Call Charge .................................. 329
Using the Calculator ......................................................................................... 330
Using a Memo ................................................................................................. 330
Displaying the Settings of Various Functions .................................................. 331
Using the Earphone/Microphone with Switch ................. 332
Receiving a Call Automatically with Earphone .................................... 333
Setting Which Mic to Use ................................................................... 333
Setting the JOG................................................................................................ 333
Setting Whether to Vibrate the Touch Key When Used ................................ 334
Resetting to the Default Settings ................................................................ 334
Deleting All Saved Data ........................................................................ 334
List of Reset Items ............................................................................................................. 335
315
Multiaccess Feature
Multiaccess is a function that enables you to use a
voice call, packet communication, and SMS functions
at the same time.
Placing a Voice Call during i-mode/Packet
Communication
Example: Placing a voice call during i-mode
ˎ For multiaccess combinations, see P.386.
Voice call
1 line
i-mode, i-αppli, i-mode mail, packet communication 1 line
by connecting a PC, and PushTalk
SMS
1 line
Press
(MENU) dur ing i-mode or packet
communication.
The menu display appears and the cursor moves to the
TASK MENU.
Select “ ” (Stand-by) and press
Enter a phone number and press
● Charge is required for the use of each communication line
during multiaccess.
● You cannot use multiaccess during a videophone call or
64K data communication, but you can receive SMS.
Main Functions That Can Be
Performed Using Multiaccess
Starting Other Communication during a Voice Call
Example: Connecting to i-mode during a voice call
Press
(MENU) during a voice call and press
(New TASK).
The menu display appears.
Select [i-mode] → [i Menu] → [メニュー/検索]
(Menu/Search) and press
You can access i-mode while the call is being connected.
To send mail
Select [Mail] → [Compose message] and compose mail
and send it.
To perform packet communication using a connected PC
Establish connection for packet communication using
PC operation.
To switch the display
Press
(MENU) and select a task icon.
Place a voice call while you continue to use i-mode or
packet communication.
To switch the display during a call
Press
(MENU) and select a task icon.
● When you place a videophone call while i-mode is being
used, the i-mode connection is disconnected and your
videophone call is placed.
Receiving a Voice Call during i-mode/Packet
Communication
When you receive a call, press
When you receive a voice call, the receive call display
appears.
You can answer a voice call while you continue to use
i-mode or packet communication.
To switch the display during a call
Press
(MENU) and select a task icon.
Receiving Mail during a Voice Call
Other Convenient Functions
Multitask Feature
Call duration
12:34
Multitask is a function that enables you to perform
several functions at the same time, each of which you
can access by switching the displays.
ˎ For multitask combinations, see P.387.
You receive mail while the call is being connected.
● If you receive i-mode mail, SMS, or Message R/F while you
are talking on the phone, the ring tone, incoming indicator,
and vibrator do not operate.
316
Talking
Using the Display during the Multitask
Operation
Icon
/ / : One/two/three or more tasks
are being executed.
changes to
while playback is
in progress on the MUSIC Player,
changes to while watching One Seg,
changes to
while recording a
or
One Seg program)
Function name
Icon
Function name
Data Security Service
Text Memo
Alarm setting
Calculator
Alarm
Data Box
Schedule
NW Services
Schedule alarm
TASK MENU
(MENU) to display the TASK
Press
MENU.
■ Task icons
Icon
Function name
Stand-by
Phone
Phone number entry
PushTalk
Dial PushTalk
1Seg menu
Channel list
1Seg setting
Activate 1Seg
Icon
Press
function.
Press
From the Menu, select a new function and press
(MENU) during the activation of a
Function name
Templates
Receive mail
Check new messages
Receive SMS
Check new SMS
Data transmission
TVlink
Mail setting
MUSIC Player
i-mode
Music&Video Channel
i-Channel
Music&Video Channel
Download
Full Browser
Lifetime Calendar
i αppli
Camera
Own number
Movie
Phonebook
Viewer
Call record
microSD
PushTalk phonebook
Mail
Display mail
Message
Record message
Mail box
ToruCa
Compose message
IC card
Compose SMS
GPS
(New TASK).
Switching Functions
While running multiple functions, you can switch to the
display that provides access to the function you want
to use.
Press
(MENU).
Other Convenient Functions
Booking alarm
Mail/i-mode common setting
i-mode setting
Settings
Storage information
USB mode setting
Input method setting
Booking list
Activating a New Function
Function name
The cursor moves to a task icon on the
TASK MENU.
Bar code reader
Use
to select a task icon and press
The selected function display appears.
Continued
317
ˎ When there are mail, the color defines the number of
mail.
Number of mail display
Stopping All Functions Currently
Activated
Press
(MENU).
Press
(Quit all).
Select [Yes] and press
Background color
Cream
Beige
Orange
Silver
Gold
All functions currently activated are stopped.
When the Lifetime Calendar is set as the stand-by display
When you press
(Link) in the stand-by display and
select the Lifetime Calendar, the Lifetime Calendar is
activated.
To display the index
Press
(Index). When you select a year and month,
the Lifetime Calendar for the selected year and month
appears.
To create a new schedule
From the Function menu, select [Create new] and save
the schedule.
To display the Lifetime Calendar by specifying a date
From the Function menu, select [Select date] and enter
the date. Enter the date within the range from 2000/01/01
to 2050/12/31.
To update the displayed data
From the Function menu, select [Data update].
● When you execute multiple functions, you can press
to quit the current function.
Using the Lifetime Calendar
The Lifetime Calendar displays an image, mail,
Schedule, and birthday data stored in the FOMA
terminal in the Calendar format. This function helps you
more effectively to keep track of items to remember.
You can also automatically display the items to
remember, and display mail, Schedule, etc. from the
Lifetime Calendar.
From the Menu, select [LifeKit] → [Lifetime
Calendar] and press
2007/11/14
Display status
Sun Mon Tue Wed Thr Fri Sat
28
29
30
31
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
131414
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Number of mail display
Recorded contents
11
Select the date and press
The Lifetime Calendar appears displaying one year
including the selected day (Detail view).
2007/11/14 Wed
Schedule for to
15 25
携帯なつ子
New melody
10 24
docomo.taro.△△@
It’s a long tim
12
Display status
Recorded contents
13
The Lifetime Calendar appears.
ˎ Use
Other Convenient Functions
to display the calendar of the next month and
to display the calendar of the previous month.
ˎ The following icons show the displayed or saved items.
Display status
Still image (All)/(Selected)/(Selected off)/
(OFF)
Received mail (All)/(Selected)/(Selected
off)/(OFF)
Sent mail (All)/(Selected)/(Selected off)/
(OFF)
Schedule (All)/(OFF)
Birthday (All)/(OFF)
Recorded contents
The saved schedule data
The saved birthday data
318
Number of mail
1 to 4
5 to 9
10 to 19
20 to 99
More than 100
携帯はる子
13 17
Discuss busines
ON
ドコモ二郎
Snapshot
Sasha of the
13 18
携帯はる子
12 00
14
10 30
To display the index
Press
(Index). When you select a date, the Lifetime
Calendar (Detail view) appears.
To display a still image
Select [ ] (P.266).
To display received mail
Select [ ] or [ ] (P.189).
To display sent mail
Select [ ] (P.189).
To display the schedule
Select [ ] (P.325).
To display a birthday
Select [ ]. The Phonebook display (P.96) or the Own
number display (P.44) appears.
● The Phonebook, Own number, and Schedule saved as
Secret are not displayed in the Lifetime Calendar. Set the
Secret display to [ON] to display the data.
● When you have more still images, mail, and schedule
data saved in the FOMA terminal, you can build a more
interesting Lifetime Calendar. We recommend saving data
in the FOMA terminal using infrared communication and
the microSD memory card if you are going to use this
function immediately after you purchase SO905i.
■ Typical display examples
ˎ When the image attached to mail cannot be displayed, “
appears.
Still image
13 17
Sasha of the
”
Management title
Source (P.289)
Type/size of an
image (P.266)
Received mail
When Items to Remember Are Displayed
14
10 30
If no operation is performed for a specific period, still
images, mail, and Schedule data saved in the FOMA
terminal are displayed randomly as past memories.
ドコモ二郎
Snapshot
Sender (name saved
in the Phonebook)
Image attached
to mail or Des call
display saved in the
Phonebook
With a file attachment
Subject
Mail status (P.190)
ドコモ三郎
It’s a l
Recipient (name saved
in the Phonebook)
Image attached
to mail or Des call
display saved in the
Phonebook
With a file attachment
Subject
Mail status (P.190)
2007/11/14
Sun Mon Tue Wed Thr Fri Sat
28
29
30
31
1
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
131414
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
1
5
6
7
8
3
Sent mail
10 24
11
13
2007/11/14
2
3
4
Items to remember
To display details of the item to remember
Press
(Memory). When you select an item to
remember, the Lifetime Calendar (Detail view) appears.
ˎ When you send mail to several recipients using address type
“To”, “ ” appears next to the address.
Schedule
Data Displayed in the Lifetime Calendar
12 00
The following data is displayed in the Lifetime Calendar.
Event outline
Category icon
Alarm
Birthday
13
携帯はる子
Des call display saved
in the Phonebook
Name saved in the
Phonebook
● Data saved in the microSD memory card cannot be
displayed in the Lifetime Calendar.
● When the date and time of mail are corrected to the local
time during international roaming, “ ” appears next to the
time (P.43).
● Images in the [Preinstall] and [Stamp&Frame] folders
cannot be displayed in the Lifetime Calendar.
● While displaying the Lifetime Calendar, when receiving
new mail or deleting/changing saved data such as
images, Phonebook, or Schedule using Multitask, the
displayed contents of the Lifetime Calendar may differ
from the actual data. In this case, from the Function menu,
select [Data update] to update the displayed contents of
the Lifetime Calendar.
Continued
Other Convenient Functions
- JPEG and GIF images saved in My picture of the Data Box
- Received and sent mail saved in the FOMA terminal, or
images attached to SMS and received/sent mail※1
- Schedule saved in the FOMA terminal
- Name, Des call display, and birthday saved in the FOMA
terminal phonebook※2
- Name, image, and birthday saved in the Own number
※1 When 2in1 is set to the A mode, data for Address A is
displayed. When the B mode is set, data for Address B is
displayed.
※2 When 2in1 is set to the A mode, data set as [Common] and
[A] at the Phonebook 2in1 setting is displayed. When the B
mode is set, data set as [Common] and [B] is displayed.
Discuss busines
ON
319
Setting the Display of Lifetime Calendar
You can set the data to be displayed in the Lifetime
Calendar and set whether to automatically display the
items to remember.
Press
Select the display for each item.
Press
(Func) in the Lifetime Calendar.
Select [LTC setting] and press
The LTC setting display appears.
[Display setting]:
Set the data to be displayed in the Lifetime Calendar.
[Memory auto display]:
Set the time before the item to remember is automatically
displayed when a key is not operated for a specific
period.
[Security data display]:
Set whether to display a folder which is set the Mail
security or Data security. If you set [Display], you need
to enter the Security code when you display the Lifetime
Calendar.
To display the Help of the LTC setting
Press
(Help).
Select [Display setting] and press
Set the time before the item to remember is
automatically displayed at [Memory auto display].
Select from [Fast], [Normal], [Slow], and [OFF].
To disable automatic display of the item to remember
Select [OFF].
The Function menu appears.
(Complete).
The LTC setting display appears.
Other Convenient Functions
The Display setting display appears.
[Photo]:
Set the display of the still image to [All]/[Selected]/
[Selected off]/[OFF]. To or not to display still images
saved in a specific folder only, select [Selected]/
[Selected off] → [Select folder] → a folder.
ˎ You cannot select the [Preinstall] or [Stamp&Frame]
folder.
[Received mail]:
Set the display of the received mail to [All]/[Selected]/
[Selected off]/[OFF]. To or not to display mail received
from a specific address only, select [Selected]/[Selected
off] → [Select mail address] and set a mail address.
[Sent mail]:
Set the display of the sent mail to [All]/[Selected]/
[Selected off]/[OFF]. To or not to display mail sent to a
specific address only, select [Selected]/[Selected off] →
[Select mail address] and set a mail address.
[Schedule]:
Set the display of the schedule to [All]/[OFF].
[Birthday]:
Set the display of the birthday to [All]/[OFF].
To restore the default settings
Press
(Reset).
Select [Security data display] and press
The Security code screen appears.
Enter the Security code and press
Select [Display]/[OFF] and press
(OK).
The LTC setting is set.
Starting the Alarm at a
Specified Time
The alarm is activated for about one minute at a
specified time. You can set up to 12 alarms to be
activated.
From the Menu, select [LifeKit] → [Alarm] and
press
Alarm
Select alarm
Auto power on
OFF
To set the operation of the alarm during power off
Select [Auto power on] → [ON]/[OFF].
ˎ If you select [ON], when the alarm time comes
during power off, the FOMA terminal is automatically
powered on and the alarm works.
Select [Select alarm] and press
Select alarm
10:00
11:30
12:00
13:30
14:00
16:00
18:30
00:00
00:00
00:00
00:00
00:00
Eyd
Eyd
Eyd
Eyd
OFF
Day
Day
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ˎ The following icons show the setting status of the Alarm.
The Alarm is set
The Snooze is set
To switch between setting/canceling the Alarm
Move the cursor to the Alarm and press
(Rel.).
320
(Set)/
3
Select an alarm to be set and press
Set
Time
Repeat
Alarm tone
OFF
00:00
OFF
Alarm(std)
Alarm volume
4
Alarm image
めざましアラーム鳴動
Vibrator
OFF
C5
Color
Snooze
OFF
File
File size
Image size
format
My picture GIF/JPEG Max. 250K bytes Max. [Stand-by
(480×864)],
Max. W480×H288
for GIF animation
Max. 100K bytes
SWF
−
i-motion※ MP4
Max. 10M bytes Max. [VGA(640×
480)]
Category
Select [ON]/[OFF] at [Set].
※ Some i-motion may not be set.
To check an alarm image
Move the cursor to an alarm image and press
Enter a time to start the alarm at [Time].
Enter a time in 24-hour format.
Select the repeat type at [Repeat].
[OFF]:
Do not repeat the alarm.
[Eyd]:
Repeat the alarm every day.
[Day]:
Repeat the alarm on the same day of the week. Select a
day of the week and press
(OK).
10
ˎ You can set the following files. You can select a ChakuUta® from [i-motion].
Category
11
Select an indicator color at [Color].
Select from 12 indicator colors or [C13:ALL] (indicator
flashes in 12 colors in sequence).
When you move the cursor, the indicator flashes
accordingly.
12
Select [ON]/[OFF] at [Snooze].
Other Convenient Functions
※ Some files may not be set.
When you select a Chaku-Uta Full® that has a choice of
specified playback ranges from [MUSIC]
The screen for selecting a type of setting appears. If you
select [Full song], the entire track of Chaku-Uta Full® is
set for the alarm tone. If you select [Point], the specified
playback range of Chaku-Uta Full® is set for the alarm
tone.
To mute the alarm tone
Select [Silent].
To check the alarm tone
Move the cursor to the alarm tone and press
(Play).
(Play).
Select a vibration type at [Vibrator].
[Pattern1]:
Set short intermittent vibration.
[Pattern2]:
Set long intermittent vibration.
[Link melody]:
Vibrates in accordance with the alarm tone. If you have
set the alarm tone to [Silent] or to a melody that cannot
be synchronized with the vibrator operation, the vibrator
vibrates using [Pattern1].
[OFF]:
Do not set the vibrator.
To check the vibration
Move the cursor to the pattern and press
(Confirm).
Select an alarm tone from MUSIC/i-motion/Melody
of the Data Box at [Alarm tone].
File
File size
Image size
format
MUSIC※ AAC-LC/ Max. 5M bytes
−
HE-AAC
i-motion※ MP4
Max. 10M bytes Max. [VGA(640×
480)]
Melody
SMF/
Max. 350K bytes
−
MFi
Select an alarm image from My picture/i-motion of
the Data Box at [Alarm image].
ˎ You can set the following files.
[ON]:
Activate the alarm.
[OFF]:
Do not activate the alarm.
Set the volume at [Alarm volume].
Select from [OFF] and [1 to 5].
To set the volume to [OFF]
Press
at level 1.
Alarm1
[ON]:
The alarm operates for about one minute and repeats
operation up to six times every five minutes.
[OFF]:
Do not repeat the alarm operation.
13
Press
(Complete).
The Alarm is set and “
” appears in the stand-by display.
Continued
321
● When the Alarm and Schedule alarm are set
simultaneously, “ ” is displayed instead of “ ”.
● If the Alarm, Schedule alarm, and Booking alarm are set to
start at the same time, the following priority is applied.
1. Schedule alarm
2. Booking alarm
3. Alarm
● When you set an i-motion or Chaku-Uta Full® for the alarm
tone or set an i-motion for the alarm image, the settings
may be changed in some cases.
At the Alarm Time
The alarm tone sounds for about one minute with the
indicator flashing.
Alarm
06:30
Other Convenient Functions
322
To stop the alarm tone
Press any key.
When you do not stop the alarm
tone
The display informing the release
of the alarm appears. To turn off
the display, press
or
To stop the Snooze
Press
● If you set an i-motion with video and sound tracks to the
alarm tone, a movie in the i-motion is displayed.
● If the alarm time comes during a voice call or PushTalk
communication, the default alarm tone sounds and the
default alarm image is displayed. The vibrator does not
operate.
● The Alarm does not operate in the following cases.
- While the Lock all is set
- While the Personal data lock is set
- While the Omakase Lock is set
- While updating the software
● If the alarm time comes in the following cases, the Alarm
may operate when the status changes to during a call or
stand-by.
- While placing/receiving a voice/videophone call or
originating/receiving a PushTalk call
- During packet communication
- During the infrared communication/while the infrared
remote control is being used
- During the iC communication
- During data communication or while reading/writing
data from/into a microSD memory card on a PC with the
FOMA terminal connected using the USB cable
- While recording a still image/movie
- While the Schedule alarm/Booking alarm is sounding
- Beep while receiving Area Mail, while sounding Area
Mail ring tone, or displaying Area Mail
● If another function is executed during the Alarm or Snooze
operation, the alarm is stopped. The Snooze keeps
operating within five times.
● When the PIN1 code setting and the Auto power on for the
Alarm are set to [ON], the FOMA terminal is automatically
powered on at the alarm time and the PIN1 code input
screen appears after the Alarm operation. If you set any
data for which the UIM operation restriction function is set
to the alarm tone, the default melody sounds.
● If you leave the FOMA terminal with the battery pack
removed or fully expended for a long period of time, the
date and time is reset, and the Alarm may not operate
correctly.
Saving Schedules
10
Up to 300 schedules, such as date and events/
appointments can be saved for management. When a
Schedule alarm is set, the FOMA terminal activates the
alarm at the scheduled time.
ˎ An entry is required at [
] (Event).
From the Menu, select [LifeKit] → [Schedule] and
press
The calendar is displayed.
Select a starting date and press
(Create).
Edit schedule
11
2007/11/01 Thu
00:00
All day OFF
2007/11/01 Thu
00:00
Schedule
None
12
Enter a starting time at [
].
Enter a time in 24-hour format.
To set the schedule period to all day
Select [ON] at [All day]. When it is set to [ON], you
cannot set the starting time, ending date, ending time,
and alarm.
Enter an ending date at [
].
Enter from the starting date to 2050/12/31.
Enter an ending time at [
].
Enter a time in 24-hour format.
Enter the event at [
].
Enter the event within 128 full-width or 256 half-width
characters.
Select a category icon at [
].
Enter an event outline at [
].
Select [ON]/[OFF] of the Secret at [
].
13
Press
(Complete).
The schedule is saved. When the Alarm is set to [ON], “
appears in the stand-by display.
The schedule dates are highlighted on the calendar.
”
● When the Schedule alarm and Alarm are set
simultaneously, “ ” is displayed instead of “ ”.
● If the repeat type of the schedule set for the 31st is set to
[Month], the schedule is set for the last day of the month
for months with less than 31 days. It is also applied when
the repeat type of the schedule set for the 29th of February
in a leap year is set to [Year].
● When you set an i-motion or Chaku-Uta Full® for the alarm
tone or set an i-motion for the alarm image, the settings
may be changed in some cases.
Other Convenient Functions
Select [ON]/[OFF] of a holiday at [Holiday].
[ON]:
Save the schedule as Secret. Details of the schedule
are masked with “*” except for the time at the schedule
alarm time.
[OFF]:
Do not save the schedule as Secret.
To display the data saved as Secret
Set the Secret display to [ON].
The selected date is automatically entered.
To change the starting date
Select [ ] and change the date. Enter the date within
the range from 2000/01/01 to 2050/12/31.
].
[ON]:
The schedule repeats even on a holiday.
[OFF]:
The schedule does not repeat on a holiday, but it is
included in the repeat count.
OFF
00min.before
OFF
0 1 Count
Select the schedule repeat type at [
[OFF]:
Do not repeat the schedule. Go to step 12.
[Eyd]:
Repeat the schedule every day.
[Week]:
Repeat the schedule on the same day of the week.
[Month]:
Repeat the schedule every month on the same day.
[Year]:
Repeat the schedule every year on the same day of the
same month.
When the schedule repeat type is set to other than [OFF]
Enter the repeat count within 01 to 99 times.
Enter an outline within 20 full-width or 40 half-width
characters.
Select [ON]/[OFF] of the alarm at [
].
[ON]:
Sound the alarm tone. Select how many minutes before
the starting time of schedule the alarm should sound.
Select [00min.before] if you want to sound the alarm at
the same time as the starting time.
[OFF]:
Do not sound the alarm tone.
Continued
323
At the Schedule Alarm Time
The alarm sounds for about 30 seconds with the
indicator flashing and the schedule data is displayed.
If there are several overlapping schedules with the
same start time of the alarm, the number of schedules
you have in addition is shown as “XXX” on the upper
right of the display.
Schedule
12:00
Lunch meeting
To stop the alarm tone
Press any key.
When you do not stop the alarm
tone
The Schedule display appears.
To turn off the Schedule display,
press
(OK),
, or
Setting the Schedule Alarm Operations
You can set the details of the operations of the
Schedule alarm.
Other Convenient Functions
324
(Func) in the calendar.
The Function menu appears.
Select [Schedule setting] → [Schedule alarm] and
press
Alarm setting
Alarm tone
Alarm(std)
4
Alarm volume
Alarm image
スケシ゛ュールアラーム鳴動中
Vibrator
OFF
C5
Color
● If you set an i-motion with video and sound tracks to the
alarm tone, a movie in the i-motion is displayed.
● If the alarm time comes during a voice call or PushTalk
communication, the default alarm tone sounds and default
alarm image is displayed. The vibrator does not operate.
● The Schedule alarm does not operate in the following
cases.
- When the FOMA terminal is powered off
- While the Lock all is set
- While the Personal data lock is set
- While the Omakase Lock is set
- While updating the software
● If the alarm time comes in the following cases, the
Schedule alarm may operate when the status changes to
during a call or stand-by.
- While placing/receiving a voice/videophone call or
originating/receiving a PushTalk call
- During packet communication
- During the infrared communication/while the infrared
remote control is being used
- During the iC communication
- During data communication or while reading/writing
data from/into a microSD memory card on a PC with the
FOMA terminal connected using the USB cable
- While recording a still image/movie
- Beep while receiving Area Mail, while sounding Area
Mail ring tone, or displaying Area Mail
● If you leave the FOMA terminal with the battery pack
removed or fully expended for a long period of time, the
date and time is reset, and the Schedule alarm may not
operate correctly.
Press
Select an alarm tone from MUSIC/i-motion/Melody
of the Data Box at [Alarm tone].
ˎ You can set the following files. You can select a ChakuUta® from [i-motion].
File
File size
Image size
format
MUSIC※ AAC-LC/ Max. 5M bytes
−
HE-AAC
i-motion※ MP4
Max. 10M bytes Max. [VGA(640×
480)]
Melody
SMF/MFi Max. 350K bytes
−
Category
※ Some files may not be set.
When you select a Chaku-Uta Full® that has a choice of
specified playback ranges from [MUSIC]
The screen for selecting a type of setting appears. If you
select [Full song], the entire track of Chaku-Uta Full® is
set for the alarm tone. If you select [Point], the specified
playback range of Chaku-Uta Full® is set for the alarm
tone.
To mute the alarm tone
Select [Silent].
To check the alarm tone
Move the cursor to the alarm tone and press
(Play).
Set the volume at [Alarm volume].
Select from [OFF] and [1 to 6].
To set the volume to [OFF]
Press
at level 1.
5
Select an alarm image from My picture/i-motion of
the Data Box at [Alarm image].
ˎ You can set the following files.
File
Category
File size
Image size
format
My picture GIF/JPEG Max. 250K bytes Max. [Stand-by
(480×864)],
Max. W480×H288
for GIF animation
SWF
Max. 100K bytes
−
i-motion※ MP4
Max. 10M bytes Max. [VGA(640×
480)]
※ Some i-motion may not be set.
To check an alarm image
Move the cursor to an alarm image and press
The saved schedule can be checked using the
calendar.
2007/11
11/1
28 29 30 31 1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
25 26 27 28 29 30 1
(Play).
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Select a vibration type at [Vibrator].
Schedule icons
The calendar is displayed.
ˎ Use
to display the calendar of the next month and
to display the calendar of the previous month.
When the calendar is set for the stand-by display
Press
(Link) in the stand-by display and select the
calendar to start the schedule.
To display the calendar for a specified date
From the Function menu, select [Select date] and enter
the date. Enter the date within the range from 2000/01/01
to 2050/12/31.
Select a date and press
2007/11/01 Thu
Select an indicator color at [Color].
Press
−−:−− Birthday
12:00 Lunch meeting
18:00 Baseball
Starting time
Event outline (Contents of the saved
schedule, when you did not save the
event outline)
The schedule list is displayed.
to display the next day’s schedule and
ˎ Use
display the previous day’s schedule.
(Complete).
The Schedule alarm operations are set.
Today
Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat
Select from 12 indicator colors or [C13:ALL] (indicator
flashes in 12 colors in sequence).
When you move the cursor, the indicator flashes
accordingly.
From the Menu, select [LifeKit] → [Schedule] and
press
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
[Pattern1]:
Set short intermittent vibration.
[Pattern2]:
Set long intermittent vibration.
[Link melody]:
Vibrates in accordance with the alarm tone. If you have
set the alarm tone to [Silent] or to a melody that cannot
be synchronized with the vibrator operation, the vibrator
vibrates using [Pattern1].
[OFF]:
Do not set the vibrator.
To check the vibration
Move the cursor to the pattern and press
(Confirm).
Displaying the Schedule
Select the schedule and press
to
Schedule detail
Other Convenient Functions
2007/11/01 Thu
12:00
2007/11/01 Thu
12:50
Discuss business pla
n over lunch
Conference
Lunch meeting
ON
60min.before
No
OFF
The details of the schedule appear.
To edit the saved schedule
Press
(Edit).
● If you set a repeat count beyond 2050/12/31, [To
2050/12/31] is displayed as the last day of the repeat
when you display the schedule.
Continued
325
Deleting a Schedule
Setting Holiday
You can delete schedules using the following five
methods.
Delete one
Delete a schedule. If you delete a schedule set
to repeat, all its repeats are also deleted.
Select&delete Delete the selected schedules. You can select
up to 30 schedules over days at a time. If you
delete a schedule set to repeat, all its repeats
are also deleted.
Delete a day Delete all schedules for the selected date.
Schedules set to repeat cannot be deleted.
Del up to ysd Delete all schedules before the selected
date. Schedules set to repeat on and after the
selected date cannot be deleted.
Delete all
Delete all schedules.
Example: Deleting a schedule
From the Menu, select [LifeKit] → [Schedule] and
press
You can set a day or a day of the week as a holiday
and cancel the holiday settings. A day set as a holiday
is displayed in red.
For today
Set a specific day as a holiday or cancel a holiday.
Up to 1,000 days can be set or canceled.
Day of the Set a specific day of the week as a holiday or
week
cancel a holiday of the week.
Rel up to
Cancel all holidays set by the For today before the
yesterday selected date.
Release all Cancel all holidays set by the For today and Day
of the week.
Reset
Reset the holiday settings to the default settings.
Example: Setting a specific day as a holiday or canceling the
holiday setting of a day
To set/cancel holidays by a day of the week
From the Function menu, select [Schedule setting] →
[Set holidays] → [Day of the week]. Select the day of the
week and press
(Complete).
To cancel all holidays before the selected date
Move the cursor to the date and from the Function menu,
select [Schedule setting] → [Set holidays] → [Rel up to
yesterday] → [Yes].
To cancel all holidays
From the Function menu, select [Schedule setting] →
[Set holidays] → [Release all], enter the Security code,
and select [Yes].
To reset to the default settings
From the Function menu, select [Schedule setting] →
[Set holidays] → [Reset], enter the Security code, and
select [Yes].
To delete all schedules
From the Function menu, select [Delete] → [Delete all],
enter the Security code, and select [Yes].
To delete all schedules before the selected date
Move the cursor to the date and from the Function menu,
select [Delete] → [Del up to ysd]. Enter the Security
code and select [Yes].
To delete all schedules for the selected date
Move the cursor to the date and from the Function menu,
select [Delete] → [Delete a day] → [Yes].
Select a date and press
To delete several schedules
From the Function menu, select [Delete] →
[Select&delete] and select schedules. Press
(Complete) and select [Yes].
Select a schedule and press
(Func).
From the Menu, select [LifeKit] → [Schedule] and
press
Select a date and press
(Func).
The Function menu appears.
The Function menu appears.
Other Convenient Functions
326
Select [Delete] → [Delete one] → [Yes] and
press
Select [Schedule setting] → [Set holidays] and
press
The Set holidays display appears.
The selected schedule is deleted.
Select [For today] → [Yes] and press
The selected day is set as a holiday or the holiday setting
of the day is canceled.
● The public holidays are based on the “Law Partially
Revising the National Holidays Law and the Old-Age
Welfare Law” (Law No.59, 2001) and (Law No.43, 2005).
Note that the Vernal Equinox Day and Autumn Equinox Day
may fall on the dates other than those set on the FOMA
terminal because they depend on the announcement by
the official gazette on February 1st of the previous year (as
of October 2007).
Perform the required setting when a holiday is changed or
newly added.
Checking the Number of Schedules
Saved
The number of schedules saved can be checked as
well as the number of schedules still available to be
saved or saved as Secret.
Press
(Func) in the calendar.
Select [Memory status] and press
Memory status
Remained
Used
Secret
You can save frequently used functions in My Selection
and select a saved function directly.
Up to 12 functions can be added to My Selection.
ˎ When the Menu displays the Kisekae menu or Standard
menu, you need to set the Start menu setting to [My Selection]
(P.115).
The Function menu appears.
Performing Frequently Used
Functions Quickly
279
21
5
Press
(MENU) in the stand-by display, select a
function, and press
(Exchange).
Replacement
i−mode
Mail
ppli
Phone
Data Box
MUSIC
Osaifu−Keitai
LifeKit
Own number
Settings
1Seg
[Remained]:
Display the number of schedules still available to be saved.
[Used]:
Display the number of schedules saved (including
schedules as Secret).
[Secret]:
Display the number of schedules saved as Secret (this
data is displayed only when the Secret display is set to
[ON]).
To delete the saved function
Press
(MENU) in the stand-by display, move the
cursor to the function, press
(Delete), and select [Yes].
To reset My Selection to the default setting
Reset the settings (P.334).
Select a function and press
(Save).
The screen for confirming whether to replace My Selection
appears.
Select [Yes] and press
The selected function replaces My Selection.
Other Convenient Functions
327
Setting a Function to Be Activated
in the TV Style
When you switch the FOMA terminal to the TV style
in stand-by status, you can set the functions to be
activated automatically.
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Display] →
[Stand-by display] → [Display rotated appli] and
press
[Activate 1Seg]:
Activate One Seg.
[Camera]:
Activate the Shoot by photo.
[Movie]:
Activate the Movie shoot.
[Full Browser]:
Activate Full Browser.
[OFF]:
Do not activate anything.
Select a function to be activated and press
● If there is an incoming call/mail or the Alarm/Schedule
alarm/Booking alarm time comes while recording a voice
memo during stand-by, the recording stops and the voice
memo recorded until then is saved.
Recording Recipient’s Voice during a
Call
Recording Recipient’s or Your
Own Voice
Your own voice during stand-by and the recipient’s
voice during a voice call can be recorded.
Up to three voice memos of up to about 15 seconds
each can be recorded.
Checking the Call Duration and
Charge
You can check the call duration and charge for the last
and total voice and videophone calls.
ˎ The call duration and charge displayed are estimated and
may not be real values. The call charge does not include
consumption tax.
ˎ When you record a voice memo during a call in addition to
the already recorded three voice memos, the oldest memo is
automatically overwritten by the new one. When you record
a voice memo during stand-by, the screen for confirming
whether to overwrite the oldest voice memo appears.
ˎ For information on playing back and deleting the voice memo,
see P.72.
Other Convenient Functions
Recording Your Own Voice during
Stand-by
Press
in the stand-by display, select [Rec
voice memo] → [Yes] and press
Rec voice memo
11/10 21:08
The recording starts. When the recording ends, a beep
sounds.
To stop the recording on the way
Press
(Stop).
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management]
→ [NW Services] → [Call Cost/Duration] and
press
The Call Cost/Duration display appears.
[Last call cost]:
Display the call charge for the last voice call at
[Voice call] and the last videophone call/64K data
communication at [Digital]. The call charge is counted
only when you place a call.
[Last call duration]:
Display the call duration for the last voice call at
[Voice call] and the last videophone call/64K data
communication at [Digital]. The call duration is counted
when you receive a call as well as place a call.
[Total calls cost]:
Display the total call charge from the last reset to the
present time.
[Total calls duration]:
Display the total call duration from the last reset to the
present time.
328
during a call.
The recording starts. When the recording ends, a beep
sounds.
To stop the recording on the way
Press
(Stop).
● When the FOMA terminal is folded while recording a voice
memo during a call, the recording is stopped and the
recorded voice memo is saved if the Setting when folded
is set to [Holding] or [Disconnect] and the recording is
continued if set to [Mute].
The Display rotated appli is set.
Press
Select the item and press
● When you place a call to a toll-free number such as
NTT Free Dial or Directory Assistance (104), “0YEN” or
“******YEN” indicated for the call charge.
● The accumulated call charges are stored in the UIM.
Therefore, if you switch the UIM, the accumulated total call
charge (starting from December 2004) is displayed.
※ FOMA terminals manufactured earlier than the 901i
series are not capable of displaying the accumulated
call charges stored in the UIM. (The charges, however,
are stored in the UIM used by the older terminals.)
● The duration and charge for PushTalk, i-mode, and
packet communication are not counted. For details on
how to check charges for i-mode, etc., see the “Mobile
Phone User’s Guide【i-mode】” that you receive when you
subscribe to i-mode.
● When the call duration for the last voice call or digital
communication exceeds 99 hours, 59 minutes, and 59
seconds or the total call duration for voice calls or digital
communication exceeds 9,999 hours, 59 minutes, and 59
seconds, “Over” is displayed.
● The ring time for incoming and outgoing calls are not
counted.
● The transmission charge for Chaku-moji is not counted.
● When you use WORLD CALL, the international call charge
is counted. When you use other international call services
other than WORLD CALL, the call charge is not counted.
● When you switch between voice and videophone calls
during a call, the call duration and call charge are counted
separately for each call type and incremented at [Voice
call] or [Digital] alternately every time you switch the call.
● When 2in1 is used, the total call duration and charge
of both Number A and Number B are summed up and
displayed.
Automatically Resetting the Total Call
Charge
You can set to automatically reset the total call charge
at 00:00 a.m. on the first day of every month.
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management]
→ [NW Services] → [Call Cost/Duration] → [Auto
reset] and press
The PIN2 code input screen appears.
Enter the PIN2 code and press
(OK).
The Auto reset display appears.
Select [ON]/[OFF] and press
The Auto reset is set.
Setting the Limit for Alert on
the Total Call Charge
You can set an upper limit amount of call charges to
alert yourself with an icon or alarm tone when the total
call charge exceeds this limit value.
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management]
→ [NW Services] → [Call Cost/Duration] → [Cost
limit notice] and press
The Security code screen appears.
Enter the Security code and press
(OK).
Call cost limit
Resetting the Total Call Duration and
Charge
Set
Limit
0YEN
(10−100000)
Notification
Alarm+Stand−by
The display of the total call duration and charge can be
reset. The count starts from 0 after the reset.
Example: Resetting the total call duration
Select [ON]/[OFF] for the Call limit notice at [Set].
Enter a value at [Limit].
Enter from ¥10 to ¥100,000 (in increments of ¥10).
Select reset
item
Select [Total duration] and press
The Security code screen appears.
To reset the total call charge
Select [Total cost], enter the PIN2 code, and select [Yes].
Select a notification method at [Notification].
[Alarm+Stand-by]:
Display the icon in the stand-by display and sound an
alarm tone to alert you at the same time.
[Stand-by]:
Display the icon in the stand-by display to alert you.
Total duration
Total cost
Other Convenient Functions
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management]
→ [NW Services] → [Call Cost/Duration] → [Reset]
and press
OFF
Enter the Security code and press
Press
(Complete).
The Call cost limit is set.
(OK).
The screen for confirming whether to reset appears.
Select [Yes] and press
The total call duration is reset and the reset date/time are
updated.
Continued
329
When the Call Charge Exceeds the Limit
Enter numbers and operators to display the result.
Press
When the upper limit value of
the call charge you have set is
exceeded during a call or data
communication, the notification icon
“ ” (Exceed cost limit) appears in
the stand-by display.
When you set the notification
method to [Alarm+Stand-by], an
alarm tone sounds when the standby display reappears.
To check the call charge
Press
(Link) in the stand-by
display and select “ ”.
Exceed cost limit
● The alarm for the Call cost limit is heard at the same
volume level as set for the incoming call ring volume. It is
heard at the volume level 2 when you set the volume of the
ring tone to [3] or higher level, [STEP DOWN], or [STEP
UP].
Canceling the Icon for Limit Alert
Turn off the notification icon “
”.
Enter the Security code and press
Select [Yes] and press
“
Other Convenient Functions
330
, and
in this order.
to
Add (+)
Subtract (−)
Multiply (×)
Divide (÷)
Decimal (.)
Calculate (=)
or
Clear (C)/Clear All (AC)
● If the number is indivisible or the result of the calculation
contains a decimal point and proves to be 10 digits
or more, 10th digit and any more digits than this are
discarded for display from the rightmost digit.
● If the result of the calculation is 10 digits or more, or if you
attempt an illegal calculation (e.g. division by 0), the error
code “0E” appears.
● Minus numbers can be calculated only when you enter a
minus number first.
Necessary information can be saved in the Text Memo.
Up to 10 text memos can be saved.
(Complete)
From the Menu, select [LifeKit] → [Text Memo],
press
, and press
(Create).
Edit Text Memo
Contents
” disappears.
Using the Calculator
You can use the FOMA terminal to perform the four
basic operations of arithmetic (+, −, ×, ÷) for up to
nine digits.
Category
None
From the Menu, select [LifeKit] → [Calculator] and
press
0
Enter a memo at [Contents].
Enter a memo within 256 full-width or 512 half-width
characters.
Example: Calculating 64×5
ˎ When you enter [Contents] of a memo,
appears and you can save the memo.
(OK).
The screen for confirming whether to delete the maximum
cost icon appears.
Using a Memo
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management]
→ [NW Services] → [Call Cost/Duration] → [Delete
max cost icon] and press
The Security code screen appears.
0 to 9
Select a category icon at [Category].
Press
(Complete).
The memo is saved.
Displaying a Memo
The contents of a saved memo can be checked.
From the Menu, select [LifeKit] → [Text Memo] and
press
Text Memo list
1/5
Nov 23 at Karuizawa
Book airline ticket
Milk and sugar
090XXXXXXXX
12345
Select a memo and press
Text Memo
You can directly display the settings of each function
and set each item. For more information about settings,
see the relevant pages.
Display
1Seg setting
Lifetime Cal.
To copy [Contents] of a memo
Move the cursor to a memo and from the Function menu,
select [Copy Text Memo] → [Yes].
To delete memos
Move the cursor to a memo and from the Function menu,
select [Delete] → [Delete one] → [Yes]. To delete several
memos, from the Function menu, select [Delete] →
[Select&delete], and select memos. Press
(Complete)
and select [Yes]. To delete all memos, from the Function
menu, select [Delete] → [Delete all], enter the Security
code, and select [Yes].
Displaying the Settings of
Various Functions
Mail
i-mode
i αppli
Phonebook
Call record
PushTalk
2/5
Book airline ticket to
Okinawa.
Category
Travel
Create date
2007/11/10 09:15
Last update on
2007/11/10 09:15
The memo appears.
To edit the memo
Press
(Edit).
Contents
Record msg
Category
Create date
Last update on
ToruCa
IC act. notice
Schedule
Input method
Setting data
Set the functions used for One Seg (P.255).
Set the data to be displayed in the Lifetime
Cal., set whether to automatically display the
items to remember, or etc. (P.320).
Set the functions used for i-mode mail, SMS
Area Mail (P.194, 201, 203, etc.).
Set the functions used for i-mode (P.105, 169,
etc.).
Set automatic activation of software and
software description display during a download
(P.105, 207, 213).
Set the display style and font size of the
Phonebook (P.97).
Set the Redial/Received record display ON/OFF
(P.131).
Set the operation for originating/receiving a
PushTalk call (P.87).
Set ON/OFF and the answer time of the Record
message and the answering/recording image
of the Videophone message (P.70).
Set the operation to be performed when a
ToruCa card is obtained (P.224).
Set the operation for notifying you that the
FOMA ter minal comes within the FeliCa
communication range (P.225).
Set the operation of holidays and the Schedule
alarm (P.324, 326).
Set the function for character input (P.340, 342,
etc.).
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Application]
and press
Application
Select a function and press
Other Convenient Functions
1Seg setting
Lifetime Cal.
Mail
i−mode
ppli
Phonebook
Call record
PushTalk
Record msg
ToruCa
IC act. Notice
Schedule
The setting display of each function appears.
331
Using the Earphone/Microphone
with Switch
When you connect the Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone
with Switch (optional), etc. to the Earphone/Microphone
Jack, you can answer a voice, videophone, or PushTalk
call, place a voice call by simply pressing its switch.
You can also set Earphone/Microphone operation.
● Do not wind the cord of the Earphone/Microphone around
the FOMA terminal. Doing so may cause the radio wave
condition to be degraded.
● Placing the cord of the Earphone/Microphone close to the
antenna may cause noise.
Using the Switch to Place a Call
You can place a voice call to the first phone number
saved as the Memory number (P.332) of the Phonebook
using the switch on the Earphone/Microphone.
ˎ When the Personal data lock is set, the call cannot be placed.
Connect the Earphone/Microphone to the FOMA
terminal.
ˎ Open the cover of the Earphone/Microphone Jack and
insert the plug of the Earphone/Microphone into the jack.
Using the Switch to Receive a Call
The beep sounds and the call is connected.
The beep sounds and the call is disconnected.
Setting the Operation of the Earphone/
Microphone with Switch
You can set whether to permit the switch on the
Earphone/Microphone to place a voice call. You can
also set a Phonebook memory number to be used
for placing a voice call by pressing the switch on the
Earphone/Microphone.
Press the switch on the Earphone/Microphone for
over a second in the stand-by display.
Press the switch on the Earphone/Microphone for
over a second to hang up.
Other Convenient Functions
332
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Call] →
[Headset setting] → [Headset sw. to call] and
press
Headset sw. to call
OFF
Set
Memory number
The beep sounds and the call is disconnected.
● If a Phonebook memory number that is saved as Secret is
set for the Memory number, set the Secret display to [ON]
if you want to use the switch on the Earphone/Microphone
to place a call.
● When you use the MUSIC Player while the FOMA terminal
is folded, you cannot use the switch to place a call.
Press the switch on the Earphone/Microphone for
over a second to hang up.
● When you answer a videophone call using the switch on
the Earphone/Microphone, a substitute image is sent to
the caller.
● You cannot end communication using the switch on the
Earphone/Microphone during PushTalk communication.
Press
to end communication.
The beep sounds and the call is connected to the recipient.
Talk when the recipient answers the call.
When receiving a call, press the switch on the
Earphone/Microphone for over a second.
999
Select [Voice call]/[OFF] of the switch on the
Earphone/Microphone at [Set].
[Voice call]:
Use the switch on the Earphone/Microphone to place a
voice call.
[OFF]:
Do not use the switch on the Earphone/Microphone.
Enter a memory number from the Phonebook used
for placing a voice call at [Memory number].
Enter from 000 to 999.
Press
(Complete).
The Headset sw. to call is set.
● If you delete phonebook data of the phone number that is
set for the Memory number, the default Memory number
setting 999 is restored.
Receiving a Call Automatically
with Earphone
You can set to automatically answer a voice or
videophone call when the Flat-plug Earphone/
Microphone with Switch (optional), etc. is connected.
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Call] →
[Headset setting] → [Auto answer setting] and
press
Setting Which Mic to Use
You can set to use a microphone during a call when the
Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch (optional),
etc. is connected.
[Valid main]:
Use the earpiece (microphone) of the FOMA terminal.
[Valid Headset]:
Use the Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch
(optional).
Auto answer setting
Set
To answer
OFF
005 sec
(000−120)
Select [ON]/[OFF] of the Auto answer setting at
[Set].
Select a microphone to be used and press
The Headset microphone is set.
Enter the time before receiving a call automatically
at [To answer].
Enter from 000 to 120 seconds.
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Call] →
[Headset setting] → [Headset microphone] and
press
Press
(Complete).
The Auto answer setting is set.
● When you receive a videophone call, a substitute image is
sent to the caller.
● When the Record message, Voice Mail Service, Call
Forwarding Service, and Auto answer setting are set
simultaneously, and if you want to give priority to the Auto
answer setting, set the time before starting the answering
message for the Auto answer setting shorter than that for
the Record message and the ring time for the Voice Mail
and Call Forwarding Services.
Setting the JOG
You can set whether to make the JOG available for
operations, the Scroll setting, and the functions to be
activated when scrolling it in the stand-by display.
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management]
→ [Jog setting] and press
Jog setting
ON
Rotate set
<Scroll setting>
Mail view
Medium
Browser(i−mode/1Seg)
Medium
Full Browser Medium
<Stand−by display>
Upward rotation
Data BOX
Downward rotation
Phonebook
Select [ON]/[OFF] of whether to perform the JOG
operations at [Rotate set].
Select [Large]/[Medium]/[Small] of the scrolling
amount when displaying mail at [Mail view].
Select [Large]/[Medium]/[Small] of the scrolling
amount when displaying the browser and data
broadcasting of One Seg at [Browser(i-mode/
1Seg)].
Select [Large]/[Medium]/[Small] of the scrolling
amount when displaying Full Browser at [Full
Browser].
Select a function to be activated when the JOG is
rolled upward in the stand-by display at [Upward
rotation].
Select a function to be activated when the JOG
is rolled downward in the stand-by display at
[Downward rotation].
Other Convenient Functions
333
Setting Whether to Vibrate the
Touch Key When Used
You can set whether to vibrate the Touch Key when you
pat it.
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management]
→ [Force reactor] and press
[ON]:
Vibrate when you pat the Touch Key.
[OFF]:
Do not vibrate when you pat the Touch Key.
Select [ON]/[OFF] and press
The Force reactor is set.
● When the Silent mode is set or recording a movie, the
Touch key does not vibrate even if the Force reactor is set
to [ON].
Resetting to the Default
Settings
You can reset the settings of each function to the
default settings. For the functions that are reset by
the Reset settings and the default settings of these
functions, see the list of reset items (P.335) and the list
of menus (P.374).
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management]
→ [Reset] → [Reset settings] and press
Deleting All Saved Data
You can delete saved data and reset the settings of
each function to the default settings. For the functions
to be reset by the Reset all data&set, see the list of
reset items (P.335) and the list of menus (P.374).
ˎ The following data is not deleted.
- Preinstalled data in My picture, MUSIC, i-motion, Melody,
My document, some Kisekae tools, and Chara-den of the
Data Box
(The [スーパーモンキーボール] in My picture is deleted by
folder.)
- Preinstalled Deco-mail templates
- Osaifu-Keitai-compatible i-αppli, “Gガイド番組表リモコ
ン” (G-GUIDE TV Program List Remote Control)
ˎ The preinstalled i-αppli software “Gガイド番組表リモコン”
(G-GUIDE TV Program List Remote Control) is not deleted,
but the settings at the time of purchase are restored.
ˎ The preinstalled i-αppli software “スーパーモンキーボールモ
バイル for SO”, “地図アプリ”, “楽オク出品アプリ2”, and “iア
プリバンキング” are deleted.
ˎ Even if you delete a preinstalled Deco mail pict., MUSIC, My
document, and Chara-den data files, they are restored if you
execute the Reset all data&set.
ˎ The preset folders are not deleted. The folder names at the
time of purchase are restored, however.
ˎ If you execute the Reset all data&set when 2in1 is used, the
2in1 is set to OFF.
ˎ When 2in1 is set to ON, all data are deleted regardless of the
2in1 modes.
The Security code screen appears.
for
ˎ The Reset display also appears by pressing
over a second in the stand-by display. Select [Reset
settings] and press
Enter the Security code and press
(OK).
The screen for confirming whether to reset all settings
appears.
Other Convenient Functions
334
Select [Yes] and press
The settings are reset.
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management]
→ [Reset] → [Reset all data&set] and press
The Security code screen appears.
for
ˎ The Reset display also appears by pressing
over a second in the stand-by display. Select [Reset all
data&set] and press
Enter the Security code and press
(OK).
The screen for confirming whether to reset all data and
settings appears.
Select [Yes] and press
The screen for confirming whether to execute restart
operation appears.
Select [Yes] and press
The FOMA terminal is initialized and restarts.
List of Reset Items
The items in which settings, that are made through the associated Function menus, etc., are reset by executing
the Reset settings or Reset all data&set are as follows. For functions that can be accessed through the menu
display, see the list of menus (P.374).
○: Items restored to their default settings
●: Items deleted
Menu
Main menu
Menu guide display
(Standard menu)
Phonebook
Group setting
PushTalk phonebook
Group setting
Data Box
Sort
My picture
Data security
Change display
Display quality
Slideshow
i-motion
Data security
Change display
Display quality
Volume adjustment
Melody
Volume adjustment
1Seg
Change display
Display quality
Slideshow
Auto off setting
Music&Video Change display
Channel
Kisekae Tool Change display
Display quality
microSD (Same as described for the Data Box)
Music&Video Channel
Volume adjustment
Repeat
Reservation information
MUSIC Player
Change display
Volume adjustment
Music settings
Camera
SW Update
Public mode (Drive mode)
Input text
1Seg
i αppli
OFF
Reset
settings
○
−
−
Reset all
data&set
○
6 images
Normal
25
6 images
Normal
Interval: 3sec
OFF
6 images
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
6 images
Normal
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
●
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Date
−
○
○
○
6 images
Normal
Interval: 3sec
−
16
OFF
−
Jacket display
16
Play mode: Normal, Repeat/Equalizer/
CLEAR BASS/VPT(Surround)/Dynamic
Normalizer/AVLS: OFF
Usage history
−
Select size
Still image (Out-camera): Stby(480×864),
Still image (In-camera): QCIF(176×144),
Movie: QCIF(176×144)
Select save to
Still image: [Camera] folder in My picture
of the Data Box, Movie: [Camera] folder in
i-motion of the Data Box
Auto save
OFF
Image quality
Standard
Shutter sound
Sound1
Auto focus
Normal mode
Image stabilize
AUTO
File size
Attach(L)
Shoot mode
Image+Sound
Mail security
−
Alarm
Set: OFF, Time: 00:00, Repeat: OFF, Alarm
tone: Alarm (std), Alarm volume: 4, Alarm
image: めざましアラーム鳴動中, Vibrator:
OFF, Color: C5:Color 5, Snooze: OFF
Scheduled update time
−
OFF
Learning data
−
Clipboard
−
Caption disp set
OFF
Image quality
Normal
Auto Disp light
ON
Display light
Switch sound
Primary sound
Main/Sub
Main sound
Guide always on
ON
Change display
Icon(L)
●
Page
P.34
P.95
P.83
P.290
P.132
P.290
P.266
P.267
P.132
P.290
P.270
P.271
P.276
P.290
P.266
P.267
P.278
P.290
P.290
P.266
−
P.306
P.306
P.304
P.312
P.311, 312
P.314
P.161
P.147
P.153
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
●
○
●
●
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Other Convenient Functions
Mail
Alarm
Default setting
P.153
P.154
P.154
P.155
P.155
P.156
P.156
P.132
P.320
P.406
P.66
P.343
P.342
P.245
P.246
P.246
P.246
P.246
P.246
P.245
P.216
335
Character Entry
For kuten codes, see the “Kuten Code List” (PDF format) included in the supplied CD-ROM. You need
Adobe® Reader® (Version 6.0 or later is recommended) to read the “Kuten Code List” (PDF format). If
Adobe® Reader® is not installed on your PC, install it from the same CD-ROM, which also contains the
Adobe® Reader® software.
For details on using Adobe® Reader®, see the Help that is installed with the software.
About Entering Text ............................................................................................................ 338
Entering Text ...................................................................................................................... 339
Entering Common Phrases ................................................................................................ 340
Entering Pictographs/Symbols ........................................................................................... 341
Editing/Saving Common Phrases ..................................................... 341
Quoting Data from the Phonebook, etc. ............................................................................. 341
Cutting/Copying/Pasting Text .............................................................................................. 342
Entering Text Using Kuten Codes .................................................................... 342
Saving the Frequently Used Kanji Words ........................................... 342
Restoring the Default Settings ........................................................................ 343
Using the Downloaded Dictionary ...................................................... 343
337
About Entering Text
The overview of the text entry is described here.
ˎ Characters including JIS level 1 and level 2, 6,355 kanji are
available.
ˎ Some complicated kanji characters are abridged or simplified
in part.
■ Text input display
ͦ
ͧ
Input Text Memo
あ
■ Changing the character mode or pictograph/symbol
mode
Character mode for half-width
Every time you press
(Mode), the character mode
changes in the order of [漢] → [カナ] → [Aa] → [12].
Character mode for full-width
Every time you press
(Mode), the character mode
changes in the order of [漢] → [カ] → [A] → [1].
Pictograph/symbol mode
Every time you press
(Pict/Sym), the character mode
changes in the order of [Ranking] → [Pict.] → [Pict-D] →
[Symbol].
■ Changing the character mode between full-width and
half-width
From the Function menu, select [Full/Half size].
ͨ
R.510
Func
MENU
漢カナAa12
OK
Mode
Pict/Sym
ͩ
※ The screen shown is an
image for explanatory
purpose.
ͦ The name of a function for which characters are input
ͧ Entered characters
ͨ Number of bytes of characters that can be entered
A half-width character is counted as one byte and a fullwidth character as two bytes. The number of characters is
displayed for the SMS main body. While composing mail, it
appears with a “−” (minus sign) when the number of entered
characters exceeds the limit. The word “ap” (approximately)
may appear.
ͩ Character mode or pictograph/symbol mode
ˎ The character mode or pictograph/symbol mode available
varies depending on the contents to be edited.
Character mode
Half-width
Full-width
: Kanji/Hiragana ※
[漢]
[漢]: Kanji/Hiragana
: Full-width katakana
[カナ]: Half-width katakana
[カ]
: Full-width alphabet
[Aa]: Half-width alphabet
[A]
: Full-width numeric
[12]: Half-width numeric
[1]
※ Characters are always entered in full-width in the kanji/
hiragana mode even if the character mode is set to half-width.
Character Entry
338
Ranking
Pictograph/Symbol mode
Pictograph
Deco mail pict.※ Symbols
※ Deco mail pict. is a Deco-mail pictograph that can be entered
in the Edit mail, Edit template display, and Edit signature
displays.
■ Entering a character assigned to the same key twice
or more in succession
or wait
After entering the first character, either press
for a while, and the cursor moves automatically.
■ Deleting a character
Move the cursor to the character and press
for
ˎ The character at the cursor is deleted by pressing
less than a second. The last character is deleted when the
cursor is at the end of the text.
ˎ All characters at and after the cursor position are deleted by
pressing
for over a second. All characters are deleted
when the cursor is at the end of the text.
■ Inserting a character
Move the cursor to the position to insert a character
and enter the character. The characters after the
cursor position are shifted to the right of the inserted
character.
■ If the matching kanji word does not appear
If you cannot get the desired conversion, change the
block of characters to be converted. Moving the cursor
changes the matching words list/conversion
with
target words displayed according to the cursor
position.
■ Undoing text
If you have performed an incorrect operation, you can
select, from the Function menu, [Undo] to cancel the
last operation and restore the previous status.
ˎ [Undo] is available for the following actions:
- Confirming character entry (
- [Undo]
- Entering common phrases
- Entering pictographs/symbols
- Entering kuten codes (P.342)
- Cutting or pasting (P.342)
- Deleting characters (
- Quoting data from Phonebook, My data, etc. (P.341)
5
Entering Text
Press
to select [健闘] and press
Input Text Memo
健闘
Entering Text in the Prediction
Conversion Mode
Example: Entering “健闘” (けんとう)
Phrase Item
Check the character mode in the text input display.
の は を に で と です
も ね し た て から
する した だ か が
まで へ かも ない とき
る こと ? ! 。 、
Check that the kanji/hiragana mode is selected.
Press
four times.
Input Text Memo
“健闘” is entered. A selection of words that are expected to
succeed the word “健闘” appears in the matching words list.
け
Press
The matching words list closes and “健闘” is finalized.
Direct
Pre.
Aa12カナ ImgSym
けど 携帯 掲載 掲示板
結果 結構 研究 検索
けどね 件 けれど 決定
KO 県 結婚 健康 系
計画 形式 結局 化粧
Matching words list
The first character “け” is entered and the matching words
list is displayed.
To return to the previous character
When passing the target character by pressing extra
keys, press
. Every time you press it, the character
returns to the previous one.
Press
three times and press
five times.
Input Text Memo
● The selected words from the matching words list are
displayed with priority over other words next time.
● When you enter too many words at once, “ Convert” is
displayed instead of displaying the matching words list.
When you press
, the conversion target words for the
User conversion mode appear. When you select a word,
the word is displayed in the matching words list from the
next time.
Entering Text in the User Conversion
Mode
Example: Entering “健闘” (けんとう)
けんと
Change the conversion mode to [User conversion].
ˎ Follow the same steps as in “Changing the Conversion
Mode” (P.340).
Direct
Pre.
Aa12カナ ImgSym
検討 健闘 剣道 見当
県道 限度 言動 原動
原動力 ケント 検討中
件と 県と 券と
権と 兼と 健と 圏と
Press
Check the character mode in the text input display.
Check that the kanji/hiragana mode is selected.
Enter a text.
Input Text Memo
けんとう
R.512
Press
Press
Press
Press
four times: け
three times: ん
five times: と
three times: う
Character Entry
The characters “んと” are entered and the matching words
list is displayed.
To set the User conversion mode temporarily
When you press
(Convert), the conversion target
words for the User conversion mode appear.
To change the matching words lists
Press
). Every time you press
), the
matching words list changes in the order of “Aa12カナ”
→ “ImgSym” → “Direct” → “Pre.”.
漢カナAa12
The cursor moves to the matching words list.
Continued
339
4
Press
Setting the Movement Method for the
Cursor in the Matching Words List
Input Text Memo
検討
You can select a movement method for the cursor in
the matching words list.
User Conversion Item
健闘 見当 健投 拳闘
献灯 賢答 けんとう
ケントウ ケントウ
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Application]
→ [Input method] → [Operation in item] and press
4 directions/ hor.]:
Use
to move the cursor upward, downward,
to the right, and to the left. When you scroll the JOG
upward and downward, the cursor moves to the left and
right.
[ 4 directions/ vert.]:
Use
to move the cursor upward, downward,
to the right, and to the left. When you scroll the JOG
upward and downward, the cursor moves upward and
downward.
[ 4 hor./ hor.]:
Use
to move the cursor to the left and right. When
you scroll the JOG upward and downward, the cursor
moves to the left and right.
[ 4 hor./ vert.]:
Use
to move the cursor to the left and right. When
you scroll the JOG upward and downward, the cursor
moves upward and downward.
The matching words list for “けんとう” is displayed.
To finalize this word
Press
(Select).
Press
The cursor is moved to the matching words list.
Select [健闘] and press
“健闘” is finalized.
To cancel the conversion
Press
(Cancel).
Changing the Conversion Mode
Select the conversion mode from Prediction conversion
or User conversion when the character mode is the
kanji/hiragana mode.
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Application]
→ [Input method] → [Select conversion] and
press
[Prediction]:
When entering characters, a selection of words
predicted by the characters appears in the matching
words list. This is a conversion mode that a look-ahead
strategy is applied to by the FOMA terminal.
[User conversion]:
Enter the entire reading of the word before conversion.
Select a conversion mode and press
Select a movement method for the cursor and
press
The Operation in item is set.
Setting the Cursor to Move
Automatically
You can set the time before moving the cursor
automatically after entering words.
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Application] →
[Input method] → [Auto cursor] and press
Select a time before moving the cursor
automatically and press
The selected conversion mode is set.
Character Entry
Select from [1 to 5].
To set the cursor not to move automatically
Select [OFF].
● To change the conversion mode in the text input display,
from the Function menu, select [Input method] → [Select
conversion].
Entering Common Phrases
For common phrases, see P.385.
ˎ Common phrases that are available vary depending on the
contents to be edited. Unavailable categories are disabled for
selection.
Press
(Func) in the text input display.
The Function menu appears.
340
2
Select [Input phrases] → a category → a common
phrase and press
Category
Internet
Emoticon1
Emoticon2
Emoticon3
Greetings
Business
Private
Reply
Original
Editing/Saving Common
Phrases
The preinstalled common phrases can be edited
according to the intended use. Your own common
phrases can also be added as new entries. For the list
of common phrases, see P.385.
Example: Editing “.co.jp” saved in the “Internet” category
The selected common phrase is entered.
To check a common phrase
Move the cursor to the common phrase and press
(Confirm).
The Common phrases display appears.
Entering Pictographs/Symbols
Press
(Pict/Sym) in the text input display.
Every time you press
(Pict/Sym), the pictograph/symbol
mode changes in the order of [Ranking] → [Pict.] →
[Pict-D] → [Symbol].
Press
press
(Pict/Sym), select a pictograph, and
Select [Internet] → [.co.jp] and press
To reset the common phrase to the default setting
Move the cursor to the common phrase and from the
Function menu, select [Reset] → [Reset one] → [Yes]. To
restore the default set of common phrases in a category,
from the Function menu, select [Reset] → [Reset all],
enter the Security code, and select [Yes]. To restore the
default set of common phrases in all categories, press
(Rset all) in the Common phrases display, enter the
Security code, and select [Yes].
To delete a common phrase
Move the cursor to the common phrase and from the
Function menu, select [Delete one] → [Yes].
Pictographs and symbols, which displayed in the order
of number of entering in the Pict/Sym ranking, you
entered can be selected when you enter characters.
For pictographs and symbols, see P.383.
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Application]
→ [Input method] → [Edit common phrases] and
press
Press
(Edit) and edit the contents.
Enter a common phrase within 64 full-width or 128 halfwidth characters.
Editing is completed.
Input
Quoting Data from the
Phonebook, etc.
Press
(Close).
Example: Quoting from the Phonebook
(Func) in the text input display.
The Function menu appears.
Select [Quote phonebook] and press
The Phonebook appears.
To quote the Own number
Select [Quote my data].
To quote texts using the bar code reader
Select [Bar code reader].
The selected pictographs are entered all at once.
● In the Edit mail, Edit template, and Edit signature displays,
every time you select a pictograph, it is entered at a time.
Press
(Close) to end the pictograph/symbol mode.
● Deco mail pict. can be entered in the Edit mail, Edit
template, and Edit signature displays. You can enter a
Deco mail pict. to compose Deco-mail (P.180).
Press
Character Entry
The selected pictograph is displayed on the top of the
text input display. To select the next pictograph, move the
cursor to the desired one and press
To cancel the all selected pictographs
Press
for over a second.
You can quote data saved in the Phonebook or Own
number (My data) or characters scanned by the bar
code reader to enter in the main body of mail or in the
text input display while displaying a site.
Select a name → an item to be quoted and press
The selected item appears in the text input display.
● When the selected item contains more characters than the
maximum number of characters that can be entered, the
extra characters are deleted.
341
Cutting/Copying/Pasting Text
The entered characters can be pasted to the other
input display by cutting or copying.
The characters cut or copied are saved in the clipboard
and pasted when the Paste function is selected. The
contents of the clipboard can be pasted as many times
as needed.
ˎ The clipboard is a special memory area where cut or copied
characters are temporarily saved. The clipboard can hold
only one item and it is replaced with new data when copying
or cutting next data to it.
ˎ The characters in the clipboard are deleted when the FOMA
terminal is powered off.
ˎ A character that cannot be entered to the destination display
is replaced with a half-width space when pasted. Any extra
characters that exceed the maximum allowable number of
characters are deleted.
ˎ You cannot cut/copy and paste Deco mail pict. or images
inserted in the Deco-mail main body.
Pasting Text
Select the position to paste in the text input display
and press
(Func).
The Function menu appears.
Select [Paste] and press
The copied/cut text is pasted.
Entering Text Using Kuten
Codes
You can enter characters, numbers and symbols using
corresponding 4-digit kuten codes as listed in the
Kuten code list.
ˎ For kuten codes, see the “Kuten Code List” (PDF format)
included in the supplied CD-ROM.
■ Cutting
Press
(Func) in the text input display.
The Function menu appears.
Cut the selected characters and save them in the clipboard (the
selected characters are deleted from the source display).
Function menu
Cut
Setting option
Cut the selected text.
Select [Input kuten] and press
Input kuten
■ Copying
Copy the selected characters and save them in the clipboard (the
selected characters are not deleted from the source display).
Function menu
Copy
Attach No.
Item copy
Copy Text Memo
Setting option
Copy the selected text.
Copy a phone number.
Copy a phone number, mail address, etc.
item by item.
Copy the contents of the text memo.
■ Pasting
Paste the characters in the clipboard.
Function menu
Paste
Setting option
Paste the copied or cut data.
Character Entry
Copying/Cutting Text
Press
(Func) in the text input display.
The Function menu appears.
Select [Copy] and press
Select the Start point and press
The first character to be copied is set.
To select all characters
Press
(Sel. all).
Select the End point and press
The range of characters to be copied is set and saved in
the clipboard.
342
Enter a kuten code.
The character corresponding to the entered kuten code is
entered.
Saving the Frequently Used
Kanji Words
Frequently used Kanji words can be saved in the
Prediction or User dictionary. Saved words are
displayed in the matching words list/conversion target
words by priority when you convert characters.
Prediction Save words that you want to display in the matching
dictionary words list by priority when you use the Prediction
conversion. Up to 300 words can be saved.
User
Save words that you want to display in the
dictionary conversion target words by priority when you use
the User conversion. Up to 200 words can be
saved.
ˎ The words saved in the User dictionary are automatically
saved in the Prediction dictionary, but not vice versa.
ˎ When you delete a saved word, delete it from the dictionary to
which it is saved.
To cut
Select [Cut].
Example: Saving a word in the Prediction dictionary
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Application] →
[Input method] → [Edit prediction] and press
The Prediction dictionary display appears.
To add a word to the User dictionary
Select [Settings] → [Application] → [Input method] →
[Edit user dict].
To delete a word
Move the cursor to the word and from the Function
menu, select [Delete one] → [Yes]. To delete several
words, from the Function menu, select [Select&delete]
and select words, press
(Complete), and select [Yes].
To delete all words, from the Function menu, select
[Delete all], enter the Security code, and select [Yes].
To edit a word
Move the cursor to the word and press
Press
Using the Downloaded
Dictionary
Up to 20 dictionaries can be downloaded using i-mode
for use with the FOMA terminal. When enabling a
downloaded dictionary, words saved in it appear in the
matching words list.
Dictionary folder
流行語辞書
エリア辞書
大阪弁辞書
To display the detailed information
Move the cursor to the dictionary and from the Function
menu, select [Information].
To change the name
Move the cursor to the dictionary and from the Function
menu, select [Edit name]. Enter a name within eight fullwidth or 17 half-width characters.
To delete a dictionary
Move the cursor to the dictionary and from the Function
menu, select [Delete] → [Delete one] → [Yes]. To delete
several dictionaries, from the Function menu, select
[Delete] → [Select&delete] and select dictionaries,
(Complete), and select [Yes]. To delete all
press
dictionaries, from the Function menu, select [Delete] →
[Delete all], enter the Security code, and select [Yes].
(Create).
Edit prediction
Reading(Keyword)
Reading field
Word(Prediction)
Word field
Enter the reading in the reading field.
Enter a reading within 16 hiragana characters.
Enter the word in the word field.
Enter a word within 16 full-width or 32 half-width characters.
Press
(Complete).
The entered word is saved in the Prediction dictionary.
Restoring the Default Settings
Select a dictionary and press
(Set).
The Valid/Invalid display appears.
Select [Valid]/[Invalid] and press
When it is set to [Valid], the dictionary is enabled and “
(gray) changes to “ ” (green).
”
● If many dictionaries are enabled simultaneously, some
words may not be displayed in the matching words list.
● The dictionary can be downloaded from “SO@Planet”.
[i Menu] → [メニュー/検索] (Menu/Search) → [ケータイ電
話メーカー] (Mobile Phone Manufacturers) → [SO@Planet]
(Japanese only)
Character Entry
The FOMA terminal’s dictionary has a data learning
feature. The data leaning feature memorizes the
frequency in which individual words are used and give
priority to the frequently used words when displaying
them in the matching words list/conversion target
words.
If you reset the learning data, the order of priority is
reset to the default setting.
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Application] →
[Input method] → [Dictionaries] and press
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Application] →
[Input method] → [Reset data] and press
The Security code screen appears.
Enter the Security code and press
(OK).
The screen for confirming whether to reset the learning
data appears.
Select [Yes] and press
The learning data is reset.
Continued
343
Sorting the Downloaded Dictionaries
When you download several dictionaries, you can
change the order of the dictionaries in the list to display
words of a frequently used dictionary by priority.
Press
(Func) in the Dictionary folder display.
The Function menu appears.
Select [Reorder] and press
Select a dictionary and press
The Reorder display appears.
Select a position to move to and press
Press
(Complete).
The searching priority is set.
Character Entry
344
(Move).
Network Services
Available Network Services
You can use the following DoCoMo network services on the FOMA terminal.
For details on the outline and how to use each service, see the relevant pages indicated in the table
below.
Service name
Application
The Voice Mail Service
The Call Waiting Service
The Call Forwarding Service
The Nuisance Call Blocking Service
Notify Caller ID
The Caller ID Display Request Service
The Dual Network Service
Required
Required
Required
Required
Not required
Not required
Required
Monthly
charge
Paid
Paid
Free
Free
Free
Free
Paid
Page
P.346
P.347
P.347
P.348
P.44
P.348
P.349
Service name
Application
The English Guidance Service
The Multi Number Service
2in1
OFFICEED
Public mode (Drive mode)
Public mode (Power off)
Melody Call
Not required
Required
Required
Required
Not required
Not required
Required
Monthly
charge
Free
Paid
Paid
Paid
Free
Free
Paid
Page
P.349
P.350
P.352
P.355
P.66
P.68
P.107
You cannot use the network services when you are outside of the service area or in a location without the radio wave.
For details, see the “Mobile Phone User’s Guide【Network services】”.
For subscription and inquiry, call the “General Inquiries” on the backcover of this manual.
“Deactivating the service” of the Voice Mail or Call Forwarding Service, etc. does not cancel your subscription to
the service itself.
ˎ “OFFICEED” is a paid service that requires a subscription. For more information, see the DoCoMo’s website for
business customers (http://www.docomo.biz/d/212/).
ˎ
ˎ
ˎ
ˎ
Using the Voice Mail Service .............................................................................................. 346
Using the Call Waiting Service ........................................................................................... 347
Using the Call Forwarding Service ..................................................................................... 347
Using the Nuisance Call Blocking Service ......................................................................... 348
Using the Caller ID Display Request Service ..................................................................... 348
Using the Dual Network Service ........................................................................................ 349
Using the English Guidance Service .................................................................................. 349
Using the Service Numbers ............................................................................................... 349
Selecting an Operation for an Incoming Call during a Call ....................... 350
Setting Remote Control ............................................................................ 350
Using the Multi Number Service ........................................................................................ 350
Using 2in1 ........................................................................................................................... 352
Using OFFICEED ........................................................................................... 355
Saving a New Service to Use It ................................. 355
345
Using the Voice Mail Service
The Voice Mail Service takes messages for you, as
long as it answers a call with the answering message,
if there is an incoming voice or videophone call when
you are in a location without the radio wave, while the
FOMA terminal is powered off, or when you are in a
situation where you cannot answer a call.
ˎ When the Voice Mail Service and Record Message (P.69)
are set simultaneously, and if you want to give priority to the
Voice Mail Service, set the ring time for the Voice Mail Service
shorter than the time before starting the answering message
for the Record Message.
ˎ When the Voice Mail Service is set to “Activate” and if you
do not answer an incoming voice or videophone call, the call
is saved in the Received record as a “Missed call” and the
notification icon “ ” (Missed call) appears in the stand-by
display.
ˎ When the Call Forwarding Service is set to “Activate”, the
Voice Mail Service is automatically deactivated.
■ Basic flow of the Voice Mail Service
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Activate the service.
The caller leaves a message.
Play back the Voice Mail message.
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management]
→ [NW Services] → [Voice Mail] and press
Set each item.
Menu item
Activate※
Set ring time
Deactivate※
Check setting
Play messages※
Operation
Select [Activate] → [Activate]/[Ring+Activate]
(→ Enter the ring time) → [Yes].
ˎ When you select [Ring+Activate],
you can set the ring time (000 to 120
seconds) and activate the Voice Mail
Service.
ˎ When you select [Ring+Activate], the
Voice Mail Service is activated by
Number A.
ˎ When 2in1 is set to the B mode, you
cannot select the method of activating
the Voice Mail Service.
Select [Set ring time] → Enter the ring time
(000 to 120 seconds) →
(Complete).
Select [Deactivate] → [Yes].
Select [Check setting].
ˎ When 2in1 is set to either the B or Dual
mode, the screen for selecting either
Number A or Number B appears.
Select [Play messages] → [Yes] → Operate
as instructed by the guidance.
ˎ The displayed number is the number
that the guidance announces when
playing back new Voice Mail messages.
Already saved Voice Mail messages are
not included.
ˎ You can also play back the record
(Link) in the
message by pressing
stand-by display and selecting “ ”.
Network Services
Voice Mail setting※ Select [Voice Mail setting] → [Yes] →
Operate as instructed by the guidance.
Check messages Select [Check messages].
ˎ When a new message is stored at
the Voice Mail Service Center, the
n o t i f i c a t i o n i c o n “ ” ( Vo i c e M a i l
message) appears in the stand-by
display.
Tone/Vibrate notice Set whether to alert you of a new message
(Default: ON)
with the mail tone when it is received at the
Voice Mail Service Center.
Select [Tone/Vibrate notice] → [ON]/[OFF].
Select [Delete VM icon] → [Yes].
Delete VM icon
Missed Activate
Notify you of a new message by SMS when
Call
it is received while the FOMA terminal is
notice
powered off or outside of the service area.
Select [Missed Call notice] → [Activate] →
[All calls]/[With Caller ID] → [Yes].
ˎ Even if the caller is saved in the
Phonebook, the caller ID of the caller
is notified and the name saved in the
Phonebook is not displayed.
Deactivate Select [Missed Call notice] → [Deactivate]
→ [Yes].
Select [Missed Call notice] → [Check
Check
setting].
setting
※ When 2in1 is set to the Dual mode, the screen for selecting
either Number A or Number B appears.
346
Notes on the service for the videophone
● When the Voice Mail Service takes a videophone message
for you, it is notified to you by SMS.
● To change the settings of the Voice Mail Service for
videophone support, press
in
the stand-by display and operate as instructed by the
guidance.
● A videophone of AV32K type is disabled for connection to
the Voice Mail Service Center.
● When you connect to the Voice Mail Service Center using
Chara-den, the DTMF operation is not available. From the
function menu, select [DTMF send mode] (P.73).
Using the Call Waiting Service
When there is another incoming call while you are on a
call, the in-call ring tone notifies you of the second call.
You can answer the second call by putting the first call
on hold. You can also put your current call on hold and
place a call to another party.
ˎ When you receive a videophone call during a voice call,
you can answer the videophone call by disconnecting the
voice call. You cannot answer a voice/videophone call that
arrives during a videophone call. However, it is saved in the
Received record.
ˎ To use the Call Waiting Service, set the Arrival Call Act (P.350)
to [Answer]. If it is set to other operation, you cannot answer a
second voice call received while you are on a voice call even
if the Call Waiting Service is activated.
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management]
→ [NW Services] → [Call Waiting] and press
Set each item.
Menu item
Activate
Deactivate
Check setting
Operation
Select [Activate] → [Yes].
Select [Deactivate] → [Yes].
Select [Check setting].
The Call Forwarding Service forwards a voice or
videophone call to a preset forwarding number when
you are in a location without the radio wave, the FOMA
terminal is powered off, or you do not answer the call
within the preset ring time.
ˎ When the Call Forwarding Service and Record Message
(P.69) are set simultaneously, and if you want to give priority
to the Call Forwarding Service, set the ring time for the Call
Forwarding Service shorter than the time before starting the
answering message for the Record Message.
ˎ When the Call Forwarding Service is set to “Activate” and if
you do not answer an incoming voice or videophone call, the
call is saved in the Received record as a “Missed call” and
the notification icon “ ” (Missed call) appears in the stand-by
display.
ˎ When you receive a videophone call, the call is disconnected
if the forwarding number does not support a videophone
feature compliant with 3G-324M.
■ Basic flow of the Call Forwarding Service
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Save the forwarding number.
Activate the Call Forwarding Service.
Receive a call on your FOMA terminal.
If you do not answer the call, it is automatically
forwarded to the specified forwarding number.
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management]
→ [NW Services] → [Call Forwarding] and press
Set each item.
Menu item
Activate※
Deactivate※
Change FWD
number
If FWD number
busy
Check setting
Operation
Select [Activate] → [Activate]/[Set+Activate]
(→ Enter the forwarding number and ring
time) → [Yes].
ˎ When you select [Set+Activate],
you can set the forwarding number
(within 26 digits) and ring time (000
to 120 seconds) and activate the Call
Forwarding Service.
ˎ When 2in1 is set to the B mode, you
cannot select the method of activating
the Call Forwarding Service.
Select [Deactivate] → [Yes].
Select [Change FWD number] → Enter
the forwarding number (within 26 digits) →
Select [Set]/[Set+Activate].
ˎ When 2in1 is set to the B mode, select
[Change FWD number] → enter the
forwarding number (within 26 digits) →
select [Yes].
Set whether to connect to the Voice Mail
Service Center when the forwarding
number is busy.
Select [If FWD number busy] → [Not
connect]/[Connect].
Select [Check setting].
ˎ When 2in1 is set to either the B or Dual
mode, the screen for selecting either
Number A or Number B appears.
Network Services
● To put the current call on hold and answer an incoming
call, press
(Call). When you put a call on hold, the
message “Connecting” appears. Every time you press
(Switch), you can switch between the calls. To
disconnect the put on hold call, from the Function menu,
select [Release Hold Call].
● To disconnect the current call and answer an incoming
call, press
and
Using the Call Forwarding
Service
※ When 2in1 is set to the Dual mode, the screen for selecting
either Number A or Number B appears.
Continued
347
● To set on/off of the Call Forwarding guidance, press
in the stand-by display and operate as
instructed by the guidance.
Using the Nuisance Call
Blocking Service
The Nuisance Call Blocking Service prevents receiving
a “nuisance call” such as prank phone calls. When you
set the Bar Nuisance Calls, further calls from registered
nuisance call numbers are automatically rejected
and the call rejection guidance is played back on the
caller’s phone.
ˎ The ring tone does not sound when there is an incoming call
from the saved phone number. The call is not saved in the
Received record, either.
ˎ When you receive a videophone call from a caller who is
saved as a nuisance caller, it is disconnected after playing
back the call rejection video guidance on the caller’s phone.
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management]
→ [NW Services] → [Bar Nuisance Calls] and
press
Set each item.
Menu item
Register Caller
Operation
Save the phone number of the last
received call.
Select [Register Caller] → [Yes].
Reg. selected No. Select [Reg. selected No.] → Enter the
phone number (within 22 digits) → Select
[Yes].
Select [Delete all entries] → [Yes].
Delete all entries
Delete last entry
Delete the last saved phone number. You
can delete another phone number from
the last saved one by repeating the same
operation.
Select [Delete last entry] → [Yes].
Check No. of entry Select [Check No. of entry].
Network Services
348
Using the Caller ID Display
Request Service
When you receive a voice or videophone call without
a caller ID, the Caller ID Display Request Service
answers the call with a guidance requesting the
caller to send the caller ID and then automatically
disconnects the call.
ˎ When there is an incoming call from the caller who does not
notify the phone number, the ring tone does not sound. The
call is not saved in the Received record either.
ˎ When you receive a videophone call without a caller ID, it is
disconnected after playing back the caller ID display request
video guidance on the caller’s phone.
ˎ When you receive a PushTalk call without a caller ID, the
caller ID display request guidance is not played back on the
caller’s phone and the call is disconnected.
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management]
→ [NW Services] → [Caller ID Request] and press
Set each item.
Menu item
Activate
Deactivate
Check setting
Operation
Select [Activate] → [Yes].
Select [Deactivate] → [Yes].
Select [Check setting].
Using the Dual Network Service
[Japanese]:
Set the guidance to Japanese.
[Japanese+English]:
Set the guidance in the order of Japanese → English.
[English+Japanese]:
Set the guidance in the order of English → Japanese.
To check the settings
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management] →
[NW Services] → [English Guidance] → [Check setting].
The Dual Network Service enables you to use a Mova
terminal using the phone number of the FOMA terminal
you use at present. This service enables you to select
and use both the FOMA and Mova service areas as
required.
ˎ You cannot use the FOMA and Mova terminals at the same
time.
ˎ Make sure to perform the operation for switching the Dual
Network Service from the FOMA terminal not using the
service.
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management]
→ [NW Services] → [Dual Network] and press
Set each item.
Menu item
Switch Dual
Network
Check setting
Operation
Switch the Dual Network Service to enable
using the FOMA terminal for this service.
Select [Switch Dual Network] → Enter the
network security code → Select [Yes].
Select [Check setting].
Using the Service Numbers
You can call DoCoMo General Inquiries, Contact for
Repairs, etc.
ˎ Depending on the UIM being used, the items to be displayed
may be different or some items may not be displayed.
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management]
→ [NW Ser vices] → [English Guidance] →
[Guidance setting] and press
Select a target for the English Guidance Service
and press
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management]
→ [NW Services] → [Service Numbers] and press
The Service Numbers display appears.
[ドコモ故障問合せ] (Contact for Repairs):
Call the DoCoMo representative of Contact for Repairs.
[ドコモ総合案内・受付] (General Inquiries):
Call the DoCoMo information desk of General Inquiries
(DoCoMo Information Center).
Using the English Guidance
Service
You can set English voice guidance to be played
during various network service settings such as the
Voice Mail Service and when you are outside of the
service area.
If a caller is also using this service, the settings of a
call from this caller have priority over the settings on
the recipient’s phone.
Select a language for the guidance played during
incoming calls and press
Select a contact number → [Yes] and press
The call is connected to the contact number.
● When 2in1 is set to the Dual mode, the screen for selecting
either Number A or Number B appears.
Network Services
[Call+Income]:
Set both the guidance that you hear when you place a
call and that a recipient hears upon receiving your call.
[Call]:
Set the guidance that you hear when you place a call.
[Income]:
Set the guidance that a recipient hears upon receiving
your call.
Select a language for the guidance to be played
during outgoing calls and press
349
Selecting an Operation for an
Incoming Call during a Call
If you are subscribing to the Voice Mail, Call Forwarding,
or Call Waiting Service, you can set the operation you
want to perform when you receive the second voice or
videophone call during a call.
ˎ If you do not subscribed to the Voice Mail, Call Forwarding, or
Call Waiting Service, you cannot answer a second incoming
call received while you are on a current call.
ˎ To use the Arrival Call Act function, set the In-call arrival act to
“Activate”.
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management]
→ [NW Services] → [Arrival Call Act] and press
[Answer]:
You can answer a call or forward it manually to the Voice
Mail Service Center or a forwarding number.
[Voice Mail]:
An incoming call is connected to the Voice Mail Service
Center.
[Call Forwarding]:
An incoming call is forwarded to a saved forwarding
number.
[Call Rejection]:
An incoming call is rejected.
Select an operation for an incoming call and press
Setting Remote Control
You can set to be able to operate the Voice Mail or Call
Forwarding Service, etc. from a general push-button
telephone, public phone, DoCoMo mobile phones, etc.
ˎ To use the Voice Mail or Call Forwarding Service overseas,
the Remote Control function must be set in advance.
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management]
→ [NW Services] → [Remote Control] and press
Set each item.
Menu item
Activate
Deactivate
Check setting
Operation
Select [Activate] → [Yes].
Select [Deactivate] → [Yes].
Select [Check setting].
Using the Multi Number Service
The Multi Number Service enables you to add up to
two numbers, Additional No.1 and Additional No.2 in
addition to the Basic Number, as your FOMA terminal
phone numbers.
ˎ You cannot use the Multi Number Service and 2in1
simultaneously.
Setting Phone Number Details
The operation for an incoming call during a call is set.
Starting/Stopping the In-call Arrival Act
You can start or stop the operation you have selected
for the Arrival Call Act.
Network Services
350
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management]
→ [NW Services] → [In-call arrival act] and press
Set each item.
Menu item
Activate
Deactivate
Check setting
Operation
Select [Activate] → [Yes].
Select [Deactivate] → [Yes].
Select [Check setting].
ˎ You cannot change the phone number displayed under “Basic
Number”. However, you can set the ring tone/incoming image
using the Incoming set, etc.
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management]
→ [NW Services] → [Multi Number] → [Number
Setting] and press
Number Setting
Multi Number call
OFF
<Basic Number>
基本契約番号
090XXXXXXXX
<Additional No.1>
付加番号1
着信音1
付加番号1着信画像
<Additional No.2>
付加番号2
2
Set each item.
Item
Multi
Number
call
Description
Select [ON]/[OFF] of the Multi Number call.
[ON] : Enable to select a phone number to be
used for placing a call from the Option call
display.
[OFF] : You cannot select a phone number when
you place a call.
Enter a name within 10 full-width or 20 half-width
characters.
Enter a phone number within 26 digits.
Select a ring tone from MUSIC/i-motion/Melody of
the Data Box.
ˎ You can set the following files. You can select a
Chaku-Uta® from [i-motion].
Category
MUSIC※
i-motion※
Melody
File format File size Image size
AAC-LC/ Max. 5M
−
HE-AAC bytes
MP4
Max. 10M Max. [VGA
bytes
(640×480)]
SMF/MFi Max. 350K
−
bytes
※ Some files may not be set.
ˎ To mute the ring tone, select [Silent].
Select an incoming image from My picture/i-motion
of the Data Box.
ˎ You can set the following files.
Category File format File size Image size
My picture GIF/JPEG Max. 250K Max. [Stby
bytes
(480×864)],
Max. W480×
H288 for GIF
animation
SWF
Max. 100K
−
bytes
i-motion※ MP4
Max. 10M Max. [VGA
bytes
(640×480)]
※ Some i-motion may not be set.
Press
(Complete).
The details of a phone number are set.
● If you do not yet subscribe to the Multi Number Service,
use the FOMA terminal with the Multi Number call set to
[OFF].
● If the Multi Number call is set to
Calling
[ON], a phone number and name
associated with the Multi Number
(Basic Number/Additional No.1/
Additional No.2) selected in the
Option call display are displayed
Additional No.1
090XXXXXXXX
while placing a call.
● When you receive a call, a phone
number and name associated
with the used Multi Number (Basic
Number/Additional No.1/Additional
No.2) being used are displayed.
Incoming call
Additional No.2
090XXXXXXXX
● When you place a call from the Redial or Received record,
the Multi Number previously used for placing/receiving a
call is displayed and the call is placed using this number.
Setting an Originating Phone Number
You can select a phone number to be used when you
place a call.
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management]
→ [NW Services] → [Multi Number] → [Set Multi
Number] and press
Select an originating phone number → [Yes] and
press
The phone number you use for placing a call is set.
To check the phone number you use for placing a call
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management]
→ [NW Services] → [Multi Number] → [Check Multi
Number].
● You can select a phone number manually in the Call menu
when you place a call (P.57).
Network Services
351
Using 2in1
You can separately use two phone numbers, 2 mail
addresses, and exclusive modes for each on your
FOMA terminal as if you have two terminals.
For the default settings, see the List of menus (P.380).
Mode
A mode
B mode
Dual mode
Description
You can dial with your phone number (Number
A), send i-mode mail with Address A, and
browse related data.
You can dial with 2in1 phone number (Number
B), access to sites where WEB mail is available
with Address B, and browse related data.
The mode that supports both functions of A and
B modes.
ˎ Sending/receiving mail for Address B is performed on the
specified WEB mail site.
ˎ Packet communication in B mode is available while
subscribing to the i-mode service.
ˎ For details on 2in1, see the “Mobile Phone User’s Guide
【2in1】”.
ˎ When you replace the UIM (From 2in1 subscriber to 2in1
subscriber) while 2in1 is used, to obtain a correct Number B,
you need to perform the 2in1 function OFF (P.353) first, and
then set the 2in1 to ON again.
When you replace the UIM (From 2in1 subscriber to 2in1 nonsubscriber), perform the 2in1 function OFF.
ˎ When placing a voice/videophone call or originating 64K data
communication from an external device, if 2in1 is set to either
the A mode or Dual mode, it is done by Number A. When the
B mode is set, it is done by Number B.
Setting 2in1
You can set the operations such as the Stand-by
display and Receive avoid. setting by setting the ON
for 2in1.
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management]
→ [NW Services] → [2in1 setting] and press
The Security code screen appears.
ˎ The 2in1 setting display also appears by pressing
for over a second in the stand-by display.
Enter the Security code and press
Select [Yes] and press
2in1 setting
Mode switching
Phonebook 2in1 setting
Stand−by display
Set call/receive No.
2in1 function OFF
Receive avoid. setting
2in1 is set to ON and the 2in1 setting display appears.
Set each item.
Menu
Operation
item
Mode
Switch the 2in1 modes.
switching Select [Mode switching] → [A mode]/[B mode]/[Dual
mode].
Phonebook Change the 2in1 settings saved for the Phonebook.
2in1 setting ˎ When an entry is saved in the Phonebook, the
Phonebook 2in1 setting compatible with the 2in1
mode is automatically saved.
● Set each entry
Select [Phonebook 2in1 setting] → phonebook
data →
(Set) → Select [A]/[B]/[Common].
● Set for a group
Select [Phonebook 2in1 setting] →
(Func) →
Select [Set all groups] → a group →
(Set) →
Select [A]/[B]/[Common].
Stand-by Set the stand-by display for the B and Dual modes.
Select [Stand-by display] → [B mode]/[Dual mode] →
display
an image from My picture of the Data Box.
ˎ You can set the following files.
Network Services
Category File format File size Image size
My picture GIF/JPEG Max. 250K Max. [Stby
bytes
(480×864)],
Max. W480×
H288 for GIF
animation
SWF
Max. 100K
−
bytes
ˎ To specify no image, select [None].
352
(OK).
When 2in1 is already set to ON
The 2in1 setting display appears.
Menu
item
Set call/
receive
No.
Operation
To identify the call placed or received using Number
B, set the font color and ring tone of the incoming/
receiving call display.
● Set the font color
Select [Set call/receive No.] → [Disp. call/rcv. No.]
→ [dark]/[light].
● Set the ring tone
Select [Set call/receive No.] → [Ringtone for
Number B] → [Incoming call]/[Incoming V.phone]
→ a ring tone from MUSIC/i-motion/Melody of the
Data Box.
ˎ You can set the following files.
Category
MUSIC※
i-motion※
Melody
2in1
function
OFF
Receive
avoid.
setting
File format File size Image size
AAC-LC/ Max. 5M
−
HE-AAC bytes
MP4
Max. 10M Max. [VGA
bytes
(640×480)]
SMF/MFi Max. 350K
−
bytes
※ Some files may not be set.
ˎ If you select [ON] at [Link incoming call], the
ring tone for the Incoming V.phone follows the
setting for the Incoming call.
ˎ When you receive a call without the caller ID,
the ring tone follows the setting of [Ringtone for
Number B].
Quit using the 2in1 functions.
Select [2in1 function OFF] → [Yes].
Selecting a Phone Number When
Placing a Call
When the Dual mode is set, you can select a phone
number to place a call.
Enter a phone number in the stand-by display and
press
To place a videophone call
Press
(V.phone).
ドコモ次郎
Select number
to call
Number A
Number B
Cancel
Select [Number A]/[Number B] and press
Place a call from the selected phone number.
● When you place a call using the Redial/Received record,
the phone number which was used to receive/place a call
previously is displayed and the call is placed using this
phone number.
Network Services
Set the restriction for incoming call of Number A and
Number B.
● Set the restriction for incoming call for Number A
and Number B individually
Select [Receive avoid. setting] → [Change receive
avoid.] → [Rcv. avoid. (Number A)]/[Rcv. avoid.
(Number B)] → [Receive]/[Avoid]/[Unchange] →
(Complete).
● Check the current setting
Select [Receive avoid. setting] → [Check receive
avoid.] → [Yes].
● Activate/deactivate the Mode link
When the A mode is used, allow to receive a call
only for Number A. When the B mode is used,
allow to receive a call only for Number B. When
the Dual mode is used, allow to receive a call for
both Number A and Number B.
Select [Receive avoid. setting] → [Mode link
setting] → [Yes].
● Set the Receive avoid. setting from overseas
Select [Receive avoid. setting] → [Rcv. avoid.
set(Int.)] → Operate as instructed by the guidance.
Continued
353
Functions Available for Each Mode
The funcions which only differ from each mode are listed (the functions which are common with the A mode are excluded).
Service
Voice/
Call
videophone Receive
call
Phonebook Display
Change name※2
Phonebook 2in1 setting
when saving new data
Receive all from Infrared/
iC communication/
microSD memory card
Receive one from
Infared/iC communication/
microSD memory card
UIM
Copy from FOMA
phonebook terminal to UIM
Copy from UIM
to FOMA terminal
Redial
Display
record
Received Display
record
Mail/SMS Display
Send
Receive
Network Services
Receive all from Infrared/
iC communication/
microSD memory card
Receive one from
Infared/iC communication/
microSD memory card
Copy from FOMA
SMS in
terminal to UIM
UIM
Copy from UIM
to FOMA terminal
PushTalk Originate
Receive
PushTalk phonebook
i-αppli
Own number
※1
※2
※3
※4
※5
※6
354
Number A
All
A mode
Number B
B mode
Dual mode
Selectable when placing a call※1
A/Common
A/Common
B/Common
B/Common
All
All
Copy the Phonebook 2in1 setting of the sender※3
Common
Call from Number A
Call from Number B
All
Call for Number A
Call for Number B
All
ˎ Mail sent for/from Address A FOMA terminal
ˎ SMS sent for/from Number A ˎ R e c e i v e d m a i l s e n t f o r
Address B saved in the FOMA
terminal (at the WEB mail site,
mail set to [端末に保存] (save
to the FOMA terminal)), newly
arrived notification mail, or
alarm notification mail
ˎ SMS sent for Number B
WEB mail site
ˎ Mail sent for/from Address B
FOMA terminal
ˎ Mail from Address A
ˎ Cannot send mail/SMS
ˎ SMS from Number A
WEB mail site
ˎ Mail from Address B
ˎ Mail for Address A/SMS for ˎ Mail for Address A/SMS for
Number A (with sound)
Number A (without sound)
ˎ Received mail sent for ˎ Received mail sent for
Address B saved in the
Address B saved in the
FOMA terminal, newly arrived
FOMA terminal, newly arrived
notification mail, or alarm
notification mail, or alarm
notification mail/SMS sent for
notification mail/SMS sent for
Number B (without sound)
Number B (with sound)
Copy mail/SMS following the sender status※3
FOMA terminal
ˎ Mail sent for/from Address
A, received mail sent for
Address B saved in the
FOMA terminal, newly
arrived notification mail, or
alarm notification mail
ˎ SMS sent for/from Address A
ˎ SMS sent for Number B
WEB mail site
ˎ Mail sent for/from Address B
FOMA terminal
ˎ Mail from Address A※4
ˎ SMS from Number A
WEB mail site
ˎ Mail from Address B
ˎ Mail for Address A/SMS for
Number A (with sound)
ˎ Received mail sent for
Address B saved in the
FOMA terminal, newly arrived
notification mail, or alarm
notification mail/SMS sent for
Number B (with sound)
Number A
Number A
Display
Available all
Number A/Address A
Not available
Number A
Cannot display
Available※5
Number B/Address B
Display
Available※6
Number A/B/Address A/B
To place a call, Number A is the default setting for the Phonebook of the A/Common setting, and Number B is the one for the
Phonebook of the B setting.
When the phone number of placing/receiving a call or sending/receiving SMS and mail address of receiving/sending mail are
saved in the Phonebook, after comparing them with the phonebook data, the name saved in the Phonebook of each phone
number and mail address is displayed.
When the sender’s mobile phone is not compatible with the 2in1 functions, Number A is applied.
When you compose new mail in the Dual mode, you can select a mail address from the Phonebook of the B mode setting but
note that mail is sent from Address A.
Except i-αppli with mail, i-αppli using mail, and i-αppli stand-by display.
Except i-αppli stand-by display.
Using OFFICEED
“OFFICEED” is a fixed-rate service within a group
provided by IMCS (Indoor Mobile Communication
System). You may need to apply separately to use this
service.
ˎ For more information, see the DoCoMo’s website for business
customers (http://www.docomo.biz/d/212/).
Saving a New Service to Use It
When DoCoMo adds a new network service, you can
save the service in the Menu and use it.
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management]
→ [NW Services] → [Additional service] and press
Set each item.
Menu item
Register USSD
Operation
[Register USSD] → [Unregistered] →
(Edit) → Enter a name of the service
at [Service] (within 10 full-width or 20
half-width characters) → Enter a USSD
command at [USSD] (within 20 digits) →
(Complete).
● To use a service
Select [Register USSD] → a service.
Register ans word
● To delete a service
[Register USSD] → Move the cursor to
a service and press
(Func) → Select
[Delete one] (to delete all services,
select [Delete all] → enter the Security
code) → Select [Yes].
[Register ans word] → [Unregistered] →
(Edit) → Enter an answering message
at [Answer wording] (within 10 full-width or
20 half-width characters) → Enter a USSD
command at [USSD] (within 20 digits) →
(Complete).
Network Services
● To delete an answering message
[Register ans word] → Move the cursor
to an answering message and press
(Func) → Select [Delete one] (to
delete all answering messages, select
[Delete all] → enter the Security code)
→ Select [Yes].
355
PC Connection
For detailed information on Data Communication, see the “Manual for PC connection setting”
(PDF format) included in the supplied CD-ROM. You need Adobe® Reader® (Version 6.0 or later is
recommended) to read the “Manual for PC connection setting” (PDF format). If Adobe® Reader® is
not installed on your PC, install it from the same CD-ROM, which also contains the Adobe® Reader®
software.
For details on using Adobe® Reader®, see the Help that is installed with the software.
About Data Communication ...............................................................................................
Before Using Data Communication .....................................................................................
Preparations and Flow of Data Communication .................................................................
AT Commands ....................................................................................................................
About the Supplied CD-ROM .............................................................................................
Introduction of DoCoMo keitai datalink ..............................................................................
358
359
360
361
361
361
357
About Data Communication
You can use the FOMA terminal for three types of data
communication, packet communication, 64K data
communication, and data transfer.
ˎ The FOMA terminal does not support Remote Wakeup.
ˎ The FOMA terminal does not support FAX communication.
ˎ If you are going to connect the FOMA terminal to DoCoMo’s
“sigmarionⅡ”/“sigmarionⅢ”/“musea” PDA to perform data
communication, you should update “sigmarionⅡ”/“musea”. For
details about updating, see the DoCoMo’s website.
ˎ 64K data communication to be performed by connecting to a
PC is not available overseas. When you originate the packet
communication, use the IP connection to communicate (the
PPP connection cannot originate the packet communication).
Packet Communication
A charge applies to this type of communication based
on the volume of exchanged data (maximum reception
speed 3.6Mbps, maximum transmission speed
384kbps).
You can perform packet communication by connecting
the FOMA terminal to a PC using the FOMA USB
Cable with Charge Function 01 (optional) and
making the necessary settings. Use a FOMA packet
communication-compliant access point such as
DoCoMo’s Internet connection service “mopera U”
/“mopera”. You can also exchange data by accessing
an in-house LAN connected to the FOMA network.
ˎ Note that packet communication could be expensive if you
exchange large volumes of data such as viewing sites or
Internet home pages that contain images or downloading
files.
ˎ The maximum transmission/reception speed is 384kbps
outside of the FOMA HIGH-SPEED Area.
ˎ When you use DoCoMo’s “sigmarionⅢ”/“sigmarionⅡ”/
“musea” PDA to perform packet communication, the
maximum transmission/reception speed is 384kbps. It does
not support the high-speed communication compatible with
HIGH-SPEED Area.
64K Data Communication
PC Connection
A charge applies to this type of communication based
on the duration of a communication.
You can per for m 64K data communication by
connecting the FOMA terminal to a PC using the FOMA
USB Cable with Charge Function 01 (optional) and
making the necessary settings. Use a FOMA 64K data
communication-compliant access point such as DoCoMo’
s Internet connection service “mopera U”/“mopera” or
ISDN synchronous 64K access points.
ˎ Note that 64K data communication could be expensive if it is
performed for a long period of time.
358
Data Transfer
This type of communication is used to exchange data
using the infrared or iC communication or the FOMA
USB Cable with Charge Function 01 (optional) and no
charge is required. Using infrared communication, you
can exchange data with a device such as the FOMA
terminal or a PC that is equipped with the infrared
communication function.
Precautions on Use
Usage Fee of Internet Service Provider
When you use the Internet, a usage fee is required for
your Internet service provider. This usage fee, which
is separate from the FOMA service charges, must
be paid directly to the Internet service provider. For
details about usage fees, contact your Internet service
provider.
You can use DoCoMo’s Internet connection service
“mopera U”/“mopera”.
To use “mopera U”, you need to subscribe to this
service (paid service). No monthly charge is required
to use “mopera” and you do not need to subscribe to it.
Setting a Host (Such as an Internet Service
Provider)
The host for packet communication is different from
the host for 64K data communication. To use packet
communication, use a packet communicationcompliant host; to use 64K data communication, use
a FOMA 64K data communication-compliant host or
ISDN synchronous 64K-compliant host.
ˎ You cannot connect to a DoPa access point.
ˎ You cannot connect to a PHS 64K/32K data communication
access point such as PIAFS.
User Authentication for Network Access
User authentication (ID and password) may be
required when connecting to some hosts. If user
authentication is required, enter your ID and password
on the communication software (dial-up network) for
connecting to the host. The Internet service provider
or network administrator of the host assigns an ID and
password. For details, contact your Internet service
provider or network administrator of the host.
Access Authentication for the Use of a Browser
When a FirstPass-compatible site that you access
through the Internet browser on your PC requires the
FirstPass (user certificate) as an access authentication,
install the FirstPass PC software from the supplied
CD-ROM and per for m necessar y settings. For
details, see “FirstPassManual” (PDF format) in the
[FirstPassPCSoft] folder on the CD-ROM. You need
Adobe® Reader® (Version 6.0 or later is recommended)
to read “FirstPassManual” (PDF format). If Adobe ®
Reader ® is not installed on your PC, install it from
the same CD-ROM, which also contains the Adobe®
Reader® software.
For details on using Adobe® Reader®, see the Help that
is installed with the software.
Conditions of Packet and 64K Data
Communication
The following conditions are necessary to perform
communication using the FOMA terminal.
- The FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01 (optional) can
be used on your PC.
- Yo u r P D A m u s t h a v e F O M A p a c k e t a n d 6 4 K d a t a
communication support.
- You must be inside of the FOMA’s service area.
- The host for packet communication must have FOMA packet
communication support.
- The host for 64K data communication must have FOMA 64K
or ISDN synchronous 64K data communication support.
Note, however, that even if you comply with the
above conditions, you may not be able to perform
communication if the base station is congested or radio
wave condition is poor.
Before Using Data Communication
About the Operating Environment
Operating environment of a PC to be used for data
communication is as follows.
Item
PC main unit
OS※1
Required
memory※2
Hard drive
capacity※2
Display
Required environment
ˎ PC/AT compatible machine with a built-in
or removable CD-ROM drive
ˎ USB port (Universal Serial Bus
Specification 1.1 compliant)
Windows 2000 Professional,
Windows XP,
Windows Vista (Japanese version)
Windows 2000 Professional: 64MB or more
Windows XP: 128MB or more
Windows Vista: 512MB or more
5MB or more free space
High color (65,536 colors) and high resolution
(800×600 dots) or over (recommended)
※1 Operation on a PC running upgraded OS is not guaranteed.
※2 The required memory and hard drive capacity may vary
depending on the PC system configuration.
Other Necessary Items
Other than the FOMA terminal and a PC, the following
hardware and software are necessary.
ˎ FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01 (optional) or
FOMA USB Cable (optional)
ˎ Supplied CD-ROM “FOMA SO905i CD-ROM”
● This manual assumes that you use the FOMA USB Cable
with Charge Function 01 (optional).
● Use the exclusive “FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function
01” or “FOMA USB Cable”. A generic USB cable for a
PC connection cannot be used because it has a different
connector shape.
● If you use USB HUB, it may not work properly.
PC Connection
Continued
359
■ Definition of terms
● Administrator
An administrator is authorized access to all Windows XP,
Windows 2000 Professional, and Windows Vista systems.
At least one user with Administrator privilege is set for each
PC. Normally, a user without Administrator privilege cannot
install the FOMA communication configuration files. For
more information on Administrator privilege, contact the
manufacturer of your PC or a representative of Microsoft
Corporation.
● APN (Access Point Name)
A character string used for identifying the Internet service
provider host or in-house LAN for packet communication. For
example, the APN of “mopera U” is “mopera.net”.
● cid (Context Identifier)
A registration number available when you save a packet
communication host (APN) in the FOMA terminal. You can
save up to 10 numbers from one to 10 for the FOMA terminal.
Default cid of the FOMA terminal
Registration number (cid)
4-10
Host (APN)
mopera.ne.jp (mopera)
Undefined
mopera.net (mopera U)
Undefined
PC Connection
● DNS (Domain Name System)
DNS is a system that converts a domain name (example:
nttdocomo.co.jp) into an IP address, which is used by a PC.
● IrDA (Infrared Data Association)
IrDA is an organization that establishes infrared
communication-related standards.
● IrMC (Ir Mobile Communication)
Standards established for the purpose of data transfer
between mobile phones and between PDAs (personal digital
assistant). You can exchange phone numbers and schedule
data between mobile phones or PDAs equipped with an
IrMC-compliant infrared data port.
● OBEX (Object Exchange)
OBEX is one of the global standards for data communication.
You can exchange data between OBEX-compliant mobile
phones, PCs, digital cameras, and printers.
● QoS (Quality of Service)
Service quality technology that enables the user to use a
communication line in accordance with requirements. If you
are using the FOMA terminal, you can set the communication
speed for connection.
● 通信設定最適化 (Optimizing the communication settings)
“通信設定最適化” is a “TCP parameter setting” tool that makes
optimal use of TCP/IP transmission capabilities for packet
communication on the FOMA network. To make the most of
the communication performance of the FOMA terminal, you
need to configure the communication settings using this
software.
Preparations and Flow of Data
Communication
The preparations required for performing packet and
64K data communication by connecting the FOMA
terminal to a PC are given below.
Install the FOMA communication configuration files.
Connect the FOMA terminal to a PC.
Check the installed FOMA communication configuration files.
When you use the
FOMA PC setup
software
When you do not use
the FOMA PC setup
software
Install the FOMA PC setup software.
Set a host.
Packet
communication
ˎ “mopera U” or
“mopera”
64K data
communication
ˎ Other provider
ˎ Other provider
ˎ “mopera U” or
“mopera”
Perform communication.
Start up communication software that is
compatible with AT commands.
Set a host.
Set ON/OFF for the Notify caller ID.
Set up the dial-up network.
Perform dial-up connection.
360
AT Commands
AT commands are the commands (instructions) that
are executed on a PC for setting and changing the
functions of the FOMA terminal.
For more information on the AT commands, see the
“Manual for PC connection setting” (PDF format)
included in the supplied CD-ROM.
About the Supplied CD-ROM
The supplied CD-ROM contains the software required
for data communication using the FOMA terminal and
the “Manual for PC connection setting”/“Kuten Code
List” operation instructions (PDF format). For details,
see the supplied CD-ROM.
Introduction of DoCoMo keitai datalink
“DoCoMo keitai datalink” software is used to make
backup files of the Phonebook and mail, etc. to a PC
from your FOMA terminal and edit the data on the PC.
This software is provided on the DoCoMo’s website.
For more information about this software and how to
download this software, see the following website.
You can also access the following website from the
supplied CD-ROM.
http://datalink.nttdocomo.co.jp/
For more details about the downloading method, data that
can be transferred, supporting OS, operating environment,
installation method, operation method, and restrictions, see the
above website.
For the operation procedure after installing the software, see
the Help of the software.
A FOMA USB Cable (optional) is required to use the DoCoMo
keitai datalink software.
◆ FOMA communication configuration files
◆ FOMA PC setup software
◆ FOMA byte counter
◆ General information about DoCoMo keitai datalink
◆ FirstPass PC software
◆ General information about mopera U (mopera U start up
tool/mopera U connection & setting tool/mopera U requesting
original data/FOMA byte counter)
◆ General information about Napster®
◆ General information about mora
◆ “Manual for PC connection setting” in PDF format
◆ “Kuten Code List” in PDF format
◆ Adobe® Reader®
◆ Declaration of Conformity (DoC)
● When you set the supplied CD-ROM in the PC, a warning
window as shown below may appear. This warning
appears because of the security setting on the Internet
Explorer, however, causing no problem for use.
Click [はい].
※ The window example assumes that Windows XP is
used as an operating system. The actual window that
appears may differ depending on your PC environment.
PC Connection
361
Overseas Use
Overview of International Roaming (WORLD WING) ......................................................... 364
Services Available Overseas .............................................................................................. 364
Before Using the FOMA Terminal Overseas ...................................................................... 365
Placing a Call from Your Overseas Location ...................................................................... 367
Receiving a Call ................................................................................................................. 368
Setting the Network to be Used ................................................................ <3G/GSM setting> 368
Setting the Carrier Search Method .................................................. 369
Setting the Higher-priority Carrier for Connection ....................................... 369
Setting the Display for International Roaming ................................ 370
Checking the Communication Status ................................................... 370
Starting the Roaming Guidance Service ............................................. 370
Rejecting an Incoming Call during Roaming .......................................... 370
Using the Network Services during Roaming ......................................... 371
363
Overview of International
Roaming (WORLD WING)
The international roaming (WORLD WING) is a service
that enables you to use the same phone number
and mail address as used in Japan to have phone
conversations or communicate using the networks of
overseas carriers even if you are abroad.
For more information on available communication
services while the international roaming service is used,
see the “Mobile Phone User’s Guide【International
services】”. Also, at the DoCoMo’s “International service
website”, you can check the latest information of
international services as well as download the latest
“Mobile Phone User’s Guide【International services】”.
http://www.nttdocomo.co.jp/service/world/
ˎ The FOMA terminal works in a 3G Roaming Area and GSM/
GPRS service area.
ˎ The FOMA terminal is set to automatically change a network
at the time of purchase (P.368).
Subscribing to WORLD WING
ˎ If you subscribed to the FOMA services after September 1,
2005, you already have “WORLD WING” and no application
is required. If you declined to use “WORLD WING” when you
subscribed to the FOMA services or canceled the “WORLD
WING” service halfway, you need to make a separate
application.
ˎ If you subscribed to the FOMA services before August 31,
2005 and have not yet made an application to “WORLD
WING”, you need to make an application.
ˎ This service is not available in some service charge plans.
■ Country codes for major countries
When you use an international call or set to the Int’l dial assist,
use the following country codes (as of October 2007).
Overseas Use
Area
Australia
Austria
Belgium
Brazil
Canada
China
Czech Republic
Egypt
Fiji
Finland
France
Germany
Greece
Hong Kong
Hungary
India
Indonesia
Italy
Japan
Korea
Macau
Country code
61
43
32
55
86
420
20
679
358
33
49
30
852
36
91
62
39
81
82
853
Area
Malaysia
Maldives
Netherlands
New Caledonia
New Zealand
Norway
Peru
Philippines
Russia
Singapore
Spain
Sweden
Switzerland
Tahiti (French
Polynesia)
Country code
60
960
31
687
64
47
51
63
65
34
46
41
689
Taiwan
Thailand
Turkey
United Kingdom
USA
Vietnam
886
66
90
44
84
● For other country codes and details, see the DoCoMo’s
“International service website”.
364
Services Available Overseas
Communication services that you can use overseas are
described in the following table.
ˎ Some of the communication services may not be available
depending on the carrier or network to which you connect.
For the communication services that can be used during
international roaming, see DoCoMo’s “International service
website”.
Communication service
Voice call※1
You can use the same mobile phone
number as used in Japan even from an
overseas location to place international
calls to Japan and other countries as well
as ordinary calls in your country of stay.
Videophone call※1
You can place international videophone
calls to specific 3G carrier users
overseas and to FOMA users.
i-mode
You can use i-mode even from an
overseas location.
i-mode mail
You can use the same mail address as
used in Japan even overseas and send/
receive i-mode mail.
SMS※2
You can use the same mobile phone
number as used in Japan even from an
overseas location to send/receive SMS
messages.
i-Channel※3
Data communication
(Packet communication)※4
3G
GSM GPRS
○
○
○
○
×
×
○
×
○
○
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
×
○
※1 When 2in1 is used, you cannot place a call from Number B.
※2 You can send and receive SMS to/from a user who uses
the FOMA terminal in Japan and overseas and a user
who is using an overseas carrier, even if you are using the
international roaming service.
ˎ When you send SMS to the recipient who uses an
overseas carrier, enter “+” and the recipient’s country
code before entering the phone number of the recipient
as his address. Make sure to omit the first “0” when you
enter the phone number, if it starts with “0”.
If
you include characters in your SMS message that
ˎ
are not supported by the recipient’s terminal, those
characters may not be displayed correctly when you
send this SMS message to a recipient who is using an
overseas carrier. For details, see the “Mobile Phone User’s
Guide【International services】” and “Mobile Phone User’s
Guide【Network services】”.
※3 Auto update is automatically and temporarily canceled
when you connect to an overseas carrier. To restart the Auto
update of i-Channel overseas, you need to perform the
i-Channel setting again. Note that there is a communication
charge every time you receive i-Channel while you are
overseas (domestic free-of-charge communication is not
applicable overseas).
※4 64K data communication to be performed by connecting
to a PC is not available overseas. When you originate
the packet communication, use the IP connection to
communicate (the PPP connection cannot originate the
packet communication).
● The GPS function is not available overseas. Also, if you
access to the site for performing settings to use the GPS
service, the display informing an error appears but packet
communication charge is required.
Before Using the FOMA
Terminal Overseas
You must check the following items before departure,
during your stay overseas, and after returning to Japan.
ˎ The overseas communication charge is included in your
monthly charge. In some cases, however, the overseas
communication charge is included in the charge of the
following month depending on the system used by the carriers
in the country of your stay. Also note that in some cases the
charge is not included in the relevant month even if you use the
FOMA terminal overseas during the same billing target period.
Checks before Departure
To use the FOMA terminal overseas, please check the
following items in Japan.
ˎ When you use the network services from an overseas
location, set the Remote Control to “Activate” before leaving
Japan (P.350).
■ About charging the battery
About charging the battery, see the followings.
ˎ Precautions on handling the AC adapter (P.19)
ˎ How to charge with the AC adapter (P.39, 40)
■ About i-mode
To view sites using i-mode overseas, perform “海外利用
設定” (the settings for using i-mode overseas) accessible
from i Menu.
ˎ For details, see the “Mobile Phone User’s Guide【i-mode】”.
■ About setting the network services
When you are subscribing to the network services, you
can perform the network service setting/cancellation
from overseas, except for some functions.
ˎ You may not be able even to use the network services that
you are supposed to be able to set/cancel, depending on the
overseas carrier you use. Also, some of the network services
can be performed only in Japan.
To use the network services overseas, see the “Mobile Phone
User’s Guide【International services】” and “Mobile Phone
User’s Guide【Network services】” before departure.
Menu name
Voice Mail (P.346)
Call Waiting (P.347)
Call Forwarding
(P.347)
Bar Nuisance Calls
(P.348)
Notify Caller ID
(P.44)
Caller ID Request
(P.348)
Dual Network
(P.349)
English Guidance
(P.349)
Multi Number
(P.350)
Description
You may not be able to set the services in
some service areas.
You may not be able to set the service in
some service areas. Also, a caller ID may
not be notified correctly in some cases.
You may not be able to set the service in
some service areas.
You cannot set this service.
You may not be able to set the service in
some service areas.
You may not be able to set the service in
some service areas. Note also that you
cannot place a call from your additional
number. You can receive an incoming call
to your additional number, but you may
not be able to identify the number being
used for receiving the call.
2in1 (P.352)
You cannot place a call from Number B.
Chaku-moji (P.55)
You can set the service, but you cannot
use it.
Roaming Guidance You may not be able to set the service in
(P.370)
some service areas.
Bar Incoming call
You may not be able to set the service in
(P.370)
some service areas.
Public mode
You can set the service, but you cannot
(Drive mode) (P.66) use it. Cancel the setting overseas.
Overseas Use
Continued
365
Checks in the Location of Stay
The FOMA terminal works in a 3G Roaming Area and
GSM/GPRS service area.
The FOMA terminal is set by default to automatically
search the network and connect to the local carrier
when you power it on in an overseas location.
About inquiries
For inquiries about loss, theft, the charge settlement,
and repairs overseas, see “For Loss, Theft, and Charge
Settlement for Overseas” or “About Troubles and Repairs for
Services Overseas” on the backcover of this manual. Note
that you are still liable for the call and communication charge
incurred after the loss or theft occurred.
ˎ For the latest information on the international access
number and international prefix number for the universal
number, see the DoCoMo’s “International service website”.
■ International access number for major countries (Table1)
The international access number for major countries is as
follows (as of August 2007).
Area
Australia
Belgium
Brazil
Canada
China
Czech Republic
Denmark
Finland
France
Germany
Greece
Hong Kong
Hungary
India
Indonesia
Ireland
Italy
Korea
Luxembourg
Macau
Overseas Use
366
Number
0011
00
0041/0014
011
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
001
00
00
001
00
00
001
00
00
Area
Malaysia
Monaco
Netherlands
New Zealand
Norway
Philippines
Poland
Portugal
Russia
Singapore
Spain
Sweden
Switzerland
Taiwan
Thailand
Turkey
United Arab Emirates
United Kingdom
USA
Vietnam
Number
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
810
001
00
00
00
002
001
00
00
00
011
00
■ International prefix number for the universal number (Table2)
The international prefix number for the universal number of
each country is as follows (as of August 2007).
Area
Argentina
Australia
Austria
Belgium
Brazil
Bulgaria
Canada
China
Colombia
Denmark
Finland
France
Germany
Hong Kong
Hungary
Ireland
Israel
Italy
Number
00
0011
00
00
0021
00
011
00
009
00
990
00
00
001
00
00
014
00
Area
Korea
Luxembourg
Malaysia
Netherlands
New Zealand
Norway
Peru
Philippines
Portugal
Singapore
South Africa
Spain
Sweden
Switzerland
Taiwan
Thailand
United Kingdom
USA
Number
001
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
001
09
00
00
00
00
001
00
011
ˎ Some of them may not be used.
ˎ The universal number is available only for countries listed
on the table above.
ˎ When you place a call from a hotel, the hotel may charge
the phone call (it is liable for you to pay). Before placing a
call, make sure to check with the hotel.
ˎ Please note that, in many cases, the universal number
may not be available when you place a call from a mobile
phone, public phone, hotel, or other places.
Display to Be Shown Overseas
While you use the FOMA terminal overseas, the name
of the connected network carrier appears in the standby display.
ˎ If an area code begins with “0”, omit the “0” when
dialing (excepting when calling ordinary phones, etc. in
Italy).
ˎ To place an international call to Japan, enter the country
code “81”.
To place a call to a country saved using the Country code
Enter a phone number in the stand-by display, press
(Option), select [Call method] → [Voice call]/
[Videophone] → [Country code] → a country code, and
press
(Call).
To place a call to a recipient saved in the Phonebook
Select a recipient form the Phonebook and press
To place a videophone call, select a recipient, press
, and press
(V.phone). The first digit of the
phone number “0” is converted into a country code
automatically added by the Int’l dial assist before the
call is dialed.
To place a call from the Redial/Received record
Select a recipient from the Redial/Received record and
press
or
(V.phone).
ˎ You can also set the FOMA terminal not to display the name
of the carrier (P.370).
ˎ To display the current date/time of the location of stay on the
main clock and additionally to display the sub-clock, set the
Auto time adjust to [ON] (P.43). However, the time may not be
corrected in some networks overseas.
Connected network
○○○○
Carrier name
Main clock
ˎ Display the current date/time of the
location of stay.
Sub-clock
ˎ Display the current date/time of
Japan.
ˎ The following icons show the current network connection.
Icon
Network you can use
(Blue) 3G network (supported packet communication)
Press “+” (press
for over a second) in the
stand-by display. Enter a country code, area code,
and a recipient’s phone number, in that order.
Press
The international call is dialed.
To place a videophone call
Press
(V.phone).
(Red) 3G network (not supported packet communication)
GSM network
GPRS network
Checks after Returning to Japan
When you power on the FOMA terminal after returning
to Japan, it is set by default to automatically search
the network and connect to the FOMA network (NTT
DoCoMo, Inc).
ˎ If the Network search mode is set to [Manual], manually
switch to the FOMA network (NTT DoCoMo, Inc) or change
the setting to [Auto].
ˎ You need to set to [Auto] or [3G] at the 3G/GSM setting.
Placing a Call from Your
Overseas Location
You can use the international roaming service and
place a call from an overseas location.
You can place a call to Japan or another country from
your country of stay.
You can place calls in your country of stay in the same
way you do in Japan.
Enter a phone number in the stand-by display.
Make sure to include the area code, even for a local call.
If a recipient uses “WORLD WING”, place a call to the
recipient as an international call to Japan.
Press
The call is dialed.
To place a videophone call
Press
(V.phone).
● If both you and the recipient of your videophone call are
using a carrier that supports FOMA videophone calls, you
can perform an international videophone call by first using
the international call dialing method and then placing a
videophone call.
※ For information about countries and carriers you
can connect to, see DoCoMo’s “International service
website”.
※ The videophone image displayed on the FOMA terminal
may be distorted or the videophone call may not be
connected depending on the terminal being used by
the other party for the international videophone call.
Overseas Use
Placing a Call to Another Country (Including
Japan) from Your Overseas Location
Placing a Local Call in Your Overseas
Location
ˎ You can easily place an international call if you save the
country codes of frequently dialed countries using the
Country code of the Int’l dial assist setting (P.60).
Continued
367
Placing a Call to a WORLD WING
Overseas User
If the recipient is a “WORLD WING” overseas user,
enter the country code “81” and place the call as an
international call to Japan regardless of the current
location at home and abroad.
Setting the Network to be Used
<3G/GSM setting>
You can set a communication method to be supported
in an area or by a carrier you use.
ˎ The default setting is set to [Auto].
Receiving a Call
You can receive a call using the international roaming
service when you are overseas.
When receiving a call, press
3G/GSM setting
Auto
3G
GSM/GPRS
You can talk to a caller.
When you receive a videophone call
Press
or
(V.phone). To answer a call with a
substitute image, press
(Sub).
● If you receive a call during international roaming, the call
is forwarded to the country of your stay from Japan. There
is a communication charge to the caller for the call to
Japan and an international call forwarding charge to the
recipient.
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management]
→ [NW Services] → [Int’l roaming] → [3G/GSM
setting] and press
[Auto]:
Search all networks that can be connected to.
[3G]:
Search only 3G-compatible networks.
[GSM/GPRS]:
Search only GSM- or GPRS-compatible networks.
Select [Auto]/[3G]/[GSM/GPRS] → [Yes] and press
The network communication method is set.
Procedure for a Caller Who Wants to
Call You
■ When the caller places a call from Japan
Ask the caller to dial only your phone number in the
same manner as it is done in Japan.
090–XXXX–XXXX
or
080–XXXX–XXXX
■ When the caller places a call from countries other
than Japan
Ask the caller to dial the international access number
and country code of Japan “81” and then your phone
number without the first “0” and place the call as an
international call to Japan regardless of your country of
stay.
International access number–81–90–XXXX–XXXX
or
International access number–81–80–XXXX–XXXX
Overseas Use
368
● When the 3G/GSM setting is set to [Auto] and the Network
search mode is set to [Auto], if you search a carrier that
supports both the 3G and GSM/GPRS networks, the
terminal is automatically connected to the 3G network.
● I n J a p a n o r 3 G n e t w o r k c o m p a t i b l e a re a s , i t i s
recommended to set the 3G/GSM setting to [3G] to
suppress the consumption of the battery.
● Even if you are in the GSM network, you cannot perform
the packet communication if the network does not support
GPRS.
Setting the Carrier Search
Method
Setting the Higher-priority
Carrier for Connection
Yo u c a n s e t w h e t h e r t o s e a r c h t h e n e t w o r k
automatically and connect to another carrier when the
network currently used falls outside of the service area.
You can set a priority for the carriers to be automatically
connected when the Network search mode is set to [Auto].
You can save a priority setting for up to 20 carriers.
Example: Changing a carrier for manual connection
Example: Saving a carrier from the carrier list
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management]
→ [NW Services] → [Int’l roaming] → [Network
search mode] and press
The Network search mode display appears.
Network search mode
Auto
Manual
Network re−search
PLMN setting
Select [Manual] and press
Select a carrier and press
The carrier to be connected is changed.
● You may not be able to set this function depending on the
radio wave condition or network restrictions.
● As of October 2007, you cannot select a carrier other than
NTT DoCoMo in Japan.
” appears in the display after you return to Japan,
● If “
check if the Network search mode is set to [Auto].
Select [Unregistered] and press
(Func).
The Function menu appears.
Entering a carrier manually
From the Function menu, select [PLMN manual sel.],
enter a country code (MCC) and network number
(MNC), press
(Complete), and select a network
communication method → [Yes].
To save the carrier being connected
From the Function menu, select [VPLMN to PLMN] → [Yes].
To change the priority
From the Function menu, select [Change priority] → a
carrier → a desired position, press
(Complete), and
select [Yes].
To display detailed information
Move the cursor to the carrier and from the Function
menu, select [Detail info].
To delete a carrier
Move the cursor to the carrier and from the Function
menu, select [Delete] → [Delete one] → [Yes]. To delete
all carriers, from the Function menu, select [Delete] →
[Delete all], enter the Security code, and select [Yes].
The menu for selecting a network appears.
Select [PLMN setting] and press
The PLMN setting display appears.
[Auto]:
Automatically connect to another carrier.
[Manual]:
Manually select a carrier.
[Network re-search]:
Search the carrier to be connected again.
[PLMN setting]:
Set a carrier with the higher-priority for connection
(P.369).
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management]
→ [NW Services] → [Int’l roaming] → [Network
search mode] and press
Select [Select from List] and press
The PLMN slct from List display appears.
To search for a carrier by country name
Press
(Search) and select a country name.
Select a carrier and press
The screen for selecting 3G/GSM appears.
[3G/GSM/GPRS]:
Set as the 3G and GSM/GPRS compatible carrier.
[3G]:
Set as the 3G compatible carrier.
[GSM/GPRS]:
Set as the GSM/GPRS compatible carrier.
Overseas Use
Select a network communication method → [Yes]
and press
A carrier with the higher-priority for connection is set.
369
Setting the Display for International
Roaming
Rejecting an Incoming Call
during Roaming
You can set whether to display the name of the
connected carrier in the stand-by display while you are
using the international roaming service.
You can set whether to reject incoming calls during
roaming. You can select whether to reject either all
incoming calls or only incoming videophone calls.
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management]
→ [NW Services] → [Int’l roaming] → [Operator
name display] and press
The display of the Operator name display appears.
Select [Display on]/[Display off] and press
The Bar Incoming call display appears.
To cancel the Bar Incoming call service
Select [Deactivate barring], enter the network security
code, and select [Yes].
To check the setting
Select [Request Status].
The carrier name display is set.
● Even if you set the Operator name display to [Display on],
the carrier name is not displayed when you are using the
“DoCoMo” network or you are outside of the service area.
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management]
→ [Check serv. area] and press
The available network services appear.
Select [Activate barring] and press
The Activate barring display appears.
[Bar all incm call]:
Reject all incoming calls.
[Bar. V.phone/64K]※:
Reject incoming videophone calls.
※ 64K data communication cannot be used overseas.
Checking the Communication
Status
You can check the available network services in your
overseas location.
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management]
→ [NW Ser vices] → [Int’l roaming] → [Bar
Incoming call] and press
Select the type of call to be rejected and press
The network security code screen appears.
Enter a network security code.
Select [Yes] and press
The Bar Incoming call is activated.
Starting the Roaming Guidance
Service
If you receive a call during international roaming, you
can inform a caller that you are using the international
roaming service by playing back the guidance.
ˎ The guidance may be played back in a foreign language
depending on the conditions of the overseas carrier.
ˎ You need to set the service in Japan.
Overseas Use
370
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management]
→ [NW Services] → [Roaming Guidance] and
press
The Roaming Guidance display appears.
To cancel the roaming guidance
Select [Deactivate] → [Yes]. A caller hears the ring tone
set by the overseas carrier.
To check the setting
Select [Request Status] → [Yes].
Select [Activate] → [Yes] and press
The roaming guidance service is activated.
● You may not be able to set it depending on the overseas
carrier you use.
Using the Network Services
during Roaming
You can use network services such as the Voice
Mail and Call Forwarding Services from an overseas
location.
ˎ To use the network services overseas, set the Remote Control
to “Activate” (P.350).
ˎ An international call charge applies in the country where you
use the service when you operate the FOMA terminal overseas.
Operating the Voice Mail Service from
Your Overseas Location
Operating the Roaming Guidance
Service from Your Overseas Location
Perform the setting as instructed by the guidance after this
process.
Setting the Remote Control from Your
Overseas Location
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management]
→ [NW Services] → [Int’l roaming] → [Voice
Mail(Int.)] and press
Set each item.
Menu item
Activate
Deactivate
Play messages
Voice Mail setting
Set ring time
Operation
Select [Activate] → [Yes] → Operate as
instructed by the guidance.
Select [Deactivate] → [Yes] → Operate as
instructed by the guidance.
S e l e c t [ P l ay m e s s a g e s ] → [ Ye s ] →
Operate as instructed by the guidance.
Select [Voice Mail setting] → [Yes] →
Operate as instructed by the guidance.
Select [Set ring time] → [Yes] → Operate
as instructed by the guidance.
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management]
→ [NW Services] → [Int’l roaming] → [Roaming
guide(Int.)] → [Yes] and press
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management]
→ [NW Services] → [Int’l roaming] → [Remote
access(Int.)] → [Yes] and press
Perform the setting as instructed by the guidance after this
process.
Operating the Caller ID Display Request
Service from Your Overseas Location
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management]
→ [NW Services] → [Int’l roaming] → [Caller ID
req(Int.)] → [Yes] and press
Perform the setting as instructed by the guidance after this
process.
Operating the Call Forwarding Service
from Your Overseas Location
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management]
→ [NW Ser vices] → [Int’l roaming] → [Call
FWD(Int.)] and press
Set each item.
Menu item
Activate
Deactivate
Call FWD settings
Operation
Select [Activate] → [Yes] → Operate as
instructed by the guidance.
Select [Deactivate] → [Yes] → Operate as
instructed by the guidance.
Select [Call FWD settings] → [Yes] →
Operate as instructed by the guidance.
Overseas Use
371
Appendix/External
Devices/Troubleshooting
List of Menus ......................................................................................................................
Characters Assigned to Keys .............................................................................................
Special Symbols .................................................................................................................
Pictographs ........................................................................................................................
Emoticons ..........................................................................................................................
Common Phrases ..............................................................................................................
Multiaccess Combinations .................................................................................................
Multitask Combinations ......................................................................................................
Services Available on the FOMA Terminal .........................................................................
Optional and Related Devices ............................................................................................
374
382
383
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
■ External Device Interface
Introduction of Movie Player Software ................................................................................ 390
■ Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting .................................................................................................................. 390
Error Messages .................................................................................................................. 392
Warranty and After Sales Services .................................................................................... 399
iモード故障診断 (i-mode Trouble Diagnosis) Site ............................................................ 401
Updating the Software ............................................................................. 402
Protecting Your Mobile Phone from Harmful Data ....................................... 407
Specifications ...................................................................................................................... 411
Number of Saved and Protected Data Items....................................................................... 412
About the Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) of Mobile Phones, etc. ..................................... 412
Export Controls and Regulations ........................................................................................ 416
373
List of Menus
ˎ You can press a key on the keypad of the number or symbol next to some menu names listed below in the
menu display to execute the associated function.
■ Standard menu
○: The default setting/s is/are restored.
●: Items deleted
Menu
My Selection
[1]
i-mode
[2]
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
374
Receive Ir data, Bar code reader, Select alarm, Full
Browser, Jog setting, Stand-by display, Incoming
set
i Menu
[21]
Bookmark
[22]
Screen Memo
[23]
Last accessed URL
[24]
Go to location Enter URL
[25] URL history
i-Channel Channel list
[26] Ticker
Stand-by
Sub display
Reset i-Channel
MessageR/F
[27]
Check new msg
[28]
i-mode
Common
Melody auto play
setting
setting
i-mode inquiry set
[29]
Connection timeout
Host selection
Dur multi task disp
Auto-display
Font size(Brs Com.)
Display img
Auto detect
Use phone info
i-motion auto replay
Sound effect
i-mode arrival act
SSL list
CA cert.
DoCoMo cert.1
DoCoMo cert.2
User certificate
Select host
Full
Home
Browser
Bookmark
[20] Go to location Enter URL
URL history
Last accessed URL
Full Browser Home URL
setting
Cookie setting
Script setting
Display mode setting
Display img
Display magnification
PagePilot setting
Pointer speed setting
Window Open Guard
Referer setting
Access setting
※1 Hosts you added are deleted.
※2 The Cookie files you add are deleted.
Default Setting
Reset
settings
Reset all
data&set
Page
P.327
−
○
○
○
○
●
●
●
●
●
●
○
○
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
Std
Std
−
−
−
ON
Mail/MessageR/MessageF:
Valid
60sec
i-mode (UIM)
Prefer alarm
Prefer msgR
ON
ON
Yes
ON
Prefer PushTalk
Valid
Valid
−
−
ドコモ
http://www.google.co.jp
−
−
−
−
−
Valid
Valid(Confirm)
PC mode
ON
100%
Invalid
Invalid
Send
No
●
○
○
P.161
P.165
P.166
P.161
P.164
P.174
P.175
P.199
P.186, 199
P.197
P.196
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○※1
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
P.169
P.170
P.197
P.199
P.119
P.170
○
○
○※1
○
●
●
●
●
●
○※2
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
P.172
P.258
●
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
P.173
P.105
P.88
P.171
P.260
P.258
P.262
P.263
P.264
Menu
i-mode
[2]
Mail
[3]
i-appli
[4]
Default Setting
Reset all
data&set
Page
P.264
●
●
●
●※3
○
○
○
●
○
●
○
○
●
P.189
P.179
P.178
P.202
P.183
P.186, 199
P.203
P.186
−
P.195
P.196
P.197
P.119
P.195
●
P.203
○
○
P.201
○※4
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
●
●
●※5
○
○
○
○
●
●
●
●
P.202
P.196
P.198
P.208
P.213
P.207
P.105
P.106
P.216
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
Full Browser Full Browser Check settings
−
[20] setting
Reset settings
−
Inbox
[31]
−
Outbox
[32]
−
Draft
[33]
−
Compose message
[34]
−
WEB mail
[35]
−
Compose SMS
[36]
−
Templates
[37]
−
Check new message
[38]
−
Check new SMS
[39]
−
Receive option
[30]
−
Mail
Common setting (See [i-mode] → [i-mode setting] → [Common setting])
setting
Mail list setting
2lines+body
[3 ] Edit signature
−
Signature
Auto
Mail list
List: List 0-9, Member list:
None
Font size
Sort inbox
Sorting criteria/Select folder
to: None
Sort outbox
Sorting criteria/Select folder
to: None
SMS setting
Language
JPN
SMS report
Invalid
Validity
3days
SMSC
DoCoMo
Type of Number
International
Address
81903101652
Area Mail
Receive setting
OFF
setting
Receive entry
Area Mail name: Emergency
information, Message ID:
A000∼A3FF
Beep setting
Permission
Beep time
10sec
Recv option setting
OFF
Attached file Image
Valid
pref.
Melody
Valid
i-motion
Valid
ToruCa
Valid
PDF
Valid
Tool data
Valid
Others
Valid
Clear Recv ranking
−
Clear Send ranking
−
i αppli list
−
i αppli
Auto-start
Yes
setting
SW description
No
Volume setting
Pref. i αppli sound
unpreference
i αppli
Stand-by err hist
−
history
Security err. Hist.
−
Trace result
−
Auto-start err hist
−
i αppli(microSD)
−
Reset
settings
P.217
※3 Preinstalled data is not deleted.
※4 Receive entries you added are deleted.
※5 Osaifu-Keitai-compatible i-αppli and “Gガイド番組表リモコン” (G-GUIDE TV Program List Remote Control) are not deleted.
Continued
375
Menu
Phone
[5]
Data Box
[6]
MUSIC
[7]
Osaifu-Keitai
[8]
LifeKit
[9]
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
376
Phonebook
[51]
Call record
[52]
PushTalk phonebook
[53]
Record
Play rec msg
message
Play Vphone msg
[54] Set rec msg
Set
To answer
Answer img(V.phone)
Record img(V.phone)
Rec voice memo
Play voice memo
My picture
MUSIC
Music&Video Channel
i-motion
Melody
My document
Kisekae Tool
Chara-den
1Seg
MUSIC Player
[71]
Music&Video Channel
[72]
IC card content
[81]
DCMX
[82]
ToruCa
[83]
Settings
IC card lock
IC card lock
[84]
IC lock(power-off)
IC act. notice
By vibrator
By LED
ToruCa setting ToruCa receive
Sort folder
Auto recognition
Duplication check
Search by i-mode
[85]
Bar code
Scan code
reader[91] Send data
Receive Ir Receive
data [92] Receive all
microSD
[93]
Camera
[94]
Movie
[95]
Lifetime Calendar
[96]
Alarm
Select alarm
[97] Auto power on
Schedule
[98]
Text Memo
[99]
Calculator
[90]
Data Security Connect to Center
Service
Exchanging history
[9 ] Service setting Send phonebook img
GPS [9#] Position location
Location notice
i appli
Location history
GPS settings
GPS button setting
Reg. service client
※3 Preinstalled data is not deleted.
Default Setting
Reset
settings
Reset all
data&set
○
○
○
○
●
●
●
●
●
○
○
○
○
−
−
−
−
−
OFF
13sec
テレビ電話動作中
テレビ電話動作中
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
OFF
Last status
ON
ON
Yes
−
ON
ON
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
OFF
OFF
−
−
−
−
−
Unsend
−
−
−
−
Read a Map
Loc. serv. client/Service client
ID/Phone number: −
Auto Notice setting: Confirm
●
●※3
●※3
●
●※3
●※3
●※3
●※3
●※3
●
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
●
○
○
○
○
○
●
○
○
●
○
○
○
○
●
●
Page
P.96
P.53
P.82
P.72
P.70
P.328
P.72
P.266
P.275
P.307
P.270
P.275
P.300
P.276
P.274
P.277
P.307
P.304
P.220
P.212
P.222
P.226
P.225
P.224
P.225
P.220
P.157
P.158
P.297
P.278
P.142
P.146
P.318
P.320
P.323
P.330
P.100
○
○
●
○
●
○
●
○
○
P.228
P.236
P.229
P.237
P.238
P.236
Menu
LifeKit
[9]
Own number
Settings
[ ]
GPS [9#] GPS settings
Display
Location request: OFF, Host
setting: Initial host, Service
settings: −
Sound/Color setting
Position location:
Volume: OFF, Vibrator: OFF,
Color: ON
Location notice:
Volume: 4, Vibrator: OFF,
Color: ON
Loc. provide/accept/Loc.
provide/check:
Volume: 4, Vibrator: OFF
Positioning mode
Position location/Location
notice/Location provision:
Standard mode
[0]
−
Stand-by
Stand-by
Kisekae tool※6
display
Image quality
Sharp
Calendar/Clock
Calendar: OFF, Clock: Digital
clock1, Clock style: 12h, Cal.
font color: Blk
Soft key
ON
Display rotated appli Activate 1Seg
Sub display
Mail receive display
From/Subject
Clock
Digital clock1
Clock style
12h
Power saver
15sec
Backlight
Auto setting
ON
Adjust light
Keypad light
ON
Backlight always on
C h a r g i n g / I n t e r n e t : O F F,
Videophone/Pict. shoot/Movie
shoot/Movie play: ON
LED set when folded ON
Power saver
1min
Menu setting
Start menu setting
Kisekae menu
Icon setting
My selection/i-mode/Mail/
i αppli/Phone/Data Box/
MUSIC/Osaifu-Keitai/LifeKit/
Own number/Settings/1Seg:
None specified
Kisekae setting Kisekae Tool
Kisekae tool※6
Color theme setting
Main body color “Black”:
Black, Main body color “Red”:
Red, Main body color “White”:
White2, Main body color
“Champagne beige”: Beige
Animation
Calling
Kisekae tool※6
V.phone calling img
Mail sending img
Check new message
Font size
All font size setting
Standard disp.
Individual font size
Phonebook/Call record/Mail/
Internet/Input text: M
Incoming set
Incoming call
R i n g t o n e : 着信音1 , R i n g
volume: 4, Incoming image:
Kisekae tool※6, Vibrator: OFF,
Color: C9:Color9
Incoming V.phone
Link incoming call: OFF, Ring
tone: 着信音1, Ring volume:
4, Incoming image: Kisekae
tool※6, Vibrator: OFF, Color:
C9:Color9
Reset
settings
Reset all
data&set
○
○※1
Loc. request menu
Page
P.234
P.106
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
P.238
P.44
P.110
P.328
P.113
P.114
P.115
P.112
P.119
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
Call
Default Setting
P.102
※1 Hosts you added are deleted.
※6 The setting varies depending on the main body color of the FOMA terminal.
Continued
377
Menu
Settings
[ ]
Call
Incoming set
Missed call
Videophone
setting
Call display
Call assist
Call setting
Call quality
Headset
setting
Self mode
Melody Call
Application 1Seg setting
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
378
Lifetime Cal.
Default Setting
R i n g t o n e : 着信音1 , R i n g
volume: 4, Vibrator: OFF,
Color: C9:Color9
Mail
Receiving img: Kisekae tool
※6, Received image: Kisekae
tool※6, Ring tone: 着信音1,
Ring volume: 4, Vibrator: OFF,
Color: C9:Color9
Ring time setting:
Set: ON, Ring time: 4sec
MessageR
Link receive mail: ON,
Receiving img: Kisekae
tool※6, Received image:
Kisekae tool※6, Ring tone:
着信音1 , R i n g v o l u m e : 4 ,
MessageF
Vibrator: OFF, Color: C9:
Color9
Ring time setting:
Set: ON, Ring time: 4sec
ON
Display setting
Main-Other side
Set outgoing image
Camera image: ON,
Substitute image: アイアイ
Visual preference
Normal
Auto redial(voice)
OFF
Hands-free
ON
V.ph while packet
Prefer V.phone
Phonebook image
ON
Name
ON
Disp. call/receive No. None specified
Sub-address
ON
Prefix setting
−
Any key ans
ON
Set ring start time
Set: OFF, Start time: 4sec,
Missed call display: OFF
Volume
Recnct ALM
High
Setting when folded
V o i c e c a l l / V. p h o n e :
D i s c o n n e c t , P u s h Ta l k :
Speaker call
Quality alarm
OFF
Reduce noise
ON
Auto answer setting
Set: OFF, To answer: 5sec
Headset usage setting Headset+speaker
Headset sw. to call
Set: OFF, Memory number: 999
Headset microphone Valid Headset
OFF
−
Display img
ON
Sound effect
ON
Output of Rec
Data Box
Mail disp set
OFF
Delete storage area
−
Rset permission set
−
Reset 1Seg set
−
Display setting
Photo:
Display: All, Select folder:
i-mode
Received mail/Sent mail:
Display: All, Select mail
address: None
Schedule/Birthday:
Display: All
Reset
settings
Reset all
data&set
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
●
PushTalk
※6 The setting varies depending on the main body color of the FOMA terminal.
Page
P.102
P.118
P.74
P.75
P.76
P.112
P.61
P.58
P.64
P.134
P.105
P.61
P.65
P.107
P.62
P.333
P.107
P.332
P.333
P.128
P.107
P.255
P.256
P.255
P.256
P.320
○
○
Menu
Settings
[ ]
Default Setting
Application Lifetime Cal.
Memory auto display Normal
Security data display OFF
Mail (See [Mail] → [Mail setting])
i-mode (See [i-mode] → [i-mode setting])
i αppli (See [i-appli] → [i αppli setting])
Phonebook
Which PB to use
Phonebook
Font size
Set image display
ON
Save/attach image
Valid
Call record
Record display
ON
Font size
PushTalk
Auto answer setting
OFF
Set ring time
30sec
i-mode arrival act
Prefer PushTalk
P-Talk arrival act
Answer
Hands-free
ON
Setting when folded
Speaker call
Record msg (See [Phone] → [Record message] → [Set rec msg])
ToruCa (See [Osaifu-Keitai] → [Settings] → [ToruCa setting])
IC act. Notice (See [Osaifu-Keitai] → [Settings] → [IC act. notice])
Schedule
Set holidays
For today: Annual holidays
established by the Japanese
National Holidays Law, Day
of the week: Sun
Schedule alarm
Alarm tone: Alarm(std), Alarm
volume: 4, Alarm image: ス
ケジュールアラーム鳴動中,
Vibrator: OFF, Color: C5:Color5
Input method
Edit user dict
−
Edit prediction
−
Dictionaries
−
Select conversion
Prediction
Edit common phrases See Common Phrases (P.385)
Auto cursor
1(Slow)
Font size
Operation in item
4 directions/ hor.
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Reset all
Page
data&set
P.320
○
○
−
−
−
P.97
○
○
○
○
P.131
○
P.119
○
P.87
○
○
P.88
○
P.87
○
P.88
○
○
−
−
−
P.326
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
●
●
●
○
○
○
○
○
P.324
Lock/
Security
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
●
●
○
○
○
○
○
P.342
P.343
P.340
P.341
P.340
P.119
P.340
P.343
P.126
−
P.129
P.131
P.130
P.133
P.135
P.134
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
Reset data
−
Lock all
OFF
IC card lock (See [Osaifu-Keitai] → [Settings] → [IC card lock])
Pers. data lock
OFF
Secret display
OFF
Auto lock SubKey
ON
Key dial lock
OFF
Acpt/Rjct call
Set
OFF
Phone No.
−
Group list
−
Reject unknown
OFF
Denied no ID
User Unset
OFF
PublicPhone
OFF
Not supported
OFF
Management NW Services
Voice Mail
Tone/Vibrate notice: ON
Call Waiting
−
Call Forwarding
−
Bar Nuisance Calls
−
Notify Caller ID
−
Caller ID Request
−
Call Cost/Duration
−
Reset
settings
○
○
P.346
P.347
P.348
P.44
P.348
P.328
Continued
379
Menu
Settings
[ ]
Management NW Services
Default Setting
2in1 setting
Chaku-moji
In-call arrival act
Arrival Call Act
Remote Control
Dual Network
English Guidance
Service Numbers
Additional service
Multi Number
Roaming Guidance
Int'l roaming
Int’l dial assist
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
380
Date/time
Select language
V.ph switch notice
Auto time adjust
Manual clock set
Mode switching: Dual mode,
Stand-by display:
B mode: Bモード待受画面
Dual mode: デ ュ ア ル モ ー
ド待受画面
Set call/receive No.:
Disp. call/receive No.: dark
Ringtone for Number B:
Incoming call: Ring tone:
着信音2
Incoming V.phone: Link
incoming call: OFF, Ring
tone: 着信音2
Receive avoid. Setting:
Mode link setting: OFF
Create message: −
Set Message display: Only
calls w/ID
−
Answer
−
−
−
−
Register USSD:
Service: Unregistered
USSD: −
Register ans word:
Answer word: Unregistered
USSD: −
Number Setting:
Multi Number call: OFF
Basic Number:
Name: 基本契約番号
Additional No.1:
Name: 付加番号1, Phone
number: −, Ring tone: 着
信音1, Incoming image:
付加番号1着信画像
Additional No.2:
Name: 付加番号2, Phone
number: −, Ring tone: 着
信音1, Incoming image:
付加番号2着信画像
−
Network search mode: Auto,
3G/GSM setting: Auto
Operator name display:
Display on
Auto conversion: ON
I n t ’ l p re f i x : ͦ Wo r l d C a l l
009130010, Country code:
See P.364.
−
ON
Date: ----/--/-- ---, Time: --:-Time zone: GMT+9
Japanese
Reset
settings
Reset all
data&set
Page
P.352
○
○
●
○
○
○
○
P.55
P.56
P.350
P.349
P.355
○
P.350
○※7
○
○
○
○
○
P.370
P.368,
369
P.370
P.60
○
○
○
○
○
P.76
P.43
P.120
※7 Only the settings of the Multi Number call, ring tones/incoming images of the Additional No.1 and Additional No.2 are reset.
Menu
Settings
[ ]
Management Manner mode
Set basic tone
Jog setting
Force reactor
Change code
UIM setting
1 Seg
[#]
Reset
settings
Reset all
data&set
OFF
Manner
Vibrator: OFF, Phone volume:
SD (STEP DOWN), Mail
volume/Alar m volume: 4,
Keypad sound: 1, Charge
sound/Battery ALM: ON,
Whisper mode: OFF
ON
ON
ON
Medium
Medium
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Medium
Data Box
Phonebook
ON
0000
OFF
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Default Setting
Set
Mode
Original manner
Keypad sound
Stereo&3D
Charge sound
Rotate set
Mail view
Browser
(i-mode/1Seg)
Full Browser
Upward rotation
Downward rotation
PIN1 code setting
Change PIN1 code
Change PIN2 code
Update
Set auto-update
Set scan
P.109
P.104
P.333
P.334
P.124
P.125
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
●
P.408
P.409
P.408
P.410
P.404
P.403
P.370
P.41
P.120
P.294
P.285
P.118
P.116
P.117
P.334
P.42
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
P.243
P.247
●
●
●
P.252
P.243
−
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
−
−
Scan function
−
−
Scan function/Message scan:
Valid
Version
−
SW Update
Update
−
Set auto-update
Set: Auto-update, Day: None
specified, Time: 03:00
Check serv. area
−
Battery level
−
BN reduction
ON
Storage info
−
USB mode setting
Communication mode
Reset
Reset menu log
−
Reset menu screen
−
Reset display/sound
−
Reset settings
−
Reset all data&set
−
Initial setting
Date/time
−
Change code
Yet (0000)
Keypad sound
Location request
Yet (OFF)
All font size setting
Yet (Standard disp.)
Activate 1Seg
−
Program guide
−
Booking list
−
TVlink
−
Set channel list
−
1Seg setting (See [Settings] → [Application] → [1Seg setting])
Page
381
Characters Assigned to Keys
Character
mode
Keys
Kanji/Hiragana mode
※
Katakana mode
あいうえお
ぁぃぅぇぉ
アイウエオ
ァィゥェォ
. @/:−∼ ~1
かきくけこ
カキクケコ ヵ ヶ
ABCabc2
さしすせそ
サシスセソ
DEFdef3
たちつてとっ
タチツテトッ
GHIghi4
なにぬねの
ナニヌネノ
JKLjkl5
はひふへほ
ハヒフヘホ
MNOmno6
まみむめも
マミムメモ
PQRSpqrs7
やゆよゃゅょ
ヤユヨャュョ
TUVtuv8
らりるれろ
ラリルレロ
WXYZwxyz9
わをんゎ□、
。
・!?
、。
Alphabetic mode
※
ワ ヲ ン ヮ □ 、。
・ ! ?「 」
・ ゛ ゜! ? ゛ ゜、 。 ・ ! ?「 」
Numeric mode
※
,
□! ? – , ;( )
”_ ∼ ~ & ¥ 0
,
! ? – , ;( )”
_ ∼ ~ &¥
Display character assignments in the reverse order (before acceptance
of characters)/Line feed (after acceptance of characters)
#
Move cursor left
Move cursor right/Insert half-width space (blank) (only when there is no character after the
cursor)
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
382
※ If you press a key for over a second, the assigned characters are switched one after another.
ˎ □ indicates a space (blank). A space (blank) is provided in two sizes: a full-width and half-width sizes and
counted as one full-width or half-width character.
ˎ Characters marked with ■ appear in the full-width character mode only.
ˎ Blue colored characters appear in the half-width character mode only.
ˎ Every time you press a key, the character changes to the next one that is assigned to that key. If you press and
hold the key, the characters change continuously.
after finalizing a character to start a new line. “ ” appears to indicate it. A new line is counted as a
ˎ Press
full-width character.
before finalizing a character to insert a voice or semivoice sound symbol. Press
to change
ˎ Press
its case from upper to lower case or vice versa. Press
to change the character assigned to a key in the
reverse order.
is
ˎ In the Alphabetic mode, the case attribute of the character entered last or converted by pressing
inherited to the next character.
Special Symbols
ˎ Symbols marked with ■ may not be displayed correctly when sending to i-mode non-compatible mobile
phones or PCs.
■ Full-width symbols
■ Half-width symbols
Pictographs
ˎ Pictographs may not be displayed correctly when sending to i-mode non-compatible mobile phones or PCs.
ˎ Some pictographs may not be displayed correctly depending on the type of recipient’s i-mode compatible
mobile phone.
ˎ For SMS, pictographs other than “ ”, “ ”, or “ ” are replaced with a half-width space (blank).
■ Pictographs
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
383
Emoticons
When you enter the following words in the kanji/hiragana mode, emoticons are entered.
ˎ Some of the following emoticons may be different from those actually displayed.
ˎ Emoticons may be displayed in the ImgSym tab rather than in the Pre. tab.
Word
あいたっ
Emoticon
Word Emoticons Word
がーん
かお
あくび
Emoticon
Word
すみません
Emoticon
Word
にこにこ
Emoticon
Word
ぺこり
たのしい
にやり
あせ
ねてる
かお
ほーい
はーい
ばいばい
たら
ほし
ぽりぽり
ちゅっ
あら
むにゃむにゃ
いっぷく
めがね
うぃんく
かんぱい
つっこみ
きす
てれ
きゃー
どきっ
ぱちぱち
どてっ
ばんざい
うーん
うひょひょ
きゃはは
ながれぼし
ぐー
なく
はずかしい
めもめも
よしよし
らじゃ
りょうかい
びくっ
うん
わーい
えーん
ぐーぐー
えっ
くすん
くたばる
なぜ
ひやあせ
えと
えへへ
にげろー
おいおい
さあ
おお
さかな
おーい
さざえ
じーっ
にこにこ
ふぁいと
ぶい
しくしく
おこる
わーん
ふっ
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
384
おねがい
わくわく
ぷんぷん
おりゃ
ぺこり
じと
わたしかな
Emoticon
Common Phrases
Common phrase
Category
Internet
.co.jp
.go.jp
.ne.jp
@docomo.ne.jp
.com
http://
.or.jp
https://
.ac.jp
www.
おはようございます
お疲れさまでした
おやすみなさい
昨日は、
どうもありがとうございました
こんにちは
行ってきます
こんばんは
いってらっしゃい
よろしくお願い致します
直行します
本日の会議は中止となりました
直帰します
出欠をご連絡ください
休暇をとります
次の指示を待ってください
Emoticon1
Emoticon2
Emoticon3
Greetings
Business
Private
Reply
お世話になっております
半休します
携帯の電源を切ります
電車遅延のため、遅れます
メールで連絡してください
遊びに行こう
先に行きます
飲みにいきませんか?
先に帰ります
遅れます
時間です
変更します
何してるの?
中止です
どこにいるの?
OKです
今忙しい
後で連絡を入れます
ありがとう
保留です
ごめんなさい
キャンセルです
待ってて!
時間がありません
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
NGです
Original
385
Multiaccess Combinations
The table below indicates whether another event or task is available for each task in progress.
ˎ The FOMA terminal may not operate as indicated in the table below depending on its condition.
○: Available
×: Unavailable
△: Available depending on the conditions
Current
status
During a
voice call
During a
videophone call
During PushTalk
communication
During i-mode
connection
Full
Browser
During sending/
receiving
i-mode mail
During sending/
receiving SMS
During 64K data
communication
During packet
comm.
(Data comm.)
Updating
software
Communication
for scanning
During Data
Security Service
communication
During
downloading
Music&Video
Channel
※1
※2
※3
※4
※5
※6
※7
※8
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
386
※9
※10
※11
※12
※13
※14
※15
Another event or task
Voice V.phone
64K data
i-mode
PushTalk
SMS
Full
comm.
call
call
mail
i-mode
Browser
Call Rcv Call Rcv Orig Rcv
Send Rcv Send Rcv Call Rcv
△ △
×
×
× × ×
○
○
○ ○ ○ ○ ×
※1 ※2
※4
※4
×
×
× ○ ×
× ×
×
×
× × × ○ ×
※4, 5
※4
○
× × ×
×
×
×
×
×
× × × ○ ×
※6
※4 ※7 ※4
※4
○ ○ ○ ○
△
× ×
○ ○
×
○ ○ ○ ○
※10 ※4
※3 ※8 ※3 ※9
※13
○ ○ ○ ○
○
×
○ ○
×
×
○ ○ ○ ×
※3 ※8 ※3 ※9
※3
※4
Packet comm. Software Comm. Data Security Music&Video
(Data comm.) update
Service
for
Channel
Call Rcv Now Rsv scanning Send Rcv Download
○
○
×
○
×
○
○
○
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
※10
×
×
×
○
○
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
○
○
※3
×
○ ○ ○
×
×
×
※11 ※11 ※11
※4
×
×
×
×
○
○
○ ○ ○ ○
○
※3 ※8 ※3 ※9
○
○
※14
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
×
×
×
×
×
○
×
×
×
×
×
※4
※4
×
×
×
×
×
×
○
×
×
×
※4
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
○
○
×
×
×
※4
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
○
○
※15
○
×
○
×
×
※4
×
×
×
※4
○
×
×
×
×
※3
※4
×
○
○ ○ ○ ○
○
※11 ※11 ※11 ※11
×
×
※12
×
×
×
※12
×
○
○
×
×
※4
×
×
×
※4
○
○
○
○ ○ ○ ○
※3 ※8 ※3 ※9
○
○
※14
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
※4
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
※8
※9
○
×
○
○
○
○
×
×
×
※4
×
×
×
×
×
○
×
If you subscribe to the Call Waiting Service, you can place a call to another recipient while you already have a call in
progress.
If you subscribe to the Call Waiting Service, you can receive another call while you already have a call in progress. If
you do not yet subscribe to the Call Waiting Service, you can receive another call after you disconnect the first call.
You can place a voice or videophone call or originate a PushTalk call after disconnecting the current communication.
The FOMA terminal does not perform the receiving operation and a received call is saved in the Received record as
a missed call.
If you do not yet subscribe to the Voice Mail Service, Call Waiting Service, or Call Forwarding Service, a received
call is not saved in the Received record.
In either of the following cases, the FOMA terminal notifies you of an incoming voice call and you can select either to
“answer a voice call” or to “continue with PushTalk call”. (The one that was not selected is terminated.)
ˎ When the P-Talk arrival act is set to [Answer]
ˎ When the P-Talk arrival act is set to [Voice Mail] or [Call Forwarding] and you do not subscribe to these services
If you originate a PushTalk call, you can place another call to add a member.
The FOMA terminal performs the operation set by the V.ph while packet.
ˎ When the V.ph while packet is set to [Prefer packet] or when the V.ph while packet is set to [V.ph voicemail] or [Call
forwarding] and you do not subscribe to these services, the packet communication is continued.
ˎ When the V.ph while packet is set to [Prefer V.phone], packet communication is disconnected and you can
receive a videophone call.
The FOMA terminal performs the operation set by the i-mode arrival act.
ˎ When set to [Prefer i-mode], i-mode communication is continued.
ˎ When set to [Prefer PushTalk], i-mode communication is disconnected and you can receive a PushTalk call.
While you are performing i-mode communication using i-αppli, you can send data after disconnecting the i-mode
communication in progress.
A combination of the same communication direction, either sending or receiving, is not available.
When you set the Host selection to [i-mode(UIM)], “ ” appears.
After the current communication is terminated, the Full Browser communication is started.
When switching from i-mode to Full Browser, after the i-mode communication is terminated, the Full Browser
communication is started.
You can only enter a phone number directly in the stand-by display.
Multitask Combinations
The table below indicates whether another function is available for each function in the
menu.
ˎ The FOMA terminal may not operate as indicated in the table below depending on the status of each function.
ˎ Some functions may pause temporarily when they are not displayed in the main display even if already
activated.
×: Unavailable
−: Unavailable from the main menu
○: Available
Voice call
PushTalk
Videophone call/64K data
comm./Packet comm.
Call record/Phonebook
ToruCa/Alarm/Schedule/
Text Memo/Calculator
Mail/SMS
i-mode/Full Browser
i-αppli
Data Box/Lifetime
Calendar
Camera/Movie
MUSIC Player
1Seg
GPS
Settings/NW Services/
Receive Ir data
Function to be
activated
−
−
−
−
−
−
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
○
○
×
×
−
−
−
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
−
−
−
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
×
−
−
−
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
×
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
×
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
×
×
×
−
−
−
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
×
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○※
○
×
×
×
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
×
×
×
×
×
−
−
−
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
Currently
activated function
During a voice call
During PushTalk comm.
During a videophone
call/during 64K data
comm./during packet
comm.
Call record/Phonebook
ToruCa/Alarm/Schedule/
Text Memo/Calculator
Mail/SMS
i-mode/Full Browser
i-αppli
Data Box/Lifetime
Calendar
Camera/Movie
MUSIC Player
1Seg
GPS
Settings/NW Services/
Receive Ir data
※ You cannot activate it while watching One Seg.
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
387
Services Available on the FOMA Terminal
Service
Phone number
Number guide service (paid: service charge + call charge)
(no area code) 104
(Phone numbers of customers who declined to disclose their number
information cannot be guided.)
Telegram service (paid: telegram fee)
(no area code) 115
Time (paid)
(no area code) 117
Weather (paid)
Area code of the area you want to
hear the weather forecast for + 177
Emergency call to Police
(no area code) 110
Emergency call to Fire/Ambulance
(no area code) 119
Emergency call to Maritime rescue
(no area code) 118
Disaster Message Board Service (paid)
(no area code) 171
Collect Call (paid: service charge + call charge)
(no area code) 106
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
388
● When placing a Collect Call through 106, the recipient pays for the call charge and a handling fee of 90 yen
(94.5 yen including tax) per call (as of October 2007).
● When calling the Directory Assistance at 104, you are required to pay a service charge of 100 yen (105
yen including tax) besides the call charge (as of October 2007). Note that Operator Services are free to the
people with impairment in the vision or upper limbs. For more details, contact 116 (NTT Sales Office) from
an ordinary phone.
● If you have an ordinary phone with subscription to the Call Forwarding Service and you designate your
mobile phone number to forward your calls to, the caller may hear a ringing sound even if the mobile phone
is busy, outside of the service area, in the Self mode, or powered off, etc. depending on the settings of the
ordinary phone/mobile phone.
● Note that 116 (NTT Sales Office), Dial Q2, Message Dial, Credit calls cannot be called from the FOMA
terminal (note that Automatic Credit Calls may be used when calling from ordinary phones to the FOMA
terminal).
● This FOMA terminal supports “Emergency call location information”.
If you use the FOMA terminal to place a call to emergency numbers such as 110, 119, or 118, the
information of a location where you are calling from (location information) is automatically notified to the
Emergency call acceptance organization such as the Police Station. The Emergency call acceptance
organization may not be able to figure out your exact location depending on the location where you place
a call or radio wave condition. If you notify your current location information, the name of the notified
Emergency call acceptance organization appears in the stand-by display.
If you place a call without the caller ID, such as by entering a phone number with “184” for each call,
the location information and phone number are not notified. However, the Emergency call acceptance
organization may decide to obtain the location information and phone number regardless of your settings
when they consider it is necessary for lifesaving, etc.
Note that the areas/time for which the “Emergency call location information” is ready to be used vary
depending on the preparatory state of each Emergency call acceptance organization.
● When you call the Police (110), Fire/Ambulance (119), or Maritime rescue (118) from the FOMA terminal,
clearly indicate that you are calling from a mobile phone, then give your present location and mobile phone
number, since the Police or Fire/Ambulance may have to get in contact with you. Also, make a point to call
in a stationary position to prevent the call from being dropped. Do not power off the FOMA terminal for
at least 10 minutes after the emergency call just in case the Police or Fire/Ambulance may have to get in
contact with you.
● Note that you may not connect to the local Fire Department or Police Station depending on where you are
calling from. In this case, try to call from a public phone or an ordinary phone in the neighborhood.
Optional and Related Devices
A variety of commercially available optional devices allows you to expand the FOMA
terminal’s capabilities by supporting a wide range of applications, including personal
and business uses. Some accessories are only available in some areas. For details,
please contact our service counter (DoCoMo shop, etc.). For details on optional devices,
see the user’s manual of each device.
● Battery Pack SO02
● Back Cover SO08
● FOMA AC Adapter 01/02 ※1
● FOMA DC Adapter 01/02
● FOMA Portable Charging Adapter 01
● FOMA AC Adapter 01 for Global use ※2
● FOMA Dry Battery Adapter 01
● Desktop Holder SO07
● In-Car Holder 01
● Carry Case S 01
● In-Car Hands-Free Kit 01 ※3
● FOMA In-Car Hands-Free Cable 01
● FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01 ※4
● FOMA USB Cable ※4
● FOMA Indoor Booster Antenna ※5
● FOMA Indoor Booster Antenna (Stand Type) ※5
● Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch P01/02
● Flat-plug Stereo Earphone Set P01
● Earphone/Microphone with Switch P001/002 ※6
● Stereo Earphone Set P001 ※6
● Earphone Terminal P001 ※6
● Earphone Plug Adapter P001
● Bone conduction microphone/receiver
※1 For information on charging the AC adapter, see P.39 and P.40.
※2 For use overseas, a plug adapter that fits the electrical outlets in the country you stay is needed.
※3 FOMA In-Car Hands-Free Cable 01 is required to connect to FOMA SO905i using USB or charge FOMA SO905i.
※4 If you use USB HUB, it may not work properly.
※5 Use it only in Japan.
※6 The Earphone Plug Adapter is required.
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
389
Introduction of Movie Player Software
To play back a movie (MP4 format file) on a PC, you need QuickTime Player (free) ver. 6.4
or later (or ver. 6.3+3GPP) from Apple Computer, Inc.
You can download QuickTime from the following website.
http://www.apple.com/jp/quicktime/download/
ˎ To download this software, you need a PC connected to the Internet. A separate communication charge is also
required for downloading.
ˎ Check the above website for details about the operating environment, downloading method, operation method,
and other information.
Troubleshooting
First, check if the software update is necessary for the FOMA terminal. If necessary,
perform the software update (P.402).
Trouble
Cannot power on the FOMA terminal.
(The FOMA terminal cannot be used.)
The warning tone sounds and does not stop
even when you press the Power key, and the
FOMA terminal is powered off.
The busy tone sounds and the call is not
connected, even if you dial up.
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
390
Cause and Remedy
ˎ Check if the battery pack is attached properly (P.38).
ˎ Check if the battery pack is not run out (P.41).
ˎ The battery is running out. Charge the battery (P.40).
” appears (P.30).
ˎ Check if “
ˎ Check if you enter the area code (P.49).
ˎ Check if you dial up in a hurry without hearing the ringing
tone (P.49).
“
” is displayed and the busy tone sounds. ˎ Check if you are outside of the service area or in a location
with weak radio wave condition (P.30).
Cannot place a call even if you press the ˎ Check if the Self mode is set (P.128).
keypad.
ˎ Check if the Key dial lock is set (P.130).
The dark display appears and cannot operate ˎ Check if the FOMA terminal is powered on (P.42).
anything.
The set stand-by display does not appear and ˎ Check if the Power saver mode is set (P.114).
the dark display appears.
Text is displayed in Japanese.
ˎ Check if the Select language is set to [Japanese] (P.120).
Cannot receive a call or the ring tone does not ˎ Check if the Public mode (Drive mode) is set (P.66).
sound.
ˎ Check if the Ring volume is set to [OFF] (P.103).
ˎ Check if the Manner mode is set (P.108).
ˎ Check if the Self mode is set (P.128).
ˎ Check if the Accept/Reject call is set (P.133).
ˎ Check if the Denied no ID is set (P.134).
ˎ Check if the Set ring start time is set (P.134).
ˎ Check if the Reject unknown is set (P.135).
ˎ Check if the ring time of the Voice Mail/Call Forwarding
Service is set to 0 seconds (P.346, 347).
ˎ Check if the Caller ID Request is set (P.348).
ˎ Check if the Mova terminal is enabled for the Dual Network
Service (P.349).
The mail and alarm tones sound but the ring ˎ Check if the Ring volume is set to [OFF] (P.103).
tone for an incoming call does not sound.
ˎ Check if a longer interval (such as 99 sec) is set at [Start
time] of the Set ring start time. Set it to a shorter interval
(P.134).
The mail tone sounds but there is no incoming ˎ Check if the Tone/Vibrate notice of the Voice Mail Service is
mail.
set to [ON]. If it is ON, you are notified of the increase in the
number of record messages by the mail tone (P.346).
Trouble
Cause and Remedy
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
Cannot use the Music Touch Key or Viewing ˎ Check if the Key is locked (P.130).
Touch Key.
ˎ Check if the Key is available to the function (P.26).
An image other than that you set is displayed ˎ If multiple images are set for the incoming image for voice/
for an incoming call.
videophone call, the image is displayed in the following order
of priority (P.92, 95, 102).
1. Des call display set in the Phonebook
2. Des call display set in the Group setting
3. Incoming image set in the Incoming set
When an i-motion or Chaku-Uta Full® is set for the ring tone or
an i-motion is set for the incoming image, however, the order
of priority may vary.
A ring tone other than that you set sounds for ˎ If multiple ring tones are set for voice/videophone call, the
ring tone sounds in the following order of priority (P.92, 95,
an incoming call.
103, 351, 353).
1. Ring tone set in the Number Setting (when a call is placed
to an Additional No. for the Multi Number)
2. Des phone tone set in the Phonebook
3. Des phone tone set in the Group setting
4. Ring tone of the Ringtone for Number B of 2in1
5. Ring tone set in the Incoming set
When an i-motion or Chaku-Uta Full® is set for the ring tone or
an i-motion is set for the incoming image, however, the order
of priority may vary.
A ring tone other than that you set sounds for ˎ If multiple ring tones are set for mail, the ring tone sounds in
the following order of priority (P.92, 95, 103).
an incoming mail.
1. Des mail tone set in the Phonebook
2. Des mail tone set in the Group setting
3. Ring tone set in the Incoming set
When an i-motion or Chaku-Uta Full® is set for the ring tone,
however, the order of priority may vary.
The incoming indicator in the color other than ˎ If multiple incoming indicators are set for voice call/
videophone call/mail, the incoming indicator flashes in the
that you set lights for an incoming call or mail.
following order of priority (P.92, 95, 103).
1. Select phone/mail Illum. set in the Phonebook
2. Select phone/mail Illum. set in the Group setting
3. Indicator color set in the Incoming set
The incoming indicator flashes in certain cycle. ˎ Check if the Missed call is set to [ON] (P.118).
The charge indicator stays lit.
ˎ Check if [Charging] of the Backlight always on is set to [ON]
(P.113).
In this setting, it may take time to complete charging, but this
is not a malfunction.
ˎ Check if you use a function such as the videophone, data
communication, and i-αppli while charging the battery.
In this case, it may take time to complete charging, but this is
not a malfunction.
The keypad sound is not heard.
ˎ Check if the Keypad sound volume is set to [OFF] (P.104).
ˎ Check if the Manner mode is set (P.108).
The display is slow to react on pressing a key. ˎ This may occur when a large amount of data is stored in the
FOMA terminal.
The Total calls cost does not increment.
ˎ It does not increment if the counter reaches the upper limit
value (about ¥16,770,000) of total calls cost of UIM. Reset the
counter to ¥0 (P.329).
Data communication does not start.
ˎ Check if you use USB HUB. If you use USB HUB, it may not
work properly.
Cannot watch One Seg.
ˎ Check if you are outside of the Terrestrial digital TV broadcasting
service area or in the places with the weak radio wave condition.
ˎ Check if the UIM card is inserted.
ˎ Check if the channel is set (P.242).
391
Error Messages
ˎ In some cases, a 3-digit number may be displayed together with a message. This is a DoCoMo own code that
DoCoMo displays on the FOMA terminal.
Accessing IC card. Cannot delete
ˎ Failed to delete the software because data in the Osaifu-Keitaicompatible i-αppli IC card is
being accessed.
Camera function error. Quit the
application
ˎ The Camera mode is terminated
because of an error occurrence.
To continue to use the camera,
restart the Camera mode.
Address is not valid (451)
ˎ Failed to send the mail because
of unknown mail address. Enter
the correct mail address and
send it again.
Announcement time is past
ˎ The time set for the Booking alarm
is before the current time. Set the
time after the current time (P.247).
Another function is active. Cannot
activate this at the same time
ˎ Another function that cannot be
run simultaneously by multitasking is active. Quit the function, if it
is not being used, and then retry
the operation (P.316).
Authentication failed
ˎ Failed in verifying the authentication password. Set the password
so that it matches the one of the
other device and then retry the
operation (P.297, 298, 299, 300).
ˎ The authentication type (one/all)
does not match the one set for the
other device. Set the same authentication type (one/all) on both
party to exchange data using
the infrared or iC communication
(P.297, 298, 299, 300).
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
392
Authentication type is not supported
(401)
ˎ Failed to connect to the site or
website, etc. because of the unsupported authentication type.
Camera function error. Save the
data and quit the application
ˎ The Camera mode is terminated
after the image is saved because
of an error occurrence. To continue to use the camera, restart
the Camera mode.
Camera function error. Switch to
Substitute image
ˎ The videophone image is switched
to the substitute image because
of an error occurrence. Switch it
again to the camera image (P.48).
Cannot execute because of memory
shortage
ˎ Failed to execute the function because of insufficient memory.
Cannot move. Not enough memory
ˎ The remaining memory in the microSD memory card is insufficient.
Delete unnecessary data (P.98,
166, 167, 193, 223, 290, 326,
331).
Cannot read. You need to format
ˎ The microSD memory card is not
formatted correctly. Format it using the FOMA terminal (P.284).
Cannot support content
ˎ Data that is not supported by the
FOMA terminal is contained in the
contents.
Cannot switch mode
ˎ Failed to set to the microSD, MTP,
or ATRAC mode because of a
communication using the FOMA
USB Cable with Charge Function
01 (optional) in progress.
Certificate is rejected (tampered)
ˎ There are some problems with the
certificate.
Check address
ˎ The SMS address exceeds 21
digits or 186/184 is entered at the
beginning of the address. Enter
the correct address and send it
again (P.202).
Check SMS Center setting
ˎ The incorrect host is set at the
S M S C . R e s t o re t h e h o s t t o
“DoCoMo”, the default setting at
the time of purchase (P.203).
Connection failed
ˎ The host number set for the Host
selection is incorrect. Restore
the host number to “iモード”, the
default setting at the time of purchase (P.169).
ˎ Failed to connect because of
weak radio wave condition. Retry
to connect from a place with better radio wave condition.
ˎ Failed to connect to a line due to
a network problem. Retry to connect after a while.
ˎ Failed to connect to a line for
some reason when placing a
videophone call.
Connection failed (403)
ˎ Failed to connect to i-mode for
some reason. Retry to connect
(P.161).
Connection failed (503)
ˎ Failed to connect to a line due to
a network problem. Retry to connect after a while.
Connection failed (562)
ˎ Failed to connect to the i-mode
center. Move to a location with
better radio wave condition and
then retry the operation.
Connection interrupted
ˎ The communication is interrupted
because of an error occurrence
during data communication.
Content length exceeds maximum
size for i-motion
ˎ Failed to retrieve the data because its volume has exceeded
the maximum size.
Content length exceeds replayable
size for i-motion
ˎ Failed to retrieve the data because its volume has exceeded
the maximum size.
ppli and transmit
Continue using
data?
ˎ This message appears when the
number of times of communication performed while an i-αppli
software is used has increased
significantly for a certain period
of time. To continue using the
i-αppli software, select [Yes].
To continue using the i-αppli
software after the communication is terminated, select [No]. To
quit the i-αppli software, select
[Terminate].
Copy-protected program
ˎ Failed to record the One Seg
program which you are watching
because the copy signal indicates that the program cannot be
recorded (P.252).
Copy-protected program. End
recording
ˎ End recording the One Seg program because the copy control
signal that indicates the program
cannot be recorded is detected
while recording the One Seg program.
Could not move
ˎ Failed to move data because of
an error occurrence.
Data in IC-card is full. Unable to
display program guide
ˎ Failed to activate the program
guide because the Osaifu-Keitaicompatible i-αppli IC card is full
of data. Delete the Osaifu-Keitaicompatible i-αppli software and
its data from the IC card, and then
retry the operation (P.215).
Data in IC card is full. Unable to
download. Delete service?
ˎ Failed to download the data
because the Osai fu-K ei tai compatible i-αppli IC card is full
of data. When you select [Yes],
the names of the Osaifu-Keitai
services on the card appear.
Select a service name and delete its Osaifu-Keitai-compatible
i-αppli software and data from
the IC card.
Data transmission is frequent.
Continue transmission?
ˎ This message appears when the
number of times of communication performed while an i-αppli
software is used has increased
significantly for a certain period
of time. To continue using the
i-αppli software, select [Yes].
To continue using the i-αppli
software after the communication is terminated, select [No]. To
quit the i-αppli software, select
[Terminate].
Deleted invalid text
ˎ Characters other than digits cannot be accepted for the postal
code. They are discarded.
Download failed
ˎ Failed to download because of an
error occurrence.
Draft is full. Cannot create
ˎ The number of saved mail has
reached 50 or there is not enough
memory. Delete unnecessary
saved mail (P.193).
Error in IC card data. Unable to
delete software
ˎ Failed to delete the software because data in the Osaifu-Keitaicompatible i-αppli IC card contains an error.
Error in image. Does not work
correctly
ˎ The Flash movie cannot be
played back correctly due to
some errors in the Flash movie.
Error in the dictionary
ˎ There are some words or phrases
that have failed to be saved because of an error in part of the
dictionary data (words or phrases
that have been saved successfully
can be used as dictionary data).
Exceeds max number of simultaneous
call
ˎ This message appears when
you originate a PushTalk call
to more than four members.
Reduce the number of members
you select to four or less and
originate the call again.
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
Could not find channel
ˎ Failed to search any broadcast
station in the current area.
Could not save
ˎ Failed to save the image, music
data, or i-αppli software.
ˎ Failed to save to the microSD
memory card.
ˎ Failed to receive data during the
infrared/iC communication or data
communication with a PC.
ˎ Failed to save the image or melody
scanned by the bar code reader.
ˎ Failed to save the i-motion because the size exceeded 10M
bytes. You can set a Chaku-Uta
Full ® with up to 10M bytes of
i-motion for the ring tone/Alarm
using [Point].
Final number exists. Cannot shoot
ˎ The microSD memory card contains a file with the maximum number (999-9999), so no more files can
be saved in it. Delete the images
from the largest file numbers (P.290).
Continued
393
I
ppli stand-by display terminated
due to security error
ˎ The i-αppli stand-by display was
canceled since it has attempted
an unauthorized operation. Check
the security error history (P.216).
ppli To function is not set
ˎ The i-αppli To is set to [No]. Set
the i-αppli To to [Yes] and then
retry the operation (P.209).
IC card is locked
ˎ The IC card lock is set. Cancel
the IC card lock and then retry the
operation (P.226).
Image display setting OFF. Cannot
download
ˎ Failed to download the image
because the Display img is set to
[OFF]. Set the Display img to [ON]
and then retry the operation.
i-mode mail service is busy. Please
try again later (553)
ˎ The line is extremely congested.
Wait for a while and then retry the
operation.
Input error (205)
ˎ Incorrect input data. Check the
input contents.
Insert UIM
ˎ The UIM is not inserted. Insert the
UIM and then retry the operation
(P.36).
Invalid data (XXX)
ˎ You tried to connect to the site
or website, etc. not supporting
i-mode.
ˎ The URL you entered may be invalid.
ˎ Failed to display because of an
error in the received data.
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
394
Invalid data. Connection cannot be
established (400)
ˎ The host number you set for
the Host selection is incorrect.
Restore the host number to “iモー
ド”, the default setting at the time
of purchase (P.169).
ˎ Failed to connect to i-mode for
some reason. Retry to connect
(P.161).
Invalid UIM. Start failed
ˎ Unable to start software because
the information on a UIM inserted
in the FOMA terminal and its corresponding information on the IC
card are different. Use the UIM that
was inserted in the FOMA terminal
when you downloaded and activated the Osaifu-Keitai-compatible
i-αppli for the first time.
Invalid data. Data size is not supported (413)
ˎ You tried to connect to the site,
etc. not supporting i-mode.
ˎ The URL you entered may be invalid.
Invalid URL
ˎ When you entered a URL, you
did not enter “http://” or “https://”,
or entered it incorrectly. Enter the
correct URL and then retry the
operation (P.164).
ˎ Failed to display a link because
the URL contains an error.
Invalid UIM, requested software
failed to start
ˎ Failed to start the i-αppli software
due to the function for restricting UIM
operation. Insert the UIM that was
used when you retrieved the data or
file and then retry the operation (P.36).
Invalid UIM. Delete not possible
ˎ Unable to delete software because
the information on a UIM inserted
in the FOMA terminal and its corresponding information on the IC
card are different. Use the UIM that
was inserted in the FOMA terminal
when you downloaded and activated the Osaifu-Keitai-compatible
i-αppli for the first time.
Invalid UIM. Download failed
ˎ Unable to download software
because the information on a UIM
inserted in the FOMA terminal and
its corresponding information on
the IC card are different. Use the
UIM that was inserted in the FOMA
terminal when you downloaded
and activated the Osaifu-Keitaicompatible i-αppli for the first time.
Invalid UIM. Requested service not
available
ˎ Failed to perform the operation due
to the function for restricting UIM operation. Insert the UIM that was used
when you retrieved the data or file
and then retry the operation (P.36).
Key dial locked
ˎ The Key dial lock is set. Cancel
the Key dial lock and then retry
the operation (P.130).
Lock all
ˎ The Lock all is set. Cancel the
Lock all and then retry the operation (P.126).
Low battery. Cannot update data
information
ˎ When the battery level is very
low, you cannot add an i bookmark/mark in the PDF data saved
in [Movable contents] of My
document in the microSD memory
card.
Mail security is set
ˎ The Mail security is set. Cancel
the Mail security and then retry
the operation (P.132).
以下の宛先にはメール送信できま
せんでした
(561) Mails could not
be sent to following address
○○@△△△.ne.jp
※ Mail addresses vary depending
on each recipient.
ˎ Failed to send mails to some mail
addresses. Move to a location
with better radio wave condition
and then send them again.
Main memory shortage
ˎ The remaining memory on the
FOMA terminal is insufficient.
Change the image quality or image size, or delete unnecessary
images (P.147, 154, 290).
Main memory shortage. May not
save
ˎ An image you edit may not be
saved because of insufficient
memory on the FOMA terminal.
Delete unnecessary images
or move some images to the
microSD memory card (P.283,
290).
MainMenu cannot be activated now
ˎ Failed to display the menu because a function that does not
support menu display is executed.
Manner mode is set
ˎ Failed to adjust the volume because the Manner mode is set.
Cancel the Manner mode and
then retry the operation (P.108).
Memory shortage
ˎ The operation is interrupted
because of insufficient memory.
If the message is frequently
displayed, power off the FOMA
terminal once and then power it
on again.
Message rejected and cannot be
received
ˎ Failed to send SMS because the
recipient rejects receiving SMS.
microSD error
ˎ Failed to access the microSD
memory card (loading error, etc.).
Remove the microSD memory
card once and insert it again
(P.279). If this message appears
again, the microSD memory card
may be damaged.
No assigned channel to this keypad
ˎ No channel is assigned to this
key. Either press other key or edit
a remote-control number (P.243).
No content is available (204)
ˎ The site or website you specified
contains no display data.
No memory space
ˎ The number of entries saved
in the Phonebook has reached
1,000. Delete unnecessary entries
in the Phonebook (P.98).
ˎ The number of saved schedules
has reached 300. Delete unnecessary schedules (P.326).
ˎ Failed to save the data. This
message appears if there is not
enough memory when you attempt to exchange data using the
infrared or iC communication.
ˎ There is not enough memory to
save new data. Delete unnecessary data (P.294).
No more file number. Please reset
ˎ The file number which is attached
to an image saved in the microSD
memory card and incremented
with the number of saved images
has reached the maximum number (999-9999). Perform the Reset
file No. or delete the images from
the largest file numbers (P.156,
290).
No requested software
ˎ The i-αppli software to be started
from the site or mail, or by the
infrared communication is not
stored in the FOMA terminal.
No response
ˎ Failed to identify a recipient of iC
communication. Check if both
FeliCa marks “ ” are opposed
correctly with each other or the
other device operates properly
(P.298).
ˎ Failed to recognize the other
device for the infrared communication. Check if the infrared data
ports are pointed at each other
correctly or if the other device operates properly (P.295).
No response (408)
ˎ The communication is interrupted
because there is no response
from the site or website. Retry the
operation after a while.
No space in main memory
ˎ Another image recorded by the
camera cannot be saved because of no memory to save it
on the FOMA terminal. Change
the image quality or image size,
or delete unnecessary images
(P.147, 154, 290).
ˎ The remaining memory on the
FOMA terminal is insufficient.
Delete unnecessary data (P.98,
166, 167, 193, 223, 290, 326, 331).
No space to attach signature
ˎ Failed to attach the signature
because the total number of characters in the mail main body and
signature exceeds 5,000 full-width
or 10,000 half-width characters.
Decrease the number of characters in the mail main body or send
mail with no signature attached
(P.179, 196).
Not enough space in microSD
ˎ Another image recorded by the
camera cannot be saved because of no vacant space to save
it in the microSD memory card.
Change the image quality or image size, or delete unnecessary
images (P.147, 154, 290).
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
Memory shortage. Cancel operation
ˎ The operation is discontinued because of insufficient memory.
Message rejected and cannot be
sent
ˎ Failed to send SMS because
sending SMS is rejected.
Not suppor ted by this Reader/
Writer
ˎ The recipient’s terminal does not
support the iC communication.
Continued
395
O
Omakase Lock activated
ˎ The Omakase Lock is set. While
the Omakase Lock is set, all key
operations are disabled except
for answering an incoming voice
or videophone call and powering
on/off (P.123).
Out of service area
ˎ The i-mode services are not available since you are outside of the
service area or in a location without
the radio wave. Move to a location
where “
” disappears (P.30).
Page is not found (404)
ˎ The site, website, etc. cannot be
located. Check if the URL you
entered is correct.
Personal data locked
ˎ The Personal data lock is set.
Cancel the Personal data lock
and then retry the operation
(P.129).
Please wait for a while
ˎ Voice line/packet communication system failure or very high
congestion in voice line/packet
communication network. Retry after a while. However, you can still
place a call to 110, 119, or 118,
with some exceptions depending
on the situation.
Please wait for a while (packet)
ˎ Packet communication system
failure or very high congestion in
packet communication network.
Retry the operation after a while.
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
396
Positioning failed
ˎ Failed to position the current location. Move to a location with better
radio wave condition and then try
it again.
Program guide is currently
unavailable for use
ˎ IP (information service providers)
stopped the use of the i-αppli
software. Contact IP.
Public mode (Drive mode)
ˎ The Public mode is set. Cancel
the Public mode and then retry
the operation (P.66).
PUK blocked
ˎ The PUK code is locked. Contact
the nearest DoCoMo shop (P.123).
Receiving data exceeds maximum
size for i-motion
ˎ Failed to retrieve the data because its volume has exceeded
the maximum size.
ˎ Failed to retrieve the data because its file size has exceeded
10M bytes while playing back a
streaming type i-motion.
Receiving data exceeds replayable
size for i-motion
ˎ Failed to retrieve the data because its volume has exceeded
the maximum size.
ˎ Failed to retrieve the data because its file size has exceeded
500K bytes while playing back a
standard type i-motion.
Registration is in progress (554)
ˎ User registration of i-mode is in
progress. Retry the operation after
a while.
Remotely Controllable services
denied
ˎ You currently do not yet subscribe
to services such as the Voice
Mail or Call Forwarding Service
that can be operated by remote
control. To use the remote control,
subscribe to services.
Replay period has expired
ˎ This file is provided with an expiry
date or time limit on playback. It
cannot be played back because
the term permitted for playback
has expired. Check the expiry
date in the Detail info display
(P.291).
Replay period has not yet started
ˎ This file is provided with a time
limit on playback. It cannot be
played back because the term
permitted for playback has not yet
started. Check the starting date of
the term in the Detail info display
(P.291).
Requested software unavailable
ˎ Failed to start the i-αppli software
stored in the FOMA terminal from
a site or mail, or by infrared communication.
Reservation data was updated.
Could not save
ˎ Failed to save the reservation
because of the Booking list being
updated while editing it. Retry the
operation (P.248).
Retention period has expired (492)
ˎ The time for storage of the pulltype file attachment has expired.
It cannot be obtained.
Root certificate has expired. Connect?
ˎ The certificate of the FOMA terminal is not yet valid or has expired.
Select [Yes] to connect or [No] to
cancel to connect. This message
may also appear when the current
date and time are set wrong. Set
them correctly (P.43).
Root certificate is not valid
ˎ The SSL list is set to [Invalid]. Set
the SSL list to [Valid] (P.171).
ˎ The SSL/TLS list is set to [Invalid].
Set the SSL/TLS list to [Valid]
(P.171).
Run software and delete data on IC
card. Then delete software
ˎ Failed to delete the Osaifu-Keitaicompatible i-αppli software
because of some data being
contained in the IC card. Delete
the saved data after starting the
software and then retry the operation (P.220).
S
Same ToruCa exists. Unable to
receive ToruCa
ˎ You cannot obtain a ToruCa card
that already exists when the
Duplication check is set (P.225).
Services are full. MUSIC of
overwritten service is unable to
play. Overwrite?
ˎ The maximum number of music
services (members only) which
can be saved has been exceeded. If you select [Yes], the new
service overwrites the service
which has the oldest time limit on
playback. Also, you cannot play
back music downloaded from the
service which is overwritten.
Server is busy
ˎ The software update is not available because the server is busy.
Wait for a while and then retry the
operation (P.404).
Server is full (551)
ˎ When the number of mail held for
the recipient at the i-mode center
reaches the maximum number,
no more mail sent to the recipient
is accepted by the i-mode center.
Try to send mail after the recipient
makes space for new mail at the
i-mode center (P.184).
Service is used by the previous
software. Unable to download.
Delete a service?
ˎ Downloading/upgrading is unavailable because software using the same service has been
already downloaded.
Service not provided
ˎ SMS is not provided.
This certificate has expired. Connect?
ˎ The certificate of the site is not yet
valid or has expired. Select [Yes]
to connect or [No] to cancel to
connect.
Setting self mode
ˎ The Self mode is set. Cancel the
Self mode and then retry the operation (P.128).
This certificate is not valid for this
URL. Connect?
ˎ The CN-Name (server name) of
the certificate of the site does not
match the actual server name.
Select [Yes] to connect or [No] to
cancel to connect.
Setting unknown reject
ˎ The Reject unknown is set.
Cancel the Reject unknown and
then retry the operation (P.135).
Software already updated
ˎ No update is available for the
i-αppli software because it has
been already updated to the latest.
Software terminated due to security
error
ˎ The i-αppli software was terminated since it has attempted an
unauthorized operation. Check
the security error history (P.216).
SSL session failed
ˎ Failed to connect to the server
because of a server authentication error.
SSL session was terminated
ˎ The SSL communication is disconnected because there is a problem with the certificate of the site.
SSL/TLS session cannot be
established
ˎ The SSL/TLS session failed.
Connect again.
SSL/TLS session failed
ˎ Failed to connect to the server
because of a server authentication error.
Syntax error (XXX)
ˎ Failed to display because of an
error in the received data.
Text volume exceeds. Cannot send
ˎ The number of characters in the
mail main body has exceeded
the limit and mail cannot be sent.
Reduce the number of characters.
This data can no longer be replayed
ˎ This file is provided with a limitation on the number of times of
playback. It cannot be played
back because the number of
times permitted for playback
has been exceeded. Check the
permitted number of times in the
Detail info display (P.291).
This data may not be replayed
ˎ You may not be able to play back
this i-motion data because it is
invalid.
This function is unavailable
ˎ The function you selected cannot
be used concurrently with the
function that is currently executed
(P.316).
This site is not certified. Connect?
ˎ The certificate of the site is not
supported by the FOMA terminal.
Select [Yes] to connect or [No] to
cancel to connect.
This software contains an error
ˎ Failed to download or upgrade
because information required for it
is not set on the i-αppli software.
This software contains an error.
Unable to download
ˎ Failed to download because of an
error in the software data.
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
Service not registered
ˎ You do not have a subscription
for the i-mode service. To use
i-mode, subscribe to i-mode.
ˎ If you signed up for i-mode after
starting to use the FOMA terminal,
power off the FOMA terminal once
and then power it on again.
Set the channel list
ˎ Failed to operate because the
channel list is not set. Set the
channel list and then retry the operation (P.243).
This software is currently unavailable
for use
ˎ IP (information service providers)
stopped the use of the i-αppli
software. Contact IP.
Continued
397
This software is not supported by this
phone
ˎ The software you want to download or upgrade does not support
the FOMA terminal.
This UIM cannot be recognized
ˎ Make sure that the correct UIM is
inserted (P.36).
ˎ The UIM contains an error. Contact
our service counter (DoCoMo
shop, etc.).
Time out
ˎ Failed to connect within the time
set for the Connection timeout.
Change the setting or retry to
connect after a while (P.169).
Too many active functions. Cannot
activate
ˎ You cannot execute the selected
function because of too many
functions being executed by
multitasking. Quit a currently executed function and then retry the
operation (P.316).
Too many active functions. Cannot
execute. Quit other function and retry
ˎ You cannot execute a selected
function because of insufficient
memory. Quit a currently executed function and then retry the
operation (P.316).
Too much data was entered
ˎ Failed to send because of too
many characters. Reduce the
number of characters and try to
send again.
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
398
Transmission failed
ˎ An error occured while sending
” is not
mail. Make sure that “
displayed and send it again. If the
message appears again, retry to
send after a while (P.184).
ˎ The address of SMS is incorrect.
Enter the correct address (phone
number) and send again (P.202).
Transmission failed (552)
ˎ Failed to connect to a line due to a
problem at the i-mode or SMS center. Retry to connect after a while.
UIM is full
ˎ The number of SMS saved in the
UIM has reached the maximum
number. Delete unnecessary SMS
(P.193).
UIM is not inser ted. Content is
unavailable
ˎ Failed to operate because the
UIM is not inserted. Insert the UIM
that was used when you retrieved
the data or file and then retry the
operation (P.36).
Unable to display this program
guide
ˎ When 2in1 is set to the B mode,
you cannot run the program guide
i-αppli with mail or using mail.
Unable to obtain data due to replay
restriction data error
ˎ Failed to obtain the file because
of an error in the playback restriction data.
Unable to retrieve the requested URL
(504)
ˎ Failed to connect to the site or
website for some reason. Retry to
connect.
Unable to run this software
ˎ When 2in1 is set to the B mode,
you cannot run i-αppli with mail
or i-αppli using mail.
Unable to search any available
channels
ˎ Failed to search any broadcast
station in the current area.
Unable to update pattern definitions
ˎ Failed to update pattern definitions because of error occurrence.
Unable to use in My Data B
ˎ You cannot originate a PushTalk
call from the Own number display
of the B mode.
Unavailable channel
ˎ Failed to receive the signal because you are in a location without
the broadcast wave. Move to a location with better radio wave condition and then retry the operation.
ˎ Failed to receive the signal because
broadcasting is in intermission.
Unsupported microSD
ˎ A non-compatible microSD memory card is installed in the FOMA
terminal. Install a FOMA terminalcompatible microSD memory
card (P.278).
URL is too long to register
ˎ Failed to save the site as a bookmark because the URL exceeds
256 half-width characters (P.164).
Usage is currently restricted. Try
again later
ˎ Users of the flat-rate i-mode packet service may not be able to connect during certain hours because
of sharp increase in communication traffic. In this case, wait for a
while until you can use i-mode.
Use ToruCa automatic reading func
through the reader/writer?
ˎ Auto recognition is set to [OFF] (P.225).
Your HTTP version is not supported
(505)
ˎ You tried to connect to the site,
etc. not supporting i-mode.
Symbol
error
ˎ An error occurred while running the
i-αppli software. Start to run again
or check the error history (P.216).
“○△□.ne.jp”宛 の メ ー ル が 混 み 合 っ
ているため、送信することができ
ません(555) (Failed to send mail
to “○△□.ne.jp” because the line is
congested)
※ Domain names vary depending
on each recipient.
ˎ The line is extremely congested.
Wait for a while and then retry the
operation.
Warranty and After Sales Services
Warranty
● Make sure that the warranty is received with the FOMA terminal upon purchase.
Check to be sure that the name of the retailer, date of purchase, and other items have been filled out on the
warranty before storing it in a safe place. If any necessary information is not provided, immediately contact the
retailer and request to complete the warranty. The FOMA terminal comes with a year’s free warranty starting
from the date of purchase.
● Specifications of this product and its accessories are subject to change for improvement without prior notice.
● Data saved in the Phonebook or other memory locations may be changed/lost due to the trouble/repairs or
handling of the FOMA terminal. Note down the data in the Phonebook or other memory locations on a separate
memo and keep it safely to prevent such problems. When the FOMA terminal is replaced due to trouble, the
information downloaded using i-mode and i-αppli are not transferred to the repaired FOMA terminal because
of copyright laws, with some exceptions.
※ This FOMA terminal allows you to save data, such as the Phonebook, in the microSD memory card.
※ This FOMA terminal allows you to save i-motion files and data that is used by i-αppli software in the microSD
memory card.
※ This FOMA terminal allows you to use the Data Security Service (a paid service that requires a subscription)
to store data, such as the Phonebook, at the Data Security Service Center.
※ If you have a PC, you can use the DoCoMo keitai datalink (P.361) and the FOMA USB Cable with Charge
Function 01 (optional) or FOMA USB Cable (optional) to transfer data saved in the Phonebook and other
memory from the FOMA terminal to the PC and save data in the PC.
After Sales Services
◎ If you have problems with the FOMA terminal
Before requesting for repairs, refer to “Troubleshooting” of this manual to see if the problem can
be remedied (P.390).
If the FOMA terminal still malfunctions, call the “Contact for Repairs” on the backcover of this
manual.
◎ If repair is required resultingly
Bring the FOMA terminal to the DoCoMo repair handling service counter. However, it must be
taken during business hours of the DoCoMo repair handling service counter. Make sure to bring a
warranty card with the product when you visit the shop.
◎ Within the warranty period
ˎ We repair the FOMA terminal free of charge based on the terms documented in the warranty.
ˎ When requesting a repair, make sure to bring the warranty card with the FOMA terminal. Repair requests that
are not accompanied by the warranty or that involve malfunction and damage due to incorrect handling by
the owner will only be repaired at the owner’s expense, even if the warranty period is still effective.
ˎ Malfunction due to use of devices and consumable parts other than those specified by DoCoMo will only be
repaired at the owner’s expense, even if the warranty period is still effective.
ˎ Damages on the liquid-crystal screen, connecter, or other parts occurred after the purchase will be repaired
at the owner’s expense.
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
◎ Note that repair may be refused in the following cases.
We may not repair the FOMA terminal if the water leak seal is reacted or if the FOMA terminal has
corrosion due to water leakage, condensation, perspiration, etc. or if the internal circuit board is
damaged or deformed. Even if repair is possible, it will be done at the owner’s expense, as this
type of corrosion or damage is not covered by the warranty.
◎ If the warranty period expires
We will repair the FOMA terminal at the owner’s expense.
Continued
399
◎ Parts stock period
The functional parts necessary to repair the FOMA terminal will be basically available for a
minimum of six years after the manufacture is discontinued. However, depending on the defective
portion, repair may not be possible because of a shortage of repair parts.
Note that repair may still be possible depending on the defective portion even if the stock period
has expired. Call the “Contact for Repairs” on the backcover of this manual.
◎ Precautions
● Never modify the FOMA terminal or accessories.
ˎ Doing so may result in fire, injuries or malfunctions.
ˎ The modified FOMA terminal may be repaired only if the owner agrees on that all the modified parts are
restored to the original conditions. However, repairs may be refused depending on the modifications.
The following cases may be considered as modifications.
- Put a seal on portions such as of the liquid-crystal screen or keypad.
- Glued decorations on the FOMA terminal using adhesion bond, etc.
- Change the parts such as exterior to other than DoCoMo Standard Parts.
ˎ Malfunction and damage due to modifications will be repaired at the owner’s expense, even if the warranty
period is still effective.
● The model sticker must not be removed from the FOMA terminal.
The model sticker certifies that the FOMA terminal satisfies technical standards. It should be noted that if the
sticker is removed or is replaced with a different sticker, and the original model sticker cannot be verified,
it may disqualify the unit from repairs due to not being able to determine the technical standards of that
particular phone.
● Note that the settings, total call duration, and other information may be reset (cleared) as a result of
malfunction, repair or other handling. In this case, make the settings again.
● A material that generates a magnetic field is used in the following parts of the FOMA terminal. Do not hold an
object that is easily affected by magnetism, such as a cash card, close to the FOMA terminal. You may not
be able to use the card any more.
Where it is used: Earpiece, speaker
● If the FOMA terminal has gotten wet or moist, immediately power off the terminal and remove the battery
pack from it, and then bring it to the DoCoMo repair handling service counter as soon as possible. However,
note that we may not repair the FOMA terminal depending on the extent of the damage.
Precautions on Memory Dial (Phonebook Function) and Downloaded Data
● It is strictly recommended to back up all the data you have saved in the FOMA terminal or other recording
media. DoCoMo shall have no liability for any change or loss of the data.
● Note that data you created or data you retrieved or downloaded from sources other than your FOMA terminal
may be changed or lost when you change the model or have repairs done to the FOMA terminal. DoCoMo shall
have no liability for any change or loss of any kind. Under some circumstances, DoCoMo may replace your
FOMA terminal with its equivalent instead of repairing it.
Only when the FOMA terminal is replaced, the images/melodies for incoming calls that you downloaded to your
FOMA terminal and user-defined data are transferred to a new terminal. (However, depending on the data and
seriousness of the trouble, data cannot be transferred to a new terminal.)
※ Depending on the volume of data saved in the FOMA terminal, it may take time or it may not be possible to
transfer data to a new terminal.
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
400
iモード故障診断 (i-mode Trouble Diagnosis) Site
This website allows you to check by yourself whether some operations, such as sending/
receiving mail and downloading images and melodies, are performed normally on your
FOMA terminal.
Top page
(Only in Japanese)
List of test menus page
(Only in Japanese)
iモート゛故障診断
iモート゛故障診断
画像・メロテ゛ィ・メールなどが正
常に動作しているか確認す
る事ができます。
テストメニュー一覧
「iモート゛故障診断」につい
てのお問い合せ
※お問い合わせ先及び受付
時間は地域によって異なり
ます。
テストメニュー一覧
GIF画像表示テスト
JPEG画像表示テスト
アニメーション画像表示テスト
メール送受信テスト
画像メール表示テスト
メロテ゛ィメール受信テスト
着信メロテ゛ィ再生テスト
iアフ゜リタ゛ウンロート゛テスト
i−motionタ゛ウンロート゛テスト
お問い合わせ先へ
戻る
● Access to the “iモード故障診断” (i-mode trouble diagnosis) site
i-mode site : [i Menu] → [お知らせ] (Information) → [サービス・機能] (Service/Function)
→ [iモード] (i-mode) → [iモード故障診断] (i-mode trouble diagnosis)
ˎ No packet communication charge is required for the i-mode trouble diagnosis site.
※ Packet communication charge is required from abroad.
ˎ Available test items vary depending on the model of the FOMA terminal and may be subject to change.
ˎ When you check your mobile phone for normal operation on each test item, carefully read the precautions
described in the website before starting the diagnosis.
ˎ When you access the i-mode trouble diagnosis site and perform a mail sending test, your FOMA terminalspecific information (such as model name and mail address) is automatically sent to the server (server for the
i-mode trouble diagnosis). DoCoMo will not use the information sent from your FOMA terminal for any purposes
other than for the i-mode trouble diagnosis.
ˎ If your mobile phone is diagnosed as having some troubles, call the “Contact for Repairs” on the backcover of
this manual for remedial action.
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
401
Updating the Software
About Updating the Software
This function allows you to check if the software update is necessary by connecting to
the network for the FOMA terminal and if necessary, download a part of the software
using packet communication to update the software.
※ No packet communication charge is required for updating software.
If the software update is necessary, we inform of it on DoCoMo’s home page and in “お知
らせ” (Information) accessible from i Menu.
You can use one of the three update types: “Auto-update”, “Now update”, “Reserve” to
update the software.
Auto-update Download new software automatically and rewrite at the previously set time.
Now update Update the software immediately at any time you want.
Reserve
Reserve a date/time you want to update the software. The software update starts automatically at
the reserved date and time.
● Do not remove the battery pack while updating the software. The software update may fail if you do so.
● The software update can be made with data, such as Phonebook entries, images recorded by the camera
and downloaded data, remaining in the FOMA terminal. However, note that the safety of the data may not
be assured depending on the conditions of your FOMA terminal (e.g. malfunction, damage and exposure to
water). It is recommended to take a backup copy of important data (some data such as downloaded data
may be protected from backup copy).
Before Using the Function
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
402
ˎ You can update the software even if the Host selection is set to other than [i-mode(UIM)].
ˎ Before updating the software, be sure to fully charge the battery pack of the FOMA terminal.
ˎ You cannot update the software in the following cases:
- When the date and time of the FOMA terminal are not set
- During a call
- When “
” is displayed
- While the Self mode is set
- While the Omakase Lock is set
- When the battery level is low
- When the UIM is not inserted
- When another function is being used
- When the FOMA terminal is connected to an external device such as a PC
ˎ It may take time to update (download and rewrite) the software in some cases.
ˎ The Alarm, Schedule alarm, and Booking alarm do not operate while updating the software.
ˎ You cannot place or receive a call, and use various communication functions and other functions while updating
the software. (You can receive a voice call while downloading the software.)
ˎ The FOMA terminal uses SSL communication with the DoCoMo server to update the software. Before starting
update, set the SSL list to [Valid] (Default: [Valid]) (P.171).
ˎ It is recommended to update the software under strong radio wave condition with 3-antenna marks displayed
and not to move the FOMA terminal while updating the software.
※ When the weakening of the radio wave occurs while downloading the software or the download is interrupted
for any reason, perform the software update again in a location of good radio wave condition.
ˎ If no new update is available, the message “No update is needed. Please continue to use as before” appears
when you check the necessity of the update.
ˎ After updating the software, icons that notify you about mail/messages stored at the i-mode center disappears.
When the Recv option setting is [ON], the screen notifying you of new mail may not be displayed after
completion of the update if there is new mail while updating the software.
ˎ When you update the software, your FOMA terminal-specific information (such as model and manufacturer’s
serial number) is automatically sent to the server (server for updating the software under DoCoMo’s
supervision). DoCoMo will not use the information sent from your mobile phone for any purposes other than to
update the software.
ˎ When the software update fails, the message “Rewrite failed” appears and no further operation is possible. In
this case, please bring the FOMA terminal to the nearest DoCoMo repair handling service counter.
ˎ You cannot use the software update overseas.
Updating the Software Automatically (Auto-update)
Download new software automatically and rewrite old one with it at the previously set
time.
When the status is changed to be ready to rewrite, “ ” appears. After you check the
time of rewriting, you can change the time or select whether to rewrite right away.
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management] → [SW Update] and press
The Security code screen appears.
Enter the Security code and press
ˎ The Security code is masked by “****”.
(OK).
ˎ The Security code is set to “0000” at the time of purchase.
Select [Set auto-update] and press
Set auto−update
Set
Day
Time
Auto−update
None specified
09:05
Set whether to update the software automatically at [Set].
[Auto-update] : Update the software automatically.
[Only notice] : The notification icon “ ” (Update notification) appears in the stand-by display when the
software update is necessary.
[Disable]
: Do not update the software automatically.
Set a day of the week to perform the software update at [Day].
Select from [Mon to Sun] and [None specified].
Set a time to start the software update at [Time].
Enter a time in 24-hour format.
Press
(Complete).
The Set auto-update is set.
When the Set auto-update is set to [Disable]
Select [Yes].
After Receiving the Software Update Information
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
When the Set auto-update is set to [Auto-update], the notification icon
“ ” (Update schedule) appears in the stand-by display.
To check the date and time of the software update
Press
(Link) in the stand-by display and select “ ”. To change
the date and time of the update, select [Change]. To start the update,
select [Now rewrite].
Update schedule
Continued
403
When the Set auto-update is set to [Only notice], the notification icon
“ ” (Update notification) appears in the stand-by display.
To activate the software update
Press
(Link) in the stand-by display, select “ ”, and select [Yes].
Update notification
● The notification icon of the SW Update appears only when DoCoMo notifies software update.
Activating the Software Update
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management] → [SW Update] and press
The Security code screen appears.
Enter the Security code and press
ˎ The Security code is masked by “****”.
(OK).
ˎ The Security code is set to “0000” at the time of purchase.
Select [Update] and press
Establishing
SSL session
(Authenti−
cating)
Checking
The FOMA terminal starts SSL communication to check if the software update is necessary.
If necessary, select the timing to start update and press
Update is needed
Now update
Reserve
Cancel
[Now update] : Start updating the software. The software update may not be
completed successfully if the server is busy.
[Reserve]
: Reserve a date/time to start the software update.
[Cancel]
: Do not start updating the software.
When the message informing there is no need to update the software
appears
You do not need to update the software. Continue to use the FOMA
terminal without updating.
● When the server is busy, the screen to the right appears. To reserve, select [Reserve]
and set a date/time for the update.
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
404
Server is busy
Reserve
Cancel
Updating the Software Immediately (Now update)
From the screen for selecting the update type, select [Now update] and press
Ready to
download?
Notice:
No functions are
available except
receive calls
SW Update
Downloading
Connecting
After a while, the software download starts.
ˎ When downloading starts, step 2 is performed automatically (no need to operate).
To cancel the download
Press
(Cancel) while downloading.
ˎ If you stop the download before it is completed, the data downloaded up until this point is deleted.
After the download is completed, press
(OK).
書換え中
書換え完了しました
再起動します
Rewriting
Rewriting is complete.
Ready to reload?
書換え開始します
The software rewriting starts and the incoming indicator lights. After rewriting is completed,
the FOMA terminal is restarted automatically.
ˎ While the software is being rewritten, all key operations are disabled. You even cannot stop the update
operation.
● When the FOMA terminal is restarted, “ ” (Update complete) appears in the stand-by display. If there is
any information that you must confirm, “ ” (Check for update) appears. The icon and message disappear
after you check the notification information by selecting the icon.
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
Continued
405
Reserving a Date/Time for the Software Update (Reserve)
If downloading takes too long or the server is congested, you can connect to the server
and preset a date/time to start the software update.
Example: Reserving the software update on November 14 (Wed) 1:05 a.m.
From the screen for selecting the update type, select [Reserve] and press
List of choice
11/14
11/14
11/14
11/14
11/14
11/14
11/14
11/14
11/14
11/14
11/14
11/14
Wed
Wed
Wed
Wed
Wed
Wed
Wed
Wed
Wed
Wed
Wed
Wed
1:05
3:44
4:18
4:44
5:28
5:55
6:23
6:57
7:15
7:50
8:27
8:58
ˎ When reserving the software update, the time set on the server is displayed.
To select another date/time
Press
(Others) and select the preferred date, time slot, and time.
You can confirm vacant time slot available for reservation in the
Preferred- time slot display as follows:
“○: Available”, “△: Almost full”, or “×: Full”.
To cancel the reservation operation
Press
(Cancel).
Select the date/time to be reserved → [Yes] and press
Reserve for
2007/11/14 Wed
1:05?
The FOMA terminal connects to the server and displays a list of
reservation choices.
Connecting
Yes
No
Reserved for
2007/11/14 Wed
1:05
The FOMA terminal connects to the server and completes the reservation.
When the Reserved Time Comes
Ready to update
software?
The screen to the left appears. After about five seconds, the software
update starts automatically and the incoming indicator flashes.
ˎ Before the reserved time comes, turn the FOMA terminal to the stand-by display
and place it in a location of good radio wave condition.
● The software update may not start if another function is being used when the reserved time comes.
● When the Alarm/Schedule alarm/Booking alarm is set to start at the same time as the reserved time, the
software update has priority and the alarm may not sound.
● If you execute the Reset all data&set or leave the FOMA terminal without a battery pack or with a fully
expended battery pack for a long period of time after you complete the reservation, the date and time is
reset, and the software update does not start even if the reserved time comes. Perform the reservation again.
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
406
Confirming the Reservation
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management] → [SW Update] and press
The Security code screen appears.
Enter the Security code and press
Select [Update] and press
Already reserved
for
2007/11/14 Wed
1:05
OK
Change
Cancel
(OK).
If the software update is already reserved, the reserved information
appears.
To change the reservation
Select [Change]. The FOMA terminal connects to the server and you
can select another date/time.
To cancel the reservation
Select [Cancel] → [Yes]. The FOMA terminal connects to the server
and cancels the reservation.
Protecting Your Mobile Phone from Harmful Data
At first, update the pattern definitions to get the latest definitions.
You can detect information related to the data and programs obtained into the FOMA
terminal from an external source, such as data downloaded from a site or i-mode mail,
and delete data or end the start-up of application that can cause a trouble.
ˎ Use the pattern definitions for checking. Since the pattern definitions are upgraded every time a new problem
is discovered, be sure to update the definitions (P.408).
ˎ The scanning function provides explicit protection against intrusive data that causes mobile phone trouble while
you are viewing a website or receiving mail. Note that if the pattern definitions corresponding to each trouble
are not downloaded to the mobile phone, or if there are no pattern definitions corresponding to each trouble,
this function cannot prevent the trouble occurrences.
ˎ The contents of the pattern definitions vary depending on the model of your mobile phone. Note that the
distribution of pattern definitions for models released more than three years ago may be discontinued at our
company’s discretion.
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
Continued
407
Setting the Scanning Function
You can set whether to automatically check data and programs when they are executed.
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management] → [Scan function] → [Set scan]
and press
Set scan
Scan function
Valid
[Scan function] : Set whether to enable the scanning function.
[Message scan] : Set whether to enable the scanning function for SMS when the
Scan function is set to [Valid].
Message scan
Valid
Select [Valid] at [Scan function].
[Valid] : Execute the scanning function. If data that can cause a trouble is detected, a warning is
displayed in five levels.
[Invalid] : Do not execute the scanning function.
When you change the setting
Select [Yes].
Select [Valid] at [Message scan].
[Valid] : Execute the scanning function for the SMS. If a phone number or URL is included in the mail
main body, the message appears.
[Invalid] : Do not execute the scanning function for the SMS.
When you change the setting
Select [Yes].
Updating the Pattern Definitions
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management] → [Scan function] → [Update]
and press
Update pattern
definitions?
Yes
No
Select [Yes] → [Yes] and press
Ready to
send your
terminal ID?
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
408
Update
Downloading
Yes
No
When the pattern definitions are the latest available
There is no need to update the pattern definitions. Use them as is.
● When you update the pattern definitions, your FOMA terminal-specific information (such as model and
manufacturer’s serial number) is automatically sent to the server (server for the scanning function under
DoCoMo’s supervision). DoCoMo will not use the information sent from your mobile phone for any purposes
other than the scanning function.
● You cannot update the pattern definitions in the following cases:
- When the date/time is not set
- When “
” is displayed
- During a call
- While the Self mode is set
- While the Lock all is set
- While the Omakase Lock is set
- When the UIM is not inserted
- When another function is being used
- When the FOMA terminal is connected to an external device such as a PC
- When the international roaming service is used
● If you cancel the downloading operation before it is completed, the data downloaded until this point is
deleted.
Setting Whether Pattern Definitions Are Automatically Updated
You can set whether to update the pattern definitions automatically.
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management] → [Scan function] → [Set auto.
update] and press
Set auto−update
of pattern
definitions
[Valid] : Update the pattern definitions automatically.
[Invalid] : Do not update the pattern definitions automatically.
Valid
Invalid
Select [Valid] → [Yes] → [Yes] and press
The Set auto-update is set.
● If the Set auto-update is set to [Valid], “ ” (Update completed) appears in the stand-by display when the
pattern definitions auto-update is completed. If the pattern definitions were not auto-updated successfully,
“ ” (Update definitions) appears. Confirm the information by selecting the icon to clear the notification.
● If you leave the FOMA terminal without a battery pack or with a fully expended battery pack for a long
period of time, the date and time is reset, and the Auto-update may not operate correctly.
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
Continued
409
About the Scanning Result Indication
If data that can cause a trouble is detected, the warning display appears.
■ Scanning result indication
Warning level 0
Warning level 1
Warning level 2
Warning level 3
Warning level 4
Problem factor
Problem factor
Problem factor
Problem factor
Problem factor
Operation may
not run properly
Operation may
not run properly.
Cancel operation?
Yes
No
Operation may
not run properly.
Canceling operation
Operation may
not run properly.
Delete data?
Yes
No
Operation may not
run properly.
Deleting data
T h e o p e r a t i o n i s Confir ms whether Stops the operation. Confirms whether Stops the operation
continued.
you want to stop the
you want to stop the a n d d e l e t e s t h e
operation.
operation and delete target data.
the target data.
■ Display of detected problem factors
PadHtml026.H
PadHtml027.H
PadHtml025.H
PadHtml028.H
PadHtml030.H
Detected
above data
When you press
(Detail) in the warning display, the title of the
problem factor appears.
ˎ If six or more problem factors are detected, the titles of the sixth and later
problem factors are omitted.
Displaying the Pattern Definition Version
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management] → [Scan function] → [Version]
and press
Version
Pattern Definitions
Version
1.1
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
410
Specifications
Product name
Dimensions
Weight
Continuous Network
stand-by
FOMA/
time
3G
FOMA SO905i
110×49×19.7 mm (H×W×D) (when folded)
About 134 g (with battery pack attached)
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
3G/GSM setting
3G
Moving state: About 380 hours
Auto
Moving state: About 360 hours
Stationary state: About 520 hours
GSM
Auto
Stationary state: About 300 hours
Continuous Network 3G/GSM setting
call time
FOMA/
3G
Voice call: About 230 minutes
3G
Videophone call: About 130 minutes
Auto
GSM
Auto
Voice call: About 230 minutes
One Seg watching time
About 230 minutes
Charging time
AC adapter: About 150 minutes
DC adapter: About 150 minutes
LCD
Type
Main display: TFT 16,770,000 colors
Sub-display: Organic EL 1 color
Size
Main display: About 3.0 inches
Sub-display: About 1.1 inches
Number of pixels
Main display: 414,720 pixels (480 dots×864 dots)
Sub-display: 4,608 pixels (128 dots×36 dots)
Image
Type
In-camera: CMOS
pickup
Out-camera: CMOS
device
Size
In-camera: 1/11 inches
Out-camera: 1/2.8 inches
Valid pixels
In-camera: About 110,000 pixels
Out-camera: About 3,200,000 pixels
Camera
Film valid pixels
In-camera: About 100,000 pixels
Out-camera: About 3,200,000 pixels
Zoom (Digital)
In-camera: Zoom is unavailable.
Out-camera: Maximum magnification about ×16
Storage
Recordable number of still About 1,500 (on the Data Box)※1
images
Recordable number of
continuous still images
File format of still images
JPEG
Recordable time of movies On the Data Box: About 434 seconds※2
On the microSD memory card (64MB): About 60 minutes※3
File format of movies
MP4
Music
Continuous playback time i-motion: About 450 minutes
playback
Chaku-Uta Full®: About 3,840 minutes※4
“ATRAC3”: About 3,960 minutes※4
WMA: About 3,180 minutes※4
MP3: About 3,900 minutes※4
Music&Video Channel: About 1,140 minutes (sound)※4, about 300 minutes (movie)
Memory
Chaku-Uta®/
About 202.7MB
capacity
Chaku-Uta Full®
※1 Image size: [sQCIF(128×96 dots)] Image quality: [Standard] File size: 10K bytes
※2 It is the maximum recording time per one movie under the following conditions:
Image size: [sQCIF(128×96 dots)] Shoot mode: [Image+Sound]
Image quality: [Standard] File size restriction: Attach(L)
※3 It is the maximum recording time per one movie under the following conditions:
Image size: [sQCIF(128×96 dots)] Shoot mode: [Image+Sound]
Image quality: [Standard] File size: No limit
※4 Playing back music in the background is supported.
411
Number of Saved and Protected Data Items
Type
Phonebook※1
Schedule
Text memo
Mail
(Total number
of i-mode mail
and SMS)
Received mail※2
Sent mail※2
Saved draft mail※2
Area Mail※2
Template※3
Message
Message R
Message F
Bookmark
i-mode
Full Browser
Screen memo※2
i-αppli※2※3
Image※2※5
Music&Video Channel
(Delivered program)※2
Music&Video Channel
(Re-saved program)※2
Movie/i-motion※2※4
Melody※2※4
Chara-den※2※4
PDF data※2※3
Kisekae Tool※2※4
Recorded still image※2
Recorded video※2
ToruCa card
※1
※2
※3
※4
※5
Number of protected
data items
Up to 1,000
−
Up to 300
−
Up to 10
−
Up to 1,000
Up to 500
Up to 500
Up to 250
Up to 50
−
Up to 30
−
Up to 50
−
Up to 20
Up to 20
Up to 20
Up to 20
Up to 200
−
Up to 200
−
Up to 100
Up to 50
Up to 100 (including up to 5 i-αppli with mail software)
−
Up to 1,500
−
Up to 2
−
Number of saved data items
Up to 10
Up to 150
Up to 200
Up to 50
Up to 50
Up to 50
Up to 50
Up to 99
Up to 100
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
You can save up to 50 entries in the UIM.
The actual number of data items that can be saved may decrease depending on the data to be saved.
Includes the preinstalled data.
Does not include the preinstalled data.
Includes the preinstalled Deco-mail pictographs and the images saved in the [スーパーモンキーボール]
folder at the time of purchase.
About the Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) of Mobile Phones, etc.
SAR Certification Information
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
412
This model phone FOMA SO905i meets the MIC’s* technical regulation for exposure to
radio waves.
The technical regulation established permitted levels of radio frequency energy, based on
standards that were developed by independent scientific organizations through periodic and
thorough evaluation of scientific studies. The regulation employs a unit of measurement known as
the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit is 2 watts/kilogram (W/kg)** averaged over ten
grams of tissue. The limit includes a substantial safety margin designed to assure the safety of all
persons, regardless of age and health. The value of the limit is equal to the international guidelines
recommended by ICNIRP***.
All phone models should be confirmed to comply with the regulation, before they are available for
sale to the public. The highest SAR value for this model phone is 0.350 W/kg. It was taken by the
Telecom Engineering Center (TELEC), a Registered Certification Agency on the Radio Law. The test
for SAR was conducted in accordance with the MIC testing procedure using standard operating
positions with the phone transmitting at its highest permitted power level in all tested frequency
bands. While there may be differences between the SAR levels of various phones and at various
positions, they all meet the MIC’s technical regulation. Although the SAR is determined at the
highest certified power level, the actual SAR of the phone during operation can be well below the
maximum value.
For more information about SAR, please see the following websites:
World Health Organization (WHO): http://www.who.int/peh-emf/
ICNIRP:
http://www.icnirp.de/
MIC:
http://www.tele.soumu.go.jp/e/ele/body/index.htm
TELEC:
http://www.telec.or.jp/ENG/index_e.htm
NTT DoCoMo:
http://www.nttdocomo.co.jp/english/product/
Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Japan, Inc.:
http://www.SonyEricsson.co.jp/product/SAR/ (Japanese only)
* Ministry of Internal Affairs and Communications
** The technical regulation is provided in Article 14-2 of the Ministry Ordinance Regulating Radio Equipment.
*** International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection
Declaration of Conformity
We, Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications AB of Nya Vattentornet SE-221 88 Lund, Sweden
declare under our sole responsibility that our product
Sony Ericsson type AAD-3624011-BV
and in combination with FOMA global AC charger 01, to which this declaration relates is in
conformity with the appropriate standards EN 301 511:V9.0.2, EN 301 908-1:V2.2.1, EN 301 908-2:
V2.2.1, EN 301 489-24:V1.3.1, EN 301 489-7:V1.3.1, EN 301 489-3:V1.4.1, EN 302 291-2:V1.1.1, and
EN 60950-1:2006, following the provisions of, Radio Equipment and Telecommunication Terminal
Equipment Directive 1999/5/EC
Lund, October 2007
0682
Signature
Yukio Kubota, Head of Product Business Unit JAPAN
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
われわれはR&TTE指令の要求事項を満たしています
(1999/5/EC)
We fulfill the requirements of the R&TTE Directive (1999/5/EC)
Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure and SAR
Your mobile phone is a low-power radio transmitter and receiver.
When it is turned on, it emits low levels of radio frequency energy (also known as radio waves or
radio frequency fields).
Continued
413
Governments around the world have adopted comprehensive international safety guidelines,
developed by scientific organizations, e.g. ICNIRP (International Commission on Non-Ionizing
Radiation Protection) and IEEE (The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers Inc.), through
periodic and thorough evaluation of scientific studies. These guidelines establish permitted levels
of radio wave exposure for the general population. The levels include a safety margin designed to
assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health, and to account for any variations in
measurements.
Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) is the unit of measurement for the amount of radio frequency energy
absorbed by the body when using a mobile phone. The SAR value is determined at the highest
certified power level in laboratory conditions, but the actual SAR level of the mobile phone while
operating can be well below this value. This is because the mobile phone is designed to use the
minimum power required to reach the network.
Variations in SAR below the radio frequency exposure guidelines do not mean that there are
variations in safety. While there may be differences in SAR levels among mobile phones, all Sony
Ericsson mobile phone models are designed to meet radio frequency exposure guidelines.
Before a phone model is available for sale to the public, it must be tested and certified to the FCC
that it does not exceed the limit established by the government-adopted requirement for safe
exposure. The tests are performed in positions and locations (that is, at the ear and worn on the
body) as required by the FCC for each model. For body worn operation, this phone has been tested
and meets FCC RF exposure guidelines when the handset is positioned a minimum of 15 mm from
the body without any metal parts in the vicinity of the phone or when used with the original Sony
Ericsson body worn accessory intended for this phone. Use of other accessories may not ensure
compliance with FCC RF exposure guidelines.
A separate leaflet with SAR information for this mobile phone model is included with the material that
comes with this mobile phone. This information can also be found, together with more information
on radio frequency exposure and SAR, on:
www.sonyericsson.com
FCC Statement
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions :
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that
may cause undesired operation.
Radio Wave Exposure and Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) Information
United States & Canada
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
414
THIS PHONE MODEL HAS BEEN CERTIFIED IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE GOVERNMENT’S
REQUIREMENTS FOR EXPOSURE TO RADIO WAVES.
The SO905i mobile phones have been designed to comply with applicable safety requirements for
exposure to radio waves. Your wireless phone is a radio transmitter and receiver. It is designed to
not exceed the limits* of exposure to radio frequency (RF) energy set by governmental authorities.
These limits establish permitted levels of RF energy for the general population. The guidelines are
based on standards that were developed by international scientific organizations through periodic
and thorough evaluation of scientific studies. The standards include a safety margin designed to
assure the safety of all individuals, regardless of age and health.
The radio wave exposure guidelines employ a unit of measurement known as the Specific
Absorption Rate (SAR). Tests for SAR are conducted using standardized methods with the phone
transmitting at its highest certified power level in all used frequency bands. While there may be
differences between the SAR levels of various phone models, they are all designed to meet the
relevant guidelines for exposure to radio waves. For more information on SAR, please refer to the
safe and efficient use chapter in the User Guide.
The highest SAR value as reported to the authorities for this phone model when tested for use by
the ear is 0.67 W/kg*, and when worn on the body is 0.41 W/kg* for speech and 0.34 W/kg* for
data calls. Body worn measurements are made while the phone is in use and worn on the body
with a Sony Ericsson accessory supplied with or designated for use with this phone. It is therefore
recommended that only Ericsson and Sony Ericsson original accessories be used in conjunction
with Sony Ericsson phones.
**Before a phone model is available for sale to the public in the US, it must be tested and certified
by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) that it does not exceed the limit established by
the government-adopted requirement for safe exposure*. The tests are performed in positions and
locations (i.e., by the ear and worn on the body) as required by the FCC for each model. The FCC
has granted an Equipment Authorization for this phone model with all reported SAR levels evaluated
as in compliance with the FCC RF exposure guidelines. While there may be differences between
the SAR levels of various phones, all mobile phones granted an FCC equipment authorization meet
the government requirement for safe exposure. SAR information on this phone model is on file at
the FCC and can be found under the Display Grant section of http://www.fcc.gov/oet/fccid after
searching on FCC ID PY7A3624011 Additional information on SAR can be found on the Cellular
Telecommunications & Internet Association (CTIA) website at http://www.phonefacts.net.
In the United States and Canada, the SAR limit for mobile phones used by the public is 1.6 watts/
kilogram (W/kg) averaged over one gram of tissue. The standard incorporates a margin of safety
to give additional protection for the public and to account for any variations in measurements.
** This paragraph is only applicable to authorities and customers in the United States.
Europe
This mobile phone model SO905i has been designed to comply with applicable safety requirements
for exposure to radio waves. These requirements are based on scientific guidelines that include
safety margins designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health.
The radio wave exposure guidelines employ a unit of measurement known as the Specific
Absorption Rate, or SAR. Tests for SAR are conducted using standardized methods with the phone
transmitting at its highest certified power level in all used frequency bands.
While there may be differences between the SAR levels of various phone models, they are all
designed to meet the relevant guidelines for exposure to radio waves.
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
For more information on SAR, please refer to the safety chapter in the User’s Guide.
SAR data information for residents in countries that have adopted the SAR limit recommended
by the International Commission of Non-lonizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP), which is 2 W/kg
averaged over ten (10) gram of tissue (for example European Union, Japan, Brazil and New
Zealand):
The highest SAR value for this model phone tested by Sony Ericsson for use at the ear is 0.63 W/kg
(10g).
Continued
415
Important Safety Information
AIRCRAFT
Switch off your wireless device when boarding an aircraft or whenever you are instructed to do
so by airline staff. If your device offers a “flight mode” or similar feature, consult airline staff as to
whether it can be used on board.
DRIVING
Full attention should be given to driving at all times, and local laws and regulations restricting the
use of wireless devices while driving must be observed.
HOSPITALS
Mobile phones should be switched off wherever you are requested to do so in hospitals, clinics or
health care facilities. These requests are designed to prevent possible interference with sensitive
medical equipment.
PETROL STATIONS
Obey all posted signs with respect to the use of wireless devices or other radio equipment in
locations with flammable material and chemicals. Switch off your wireless device whenever you are
instructed to do so by authorized staff.
INTERFERENCE
Care must be taken when using the phone in close proximity to personal medical devices, such as
pacemakers and hearing aids.
Pacemakers
Pacemaker manufacturers recommend that a minimum separation of 15 cm be maintained between
a mobile phone and a pacemaker to avoid potential interference with the pacemaker. To achieve
this, use the phone on the opposite ear to your pacemaker and do not carry it in a breast pocket.
Hearing Aids
Some digital wireless phones may interfere with some hearing aids. In the event of such
interference, you may want to consult your hearing aid manufacturer to discuss alternatives.
For Other Medical Devices
Please consult your physician and the device manufacturer to determine if operation of your phone
may interfere with the operation of your medical device.
Disposal of old electrical & electronic equipment
This symbol indicates that all electrical and electronic equipment included shall not be
treated as household waste. Instead it shall be left at the appropriate collection point for
recycling of electrical and electronic equipment. By ensuring this product is disposed of
correctly, you will help prevent potential negative consequences for the environment and human
health, which could otherwise be caused by inappropriate waste handling of this product. The
recycling of materials will help to conserve natural resources. For more detailed information about
recycling this product, please contact your local city office, your household waste disposal service
or the shop where you purchased the product.
Appendix/External Devices/Troubleshooting
416
Disposing of the battery
Please check local regulations for disposal of batteries or call your local Sony Ericsson
Call Center for information.
The battery should never be placed in municipal waste. Use a battery disposal facility if
available.
Export Controls and Regulations
This product and its accessories are covered and controlled by Japan’s export
control regulations (“Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Law” and related laws and
regulations). If you wish to export this product and/or its accessories, you must complete
the necessary procedures at your own responsibility and cost. Detailed information on
the procedure, contact the Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry.
Index/Quick Manual
Index .................................................................................................................................. 418
Quick Manual ..................................................................................................................... 426
417
Index
How to Look up in the Index
The index can be used as an “alphabetical table of contents”. Under each headword, terms
relevant to it are listed. Not only terms representing function names actually displayed on the FOMA
terminal, but also those that are a brief summary about the functions described in this manual.
Example: Adjusting the volume of i-αppli software
Adjust volume
Auto-start.............................. 213
Certificates ........................... 208
SW description ..................... 207
SW init. Setting ..................... 206
MUSIC .................. 275, 311, 312
Ring volume ......................... 103
Sound effect ......................... 105
Upgrade ............................... 214
Use icons ............................. 209
Volume setting...................... 105
Receive ................................ 201
Area Mail setting ............... 201, 202
AC adapter ................................. 40
Accept/Reject call ..................... 133
Acquire image........................... 167
Additional service ..................... 355
Adjust light ................................ 113
Adjust volume
Beep setting ......................... 202
Beep time ............................. 202
Receive entry ....................... 201
Receive setting .................... 201
Arrival Call Act .......................... 350
ATRAC mode ............................ 285
Auto answer setting .................. 333
Auto lock SubKey...................... 130
Auto reset ................................. 329
GPS ...................................... 106
i-motion ................................ 271
i-αppli.................................. 105
Keypad sound...................... 104
Melody ................................. 276
MUSIC .................. 275, 311, 312
One Seg ............... 244, 245, 277
Ring volume ......................... 103
Sound effect ......................... 105
Volume ................................. 105
After sales services .................. 399
Alarm
Index/Quick Manual
418
i-αppli ...................................... 206
i-motion ................................ 271
i-αppli.................................. 105
Keypad sound...................... 104
Melody ................................. 276
Alarm (clock) ........................ 320
Booking alarm ...................... 250
Cost limit notice.................... 329
Schedule alarm .................... 324
Alarm (clock)............................. 320
All font size setting .................... 119
Animation.................................. 112
Antenna ...................................... 25
Any key ans ................................ 64
Application ................................ 331
Area Mail .................................. 201
Auto setting ............................... 113
AV Phone To function ............... 168
Available services ..................... 388
Output of Rec ....................... 248
Res.Rslt ................................ 251
Timer recording .................... 248
Bookmark ......................... 165, 262
Add bookmark ..................... 165
Attach to mail ....................... 183
Bookmark ............................. 165
Delete ................................... 166
Display ................................. 165
Edit ....................................... 262
Edit folder ............................. 165
iC transmission..................... 300
Move .................................... 166
Send Ir data ......................... 297
Backlight ................................... 113
Backlight always on .................. 113
Bar code reader ........................ 157
Cache ....................................... 162
Calculator ................................. 330
Calendar ........................... 110, 325
Calendar/Clock ......................... 110
Call condition .............................. 57
Call display ............................... 112
Call Forwarding Service ........... 347
Call method ................................ 58
Call Rejection ............................. 63
Call Waiting Service.................. 347
Call with ID/Call without ID ......... 57
Caller ID Display Request Service
............................................. 348
Camera ..................................... 138
Add bookmark ..................... 158
Add to phonebook ............... 158
Saved data ........................... 158
Battery level ................................ 41
Battery pack................................ 38
BN reduction ............................. 120
Booking list ............................... 247
Booking ALM set .................. 250
Booking program ................. 248
Cfm. activation ..................... 248
Dur multitask Rec ................. 248
Adjust EV.............................. 152
Adjust zoom ......................... 150
Attach to mail ............... 142, 146
Auto focus ............................ 155
Auto save ............................. 153
Auto timer ............................. 148
Backlight always on ............. 113
Bar code reader ................... 157
BestPic TM ........................... 145
Change screen .................... 149
Com. replay mode ............... 149
Continuous mode ................. 143
Estimated number of recordable images... 139
Estimated recording time of movie ... 140
File size ................................ 156
Icons .................................... 141
Image quality ....................... 154
Image stabilize ..................... 155
Movie shoot .......................... 146
Photo light ............................ 148
Photometry ........................... 151
Picture effect ........................ 152
Reset all ............................... 152
Reset file No. ........................ 156
Select save to....................... 153
Select scene ........................ 150
Select size ............................ 147
Shoot by photo ..................... 142
Shoot mode .......................... 157
Shoot with frame .................. 144
Shutter sound ....................... 154
Switch camera ..................... 148
Switch mode ........................ 146
Viewer .................................. 317
White balance ...................... 151
Certificates ....... 161, 171, 208, 261
Chaku-moji ................................. 55
Create message ..................... 55
Place a call............................. 56
Set Message display.............. 56
Chaku-Uta Full R ...................... 309
Change code ............................ 124
Characters Assigned to Keys ... 382
Chara-den................................. 274
Backlight always on ............. 113
Charge sound ...................... 104
Charging time ........................ 39
Check new message ........ 186, 199
Animation ............................. 112
i-mode inquiry set ................ 196
Check new SMS ....................... 203
Animation ............................. 112
Check serv. area ....................... 370
Chg. to videophone..................... 52
Chg. to voice call ........................ 52
Chg.MENU ................................. 35
Color theme setting .................. 116
Common phrases ..................... 340
Edit ....................................... 341
List of common phrases....... 385
Communication mode............... 285
Compose message................... 179
Cost limit notice ........................ 329
Country code .............................. 58
Cursor ......................................... 26
Data Box ................................... 287
Chara-den ............................ 274
i-motion ................................ 270
Kisekae Tool ......................... 276
Melody ................................. 275
MUSIC .................................. 275
Music&Video Channel .......... 307
My document ....................... 300
My picture ............................ 266
Property................................ 291
1Seg ..................................... 277
Data broadcasting .................... 251
Data communication ................. 358
Data security............................. 132
Data Security Service ....... 100, 135
Connect to Center ................ 100
Exchanging history .............. 100
Save mail.............................. 191
Save phonebook .................. 100
Save photo ........................... 269
Service setting ..................... 100
Date/time .................................... 43
DC adapter ................................. 40
Deco mail pict. .......................... 341
Deco-mail ................................. 180
Compose and send message ... 180
Deco. slcted txt .................... 181
Decorate mail ....................... 182
Quick deco. Mail .................. 182
Templates ............................. 183
Delete max cost icon ................ 330
Denied no ID............................. 134
Desktop holder ........................... 40
Dial frequency record ................. 53
Dictionary
Delete ................................... 343
Dictionary folder ................... 343
Download ............................. 168
Edit name ............................. 343
Information ........................... 343
Reorder ................................ 344
Save ..................................... 342
Differences in UIM functions ....... 37
Disp. call/rcv. No........................ 112
Display ........................................ 30
Backlight .............................. 113
Guide display ................. 33, 110
Icon ........................ 30, 141, 243
Display rotated appli ................. 328
Display sites ............................. 161
DoCoMo keitai datalink............. 361
Download
Chaku-Uta Full® .................... 309
Chara-den ............................ 168
Dictionary ............................. 168
Graphics .............................. 167
i-motion ................................ 173
i-αppli.................................. 206
Kisekae Tool ......................... 168
Melody ................................. 168
Music&Video Channel .......... 304
PDF data .............................. 168
Template............................... 168
ToruCa .................................. 168
Dual Network Service ............... 349
Earphone/Microphone .............. 332
Earphone/Microphone with Switch
............................................. 332
Edit movie ................................. 272
Index/Quick Manual
Action input mode .................. 73
Action list........................ 73, 274
Call Chara-den ............... 73, 274
Change action................ 73, 274
Delete ................................... 290
Detail .................................... 291
DTMF send mode .................. 73
Set Chara-den ...................... 274
Set sub image ...................... 274
Sort ....................................... 290
Charge ........................................ 39
Clip movie ............................ 272
Clip picture ........................... 273
Select size ............................ 273
Edit photo ................................. 267
Frame ................................... 267
Continued
419
Image stamp ........................ 267
Rotate ................................... 269
Select size ............................ 269
Text stamp ............................ 268
Zoom&trim............................ 268
Emoticons ................................. 384
English Guidance Service ........ 349
Error messages ........................ 392
Export Controls and Regulations
............................................. 416
URL history........................... 260
Window ................................ 260
Window Open Guard ........... 264
Full Browser setting... 262, 263, 264
Function for restricting UIM
operation ................................ 37
Function menu ............................ 35
Go to location ........................... 164
FeliCa ....................................... 220
IC card lock.......................... 226
Osaifu-Keitai......................... 220
Osaifu-Keitai-compatible i-αppli ... 220
FirstPass ................................... 171
Flash ......................................... 163
Sound effect ......................... 105
FOMA card ................................. 36
FOMA card phonebook .............. 90
FOMA terminal phonebook ........ 90
Font size ................................... 119
Force reactor ............................ 334
Full Browser.............................. 258
Index/Quick Manual
420
Access setting ..................... 264
Bookmark ............................. 262
Check settings ..................... 264
Cookie setting ...................... 263
Display img .......................... 263
Display magnification........... 263
Display mode setting ........... 263
Drag ..................................... 261
Enter URL ............................. 258
Frame Page.......................... 261
Full scrn/normal ................... 261
Function menu while viewing ... 259
Go to location ....................... 258
Home URL............................ 262
Key operations while viewing ... 258
PagePilot .............................. 261
PagePilot setting .................. 264
Pointer speed setting ........... 264
Referer setting...................... 264
Reset settings ...................... 264
Script setting ........................ 263
Search .................................. 261
SSL/TLS page ...................... 261
Text copy .............................. 261
To Full Browser ..................... 163
Upload ................................. 262
Font size ............................... 119
GPS .......................................... 228
GPS button setting ............... 238
Host setting. ......................... 235
i appli ................................... 229
Location detail...................... 238
Location history .................... 237
Location notice..................... 236
Location provision ................ 233
Location request .................. 234
Position location ................... 228
Positioning mode ................. 238
Rcv location info................... 237
Reg. service client ............... 236
Service settings.................... 236
Set loc. info .......................... 237
Sound/Color setting ............. 106
Use loc. Info ................. 237, 238
GPS settings
............. 106, 234, 235, 236, 238
Guide display ...................... 33, 110
Handling precautions .................. 18
Hands-free ............................ 51, 62
Headset microphone ................ 333
Headset setting......... 107, 332, 333
Headset sw. to call .................... 332
Headset usage setting .............. 107
Hold
Holding................................... 66
Multiple connections ............ 347
On hold .................................. 66
Holding ....................................... 66
i Menu ....................................... 161
i αppli setting ........... 105, 207, 213
i αppli(microSD) ...................... 217
IC act. notice ............................. 225
IC card ...................................... 220
Osaifu-Keitai-compatible i-αppli ... 220
IC card content ......................... 220
IC card lock............................... 226
iC communication ..................... 298
Reception ............................. 299
Transmission ........................ 300
iC transfer service..................... 220
i-Channel .................................. 174
Channel list .......................... 174
Display ................................. 174
Reset i-Channel.................... 175
Ticker ................................... 175
Icon ............................. 30, 141, 243
Icon setting ............................... 115
Image quality ............................ 110
i-mode....................................... 160
Acquire image ...................... 167
Add to phonebook ............... 187
Auto detect........................... 170
Auto-display ......................... 199
Backlight always on ............. 113
Bookmark ............................. 165
Cache................................... 162
Change i-mode password ... 164
Compose message .............. 162
Connection timeout .............. 169
Display img .......................... 170
Display sites ......................... 161
Download ............................. 167
Enter URL ............................. 164
Font size ............................... 119
Go to location ....................... 164
Host selection ...................... 170
i-mode arrival act ................... 88
i-mode menu ........................ 160
Last accessed URL.............. 161
My Menu .............................. 164
Reload .................................. 162
Save backgnd img ............... 167
Screen memo ....................... 166
Select host ........................... 172
Sound effect ......................... 105
SSL list ................................. 171
SSL page ............................. 161
Terminate i-mode ................. 163
To Full Browser ..................... 163
URL ...................................... 162
URL history........................... 164
Use phone info ..................... 170
Use sites .............................. 162
User certificate ..................... 171
Word translate ...................... 163
i-mode mail ............................... 178
Change ................................ 164
i-mode setting ................... 105, 169
i-mode Trouble Diagnosis Site ... 401
i-motion ............................. 173, 270
Attach to mail ....................... 183
Infrared remote control......... 298
Receive ................................ 297
Send ..................................... 297
Send IrSS ............................. 298
Initial setting................................ 42
Input method............. 340, 341, 343
Insufficient memory .................. 294
Intellectual Property Right .......... 20
International call ......................... 59
International roaming ................ 364
Int’l dial assist ............................. 60
Int’l prefix .................................... 58
Int’l roaming ...... 368, 369, 370, 371
i-αppli ...................................... 206
Auto-start.............................. 213
Certificates ........................... 208
Change display .................... 216
Cng. ring tone/img. .............. 209
Delete ................................... 215
Download ............................. 206
Edit folder ............................. 215
i αppli history ...................... 216
i αppli To ............................. 209
Individual font size ............... 119
Individual set ........................ 209
Move .................................... 215
NW setting............................ 209
Phonebook/Records ............ 209
Preinstalled software ............ 210
Program guide key ............... 209
Run ....................................... 208
Stand-by display .................. 214
Stand-by NW setting ............ 209
SW description ..................... 207
SW init. Setting ..................... 206
Upgrade ............................... 214
Use icons ............................. 209
Use location info .................. 209
Volume setting...................... 105
i-αppli stand-by........................ 214
i-αppli To function .................... 169
i-αppli with mail ....................... 208
i-mode mail form .................. 194
JAN code .................................. 157
Jog setting ................................ 333
Key dial lock.............................. 130
Keypad light .............................. 113
Keypad sound ........................... 104
Kisekae menu ........................... 117
Kisekae setting ......................... 115
Kisekae Tool ..................... 116, 276
Change display .................... 290
Delete ................................... 290
Detail .................................... 291
Edit folder ............................. 289
Folder info ............................ 291
Move .................................... 289
Sort ....................................... 290
Kuten codes .............................. 342
Last accessed URL .................. 161
Last call cost ............................. 328
Last call duration ...................... 328
LED set when folded ................ 113
Lifetime Cal. .............................. 331
Lifetime Calendar ..................... 318
Index/Quick Manual
Add receiver ........................ 179
Add to phonebook ............... 188
Animation ............................. 112
Attached file pref.................. 198
Auto receive ......................... 185
Check new message ........... 186
Clear Recv ranking .............. 198
Clear Send ranking .............. 198
Compose and send ............. 179
Confirm title .......................... 189
Deco-mail ............................. 180
Delete ................................... 193
Display ................................. 189
Dur multi task disp ............... 197
Edit folder ............................. 192
File attachment............. 183, 188
Font size ............................... 119
Forward ................................ 187
iC transmission..................... 300
i-mode inquiry set ................ 196
i-mode mail form .................. 194
Incoming set ........................ 102
Mail list ......................... 180, 197
Mail list setting ..................... 195
Mail security ......................... 132
Melody auto play.................. 197
Memory status...................... 194
Move .................................... 192
Protect ON/OFF.................... 193
Receive option ..................... 186
Recv option setting .............. 196
Reply .................................... 187
Save ..................................... 184
Save address ....................... 187
Secret code............................ 91
Send Ir data ......................... 297
Signature .............................. 196
Sort ....................................... 194
Sort inbox ............................. 195
Sort outbox ........................... 195
Store in Center ..................... 191
Templates ............................. 183
i-mode menu............................. 160
i-mode password ...................... 123
Backlight always on ............. 113
Change display .................... 291
Chapter list ........................... 271
Continuous play ................... 270
Data security ........................ 132
Delete ................................... 290
Detail .................................... 291
Display quality...................... 270
Display setting ..................... 270
Download ............................. 173
Edit folder ............................. 289
Edit movie ............................ 272
Folder info ............................ 291
iC transmission..................... 300
i-motion auto replay ............. 173
Move .................................... 289
Play ...................................... 270
Play mode change ............... 270
Playlists ................................ 271
Save ..................................... 283
Send Ir data ......................... 297
Sort ....................................... 290
i-motion auto replay .................. 173
In-call arrival act ....................... 350
Incoming set ............................. 102
Information on using the manual and
how to look up in the manual .... 1
Infrared communication ............ 295
Display ................................. 318
Display setting ..................... 320
Continued
421
LTC setting ........................... 320
Memory auto display............ 320
Security data display ........... 320
List of default settings ....... 335, 374
List of menus ............................ 374
List of reset items ............. 335, 374
Lock all ..................................... 126
Mail menu ................................. 178
Mail security.............................. 132
Mail setting ............................... 194
Mail To function ......................... 169
Manner mode ........................... 108
Original manner ................... 109
Silent .................................... 108
Media To function...................... 169
Melody ...................................... 275
Attach to mail ....................... 183
Delete ................................... 290
Detail .................................... 291
Edit folder ............................. 289
Folder info ............................ 291
iC transmission..................... 300
Move .................................... 289
Play ...................................... 275
Play portion .......................... 276
Save ..................................... 283
Send Ir data ......................... 297
Sort ....................................... 290
Melody Call setting ................... 107
Menu........................................... 34
Menu setting ............................. 115
Message
Index/Quick Manual
422
Auto-display ......................... 199
Check new message ........... 199
Delete ................................... 200
Display ................................. 199
Dur multi task disp ............... 197
i-mode inquiry set ................ 196
Incoming set ........................ 102
Melody auto play.................. 197
Protect ON/OFF.................... 200
Receive ................................ 198
Save attached ...................... 188
Message F ................................ 199
Message R ............................... 199
microSD memory card .............. 278
Delete ................................... 290
Display ................................. 279
Folder setup ......................... 280
Format .................................. 284
Insert/Remove ...................... 279
microSD info ......................... 284
Reset file No. ........................ 156
Save ..................................... 283
Update mng. info ................. 284
microSD mode .......................... 285
Missed call .......................... 69, 118
Movie player software ............... 390
MTP mode ................................ 285
Multi Number Service ............... 350
Multiaccess ............................... 316
Edit folder ............................. 289
Folder info ............................ 291
iC transmission..................... 300
i-mode bookmark ................. 302
Mark ..................................... 302
Move .................................... 289
Save ............................. 283, 301
Search .................................. 301
Send Ir data ......................... 297
Sort ....................................... 290
My Menu ................................... 164
My picture ................................. 266
Combinations ....................... 386
Multitask ................................... 316
Attach to mail ....................... 183
Change display .................... 290
Data security ........................ 132
Delete ................................... 290
Detail .................................... 291
Display quality...................... 266
Edit folder ............................. 289
Edit photo ............................. 267
Folder info ............................ 291
iC transmission..................... 300
Move .................................... 289
Save ..................................... 283
Send Ir data ......................... 297
Send IrSS ............................. 298
Slideshow ............................. 267
Sort ....................................... 290
Store in Center ..................... 269
My Selection ............................. 327
Combinations ....................... 387
MUSIC .............................. 275, 307
Delete ................................... 290
Detail .................................... 291
Edit folder ............................. 289
Folder info ............................ 291
Move .................................... 289
Play ...................................... 275
MUSIC Player ........................... 307
Change jackets .................... 312
Music settings ...................... 314
Play ...................................... 310
Playable music data............. 307
Playback restriction .............. 312
Playlist .................................. 313
Reset settings ...................... 314
Transfer ................................ 308
Music&Video Channel .............. 304
Change display .................... 291
Chapter list ........................... 307
Delete ........................... 290, 307
Detail .................................... 291
Downloading a Program ...... 305
Edit folder ............................. 289
Folder info ............................ 291
Move program ...................... 307
Play .............................. 305, 307
Set program ......................... 304
Sort ....................................... 290
My data ....................................... 44
My document ............................ 300
Attach to mail ....................... 183
Bookmark ............................. 302
Capture screen .................... 302
Delete ................................... 290
Detail .................................... 291
Detail info disp ..................... 301
Display ................................. 300
Name ........................................ 112
Network search mode............... 369
Network security code .............. 122
Network service ........................ 345
Notification display ...................... 32
Notify caller ID ............................ 44
Nuisance Call Blocking Service
............................................. 348
Number of protected data items
............................................. 412
Number of saved data items ..... 412
NW Services ............................. 346
OFFICEED ............................... 355
Omakase Lock.......................... 127
On hold ....................................... 66
One Seg ................................... 240
Auto channel set .................. 242
Auto Disp light...................... 246
Booking list........................... 247
Booking program ................. 248
Broadcast Storage Area....... 240
Caption disp set ................... 245
Cfm. activation ..................... 248
Change display .................... 290
Data broadcasting ............... 251
Delete ................................... 290
Delete storage area ............. 255
Detail .................................... 291
Display ................................. 277
Display img .......................... 255
Display light ......................... 246
Dur multitask Rec ................. 248
Edit RC number.................... 243
Folder info ............................ 291
Guide always on .................. 245
Image quality ............... 246, 278
Mail disp set ......................... 256
Main/Sub .............................. 246
Move .................................... 289
One Seg Antenna........... 25, 241
IC card lock.......................... 226
Use ....................................... 221
Osaifu-Keitai-compatible i-αppli
............................................. 220
Start ...................................... 220
Oversea service........................ 371
Int’l roaming... 368, 369, 370, 371
Place a call........................... 367
Receive a call....................... 368
Own number ............................... 44
Attach to mail ....................... 183
iC transmission..................... 300
Quote my data ..................... 341
Secret display ...................... 131
Send Ir data ......................... 297
Part names and functions ........... 24
Pause (P) .................................... 51
PB setting ................................... 97
PDF data .................................. 300
Personal data lock .................... 129
Phone To function ..................... 168
Phonebook ................................. 90
Attach to mail ....................... 183
Copy to Main ........................ 287
Copy to UIM ......................... 286
Delete ..................................... 98
Display ................................... 96
Edit ......................................... 98
Font size ............................... 119
Group setting ......................... 95
iC transmission..................... 300
Memory status........................ 99
Originate a PushTalk call........ 96
Phonebook image ................ 112
Place a call............................. 96
Quote ................................... 341
Save ......................... 91, 93, 283
Save/attach image ................. 97
Search .................................... 97
Secret display ...................... 131
Send Ir Data ......................... 297
Send mail ............................... 96
Set image display .................. 97
Which PB to use ..................... 97
2-touch dial ............................ 99
Phonebook image..................... 112
Pictographs............................... 341
List of pictographs ............... 383
PIN1 Code and PIN2 Code ...... 123
Cancel PIN lock ................... 125
Change PIN1 code .............. 125
Change PIN2 code .............. 125
PIN1 code setting ................ 124
Place a call ................................. 49
Play music ........................ 275, 310
Playlist .............................. 271, 313
PLMN setting ............................ 369
Plus JOG .................................... 26
Power.......................................... 42
Power saver .............................. 114
Pref. i αppli sound ................... 106
Prefix .......................................... 58
Prefix setting ............................... 58
Priority .............. 104, 118, 249, 322
Program guide .......................... 247
Public mode (Drive mode) .......... 66
Public mode (Power off).............. 68
PushTalk ..................................... 78
Add member .......................... 81
Any key ans............................ 64
Auto answer setting ............... 87
Hands-free ....................... 79, 88
i-mode arrival act ................... 88
Incoming set ........................ 102
Missed call ............................. 69
Originate ................................ 80
Originate from the phonebook ... 84, 96
P-Talk arrival act ..................... 87
Receive .................................. 82
Set ring time ........................... 87
Setting when folded ............... 88
PushTalk phonebook .................. 82
Delete ..................................... 86
Group setting ......................... 83
NW connection....................... 86
Originate ................................ 84
Save ....................................... 82
PushTalk setting ......................... 87
PushTalkPlus .............................. 86
QR code ................................... 157
Quality alarm ............................ 107
Quick Manual ............................ 426
Quick record message................ 71
Index/Quick Manual
Output of recording ...... 248, 255
Play ...................................... 277
Program guide ..................... 247
Receive mail......................... 254
Reset 1Seg set ..................... 256
Rset permission set.............. 256
Select Serv Area .................. 242
Set channel list ..................... 242
Sleep .................................... 247
Slideshow ............................. 277
Sort ....................................... 290
Sound effect ......................... 255
Switch sound........................ 246
T.shft ..................................... 253
Timer recording .................... 248
TVlink.................................... 252
Watch ................................... 243
One Seg Antenna ............... 25, 241
Operator name display ............. 370
Optional and related devices .... 389
Osaifu-Keitai ............................. 220
Overseas Use
Receive a call ............................. 63
Receive option .................. 186, 196
Received mail ........................... 189
Received record ......................... 53
Add to phonebook ................. 94
Delete ..................................... 54
Font size ............................... 119
Continued
423
Recnct ALM ................................ 61
Record 1Seg............................. 252
Record a still image ............. 253
Record a video..................... 252
Record display .......................... 131
Record message ........................ 69
Delete ..................................... 72
Play ........................................ 72
Quick record message........... 71
Redial record .............................. 53
Add to phonebook ................. 94
Delete ..................................... 54
Detail info ............................... 54
Font size ............................... 119
Reduce noise.............................. 62
Reject unknown ........................ 135
Remote Control ........................ 350
Reset all data&set .................... 334
List of reset items ......... 335, 374
Reset data ................................ 343
Reset display/sound ................. 117
Reset menu log ........................ 118
Reset menu screen .................. 116
Reset settings ........................... 334
List of reset items ......... 335, 374
Reset total ................................ 329
Ring time .................................. 103
Safety precautions ...................... 12
SAR .......................................... 412
Saved mail ................................ 189
Scan code................................. 157
Scan function ............................ 407
Set auto-update ................... 409
Set scan ............................... 408
Update ................................. 408
Version ................................. 410
Schedule
Index/Quick Manual
424
Attach to mail ....................... 183
Delete ................................... 326
Display ................................. 325
iC transmission..................... 300
Memory status...................... 327
Save ............................. 283, 323
Schedule alarm .................... 324
Secret display ...................... 131
Select date ........................... 325
Send Ir data ......................... 297
Set holidays.......................... 326
Schedule setting ............... 324, 326
Screen memo
Delete ................................... 167
Display ................................. 166
Protect ON/OFF.................... 167
Save ..................................... 166
URL ...................................... 166
Secret
Own number .......................... 45
Phonebook ............................. 91
Schedule .............................. 323
Secret code ................................ 91
Secret display ........................... 131
Security code ............................ 122
Change ................................ 124
Security scanning function
(Scan function) ..................... 407
Select host ................................ 172
Select language ........................ 120
Self mode ................................. 128
Send IrSS ................................. 298
Sent mail................................... 189
Service numbers ...................... 349
Set basic tone ........................... 104
Set call record........................... 131
Set rec msg ................................ 70
Set ring start time ..................... 134
Setting when folded .............. 65, 88
SMS .......................................... 178
Animation ............................. 112
Compose and send ............. 202
Copy to Main ........................ 287
Copy to UIM ......................... 286
Receive ................................ 203
Save ..................................... 202
SMS setting .............................. 203
Soft key ..................................... 110
Software update ....................... 402
Now update.......................... 405
Reserve ................................ 406
Set auto-update ................... 403
Update ................................. 404
Sound effect ............................. 105
Specifications ........................... 411
SSL list ..................................... 171
SSL site .................................... 161
Standard menu ......................... 374
Stand-by books......................... 110
Stand-by display ....................... 110
Start menu setting .................... 115
Stereo&3D ................................ 104
Storage info .............................. 294
Style............................................ 27
Sub display setting ................... 113
Sub-address ............................... 61
Sub-display ................................. 33
Icon ........................................ 30
Notification display................. 32
Ticker ................................... 175
Supplied and optional accessories
............................................... 22
Symbols .................................... 341
List of special symbols......... 383
Template ................................... 183
Delete ................................... 183
Text input .................................. 338
Bar code reader ................... 341
Character mode ................... 338
Characters assigned to keys
......................................... 382
Common phrases......... 340, 385
Copy..................................... 342
Cut........................................ 342
Delete ................................... 338
Dictionaries .......................... 343
Edit common phrases .......... 341
Edit prediction ...................... 343
Edit user dict ........................ 343
Full/Half size ......................... 338
Insert .................................... 338
Kuten codes ......................... 342
Operation in item.................. 340
Paste .................................... 342
Pictograph/symbol mode ..... 338
Pictographs .................. 341, 383
Prediction ............................. 339
Quote my data ..................... 341
Quote phonebook ................ 341
Reset data ............................ 343
Select conversion................. 340
Symbols ....................... 341, 383
Undo .................................... 338
User conversion ................... 339
Text Memo ................................ 330
Copy text Memo ................... 331
Delete ................................... 331
Display ................................. 331
iC transmission..................... 300
Save ............................. 283, 330
Send Ir data ......................... 297
Ticker ........................................ 175
Timer (T) ..................................... 51
ToruCa ...................................... 221
Attach to mail ....................... 183
Auto recognition ................... 225
Delete ................................... 223
Display ................................. 222
Duplication check ................ 225
Edit folder ............................. 223
IC act. notice ........................ 225
IC card lock.......................... 226
iC transmission..................... 300
Move .................................... 223
Obtain .................................. 222
Save ..................................... 283
Search .................................. 224
Send Ir data ......................... 297
Sort ....................................... 223
Sort folder............................. 224
ToruCa receive ..................... 224
ToruCa setting .......................... 224
Total calls cost .......................... 328
Total calls duration .................... 328
Touch Key ................................... 26
Touch-tones ................................ 51
Troubleshooting ........................ 390
TV style....................................... 27
UIM ............................................. 36
Copy to Main ........................ 287
Copy to UIM ......................... 286
Insert/Remove ........................ 36
PIN1/PIN2 code ................... 123
UIM phonebook .......................... 90
Save ....................................... 93
UIM setting ............................... 124
URL
Display ................................. 162
History .......................... 164, 260
Last accessed URL.............. 161
USB mode setting..................... 285
User certificate ......................... 171
Animation ............................. 112
Auto redial(voice) ................... 75
Backlight always on ............. 113
Call Rejection ......................... 63
2in1 ........................................... 352
2in1 setting ............................... 352
2-touch dial ................................. 99
3G/GSM setting ........................ 368
Animation ............................. 112
Any key ans............................ 64
Call Rejection ......................... 63
Chg. to videophone ............... 52
Hands-free ............................. 51
Holding................................... 66
Incoming set ........................ 102
Missed call ............................. 69
On hold .................................. 66
Quick record message........... 71
Set call display ..................... 112
Setting when folded ............... 65
Whisper mode ........................ 65
Voice Mail Service .................... 346
Bar Incoming call ................. 370
Roaming Guidance .............. 370
Voice memo ........................ 72, 328
Volume...................................... 105
Volume setting .......................... 105
Warranty and after sales services
............................................. 399
Web To function ........................ 169
Whisper mode ............................ 65
WORLD CALL ............................ 59
WORLD WING............................ 38
Index/Quick Manual
V.ph switch notice ....................... 76
Vibrator ..................................... 103
Videophone ................................ 48
Chara-den .............................. 73
Chg. to voice call ................... 52
Display setting ....................... 74
Hands-free ....................... 51, 75
Holding................................... 66
Incoming set ........................ 102
Missed call ............................. 69
On hold .................................. 66
Quick record message........... 71
Select sub image ................... 48
Set call display ..................... 112
Set outgoing image ................ 74
Setting when folded ............... 65
V.ph while packet ................... 76
Visual preference ................... 75
Videophone setting ..................... 74
Voice call
Symbols and Numbers
+ ................................................ 52
186/184....................................... 57
1Seg setting...................... 255, 256
2 Step 1Seg Stand ..................... 29
425
Quick Manual
Using the Quick Manual
To bring the Quick Manual provided with this manual, separate it at the tear-off line and
fold as shown below.
You can conveniently bring the Quick Manual “Overseas Use” with you when you are
overseas and using the international roaming service (WORLD WING).
■ Cutting the pages
Separate the pages of the Quick Manual at the tear-off line.
Tear-off line
■ Folding the cut pages
Fold the Quick Manual at the folding line so that the frontcover of the document comes on top.
Frontcov
sheet er
Frontcov
sheet er
Index/Quick Manual
426
Frontcov
sheet er
Quick Manual
■ General Inquiries
(In English)
0120-005-250 (toll free)
※ Can be called from mobile phones and PHSs.
(In Japanese only)
(No prefix) 151 (toll free)
※ Can only be called from DoCoMo
mobile phones and PHSs.
■ Repairs
(In Japanese only)
Entering Text (P.338)
OK
ͧ
Mode
Pict/Sym
漢カナAa12
Input Text Memo
あ
R.510
Func
MENU
ͦ
※ The screen is an image.
■ Changing the character mode
(Mode)
ˎ Character mode for half-width: Every time
you press
(Mode), the character mode
changes in the order of [漢] → [カナ] → [Aa]
→ [12].
ˎ Character mode for full-width: Every time
you press
(Mode), the character mode
changes in the order of [漢] → [カ] → [A]
→ [1].
■ Changing the pictograph/symbol mode
(Pict/Sym)
(Pict/Sym), the
ˎ Every time you press
character mode changes in the order of
[Ranking] → [Pict.] → [Pict-D] → [Symbol].
[Pict-D] can be selected only in the Edit
mail and Edit signature displays.
■ Changing the character mode
between full-width and half-width
(Func) → [Full/Halfsize]
ͦ Number of bytes that can be entered
ˎ A half-width character is counted as
one byte and a full-width character as
two bytes.
ͧ Character mode or pictograph/symbol
mode
Press
Press
and save each item at
the Setting display.
(No prefix) 113 (toll free)
※ Can only be called from DoCoMo
mobile phones and PHSs.
(In Japanese only)
0120-800-000 (toll free)
※ Can be called from mobile phones and PHSs.
※ Please confirm the phone number
before you dial.
※ For fur ther infor mation, refer to the
“Nationwide Service Station List” included
with your FOMA terminal and other devices.
Saving an Entry in the FOMA Terminal Phonebook (P.91)
■ Items you can save
(Complete).
Press
) in the stand-by
display →
(Create).
Detail Setting
[Main memory] →
Save other items at the Basic display.
To save data in the UIM phonebook
Select [UIM].
OFF
Mobile1
Public
000
No Group
Basic
: Name (Required)
Enter a name within 16 full-width/32 halfwidth characters.
: Reading
Enter the reading within 32 half-width characters.
: Memory no.
Enter from 000 to 999.
: Group
Select from 20 different groups.
: Phone number
Up to three numbers per entry are available.
Enter each number within 26 digits.
: Phone number type
Select from nine different icons.
: E-mail address
Up to three mail addresses per entry are
available. Enter each address within 50 halfwidth alphanumeric characters and symbols.
: E-mail address type
Select from five different icons.
: Secret code
Enter the Secret code which is saved
in the recipient’s mail address (phone
number@docomo.ne.jp) in four digits.
: Secret
Select whether to display the Phonebook
data.
: Des call display
Select or shoot a call image to be displayed
when placing/receiving a voice/videophone
call, right after receiving mail, and when
displaying the individual Phonebook entry.
: Location information
Add the location information.
: Postal code
Enter a code within seven half-width digits.
: Address
Enter an address within 64 full-width/128
half-width characters.
: Birthday
Enter a date within the range from
1900/01/01 to 2050/12/31.
Press
and save each item at
the Detail display.
■ Entering a character assigned to the
same key twice or more in succession
■ Deleting a character
After entering the first character, either press
or wait for a while, and the cursor moves
automatically.
ˎ The character at the cursor is deleted by
pressing
for less than a second. The
last character is deleted when the cursor
is at the end of the text.
ˎ All characters at and after the cursor
position are deleted by pressing
for
over a second. All characters are deleted
when the cursor is at the end of the text.
■ Inserting a character
Move the cursor to the position to insert a
character.
■ Changing the block of characters
Move the cursor with
(Func) → [Undo]
■ Undoing text
: Chara-den
Select a Chara-den character to be sent
during a videophone call.
: Des phone tone
Select a ring tone that sounds for an
incoming voice/videophone call.
: Des mail tone
Select a ring tone that sounds
immediately after receiving mail.
: Select phone Illum.
Select an indicator color that flashes for
an incoming voice/videophone call.
: Select mail Illum.
Select an indicator color that flashes
immediately after receiving mail.
From the Phonebook, select an
entry →
(Edit).
Editing an Entry (P.98)
Edit each item →
(Complete).
Tear-off line
Point the camera at the object →
(Shoot).
Press
Point the camera at the object →
(Shoot).
(Stop) to end recording.
(Save).
Press
Press
One Seg (P.242, 243, 252, 277)
Press
Press
Key operation
(MySide/
Sub)
(In/Out)
( )
12
Operation
Switch between camera
image/substitute image
Switch between In-/Out-camera
Hands-free ON/OFF
Out-camera zoom-in/-out
■ Operations during a videophone call
to hang up.
When you receive a call, press
or
(V.phone).
■ Receiving a videophone call
to hang up.
Enter a phone number in the
stand-by display →
(V.phone).
13
To add an address
From the Function menu, select [Add
receiver] → address type (To/Cc/Bcc).
To delete an address
Move the cursor to an address and
from the Function menu, select
[Delete receiver] → [Yes].
].
Number of
entered bytes
Main body
Subject
Address
Enter an address at [
0
Edit mail
Press
(Mail) in the stand-by
display →
(Cmps msg).
Composing and Sending i-mode Mail (P.179)
Select a channel list →
From the Menu, select [1 Seg] →
[Set channel list] →
Videophone (P.49, 63)
■ Selecting a channel list
Press
→ [Yes] → enter a name
of a channel list.
Searching broadcast stations starts.
T h e C h a n n e l s c a n re s u l t d i s p l a y
appears when the search is completed.
Select [Auto channel set] → [Yes]
→
].
Press
(Send).
Enter the main body at [
Enter a subject at [
].
(Send).
14
”, “ ”, “ ” (green), “ ” (orange),
”, “ ”, “ ”, or “ ” appears.
Compose mail →
“
“
Select a file type → a folder →
a file →
S e l e c t f ro m [ I m a g e ] , [ i - m o t i o n ] ,
[Melody], [ToruCa], [PDF], [Phonebook],
[My data], [Schedule], [Bookmark],
[Others], and [Activate camera].
Press
(Func) in the Edit mail
display → [Add attach file] →
File Attachment (P.183)
10
Select a file →
Press
( ) in the stand-by display
→ [1Seg] → [Video] →
Example: Playing back a video saved in the Data Box
■ Playing back a video
To end the recording, press
→ [Yes] →
Press
in the One Seg
display (for over a second).
Select music data →
(Play).
Select an artist → an album →
Select [Artists] →
From the Menu, select [MUSIC] →
[MUSIC Player] →
Select music data →
11
An inquiry result is displayed.
Press
(Mail) in the stand-by
display (for over a second).
Tear-off line
15
The number of received mail is displayed.
The display before receiving reappears
after about 15 seconds.
When receiving is completed
“ ” flashes.
When receiving mail
Auto Receiving i-mode Mail (P.185)
(for over
to select [Artists] →
→
Use
to select an artist → an
album →
Use
Press
a second).
Checking New i-mode Mail (P.186)
■ Play back while the FOMA terminal is folded
■ Play back while the FOMA terminal is open
When you watch One Seg in the TV
style, switch to the TV style in stand-by
status.
Music (P.310)
Example: P l a y i n g b a c k m u s i c d a t a b y
selecting an artist
Press
i n t h e s t a n d - by
display (for over a second).
■ Recording a video
Select where to save →
(Create).
From the Menu, select [1 Seg] →
[Set channel list] →
■ Watching One Seg
■ Saving channel automatically
■ Placing a videophone call
Press
(Func) in the Camera
mode display → [Shoot] → [Switch
mode] → [Movie shoot] →
■ Recording a movie
(Save).
Press
i n t h e s t a n d - by
display (for over a second).
Camera (P.142, 146)
■ Recording still images
1
(MENU)
List of Menus (P.34, 374)
■ Selecting the menu
■ Changing the menu
■ List of Standard menus
16
Every time you press
(Chg.MENU), the
display changes in the order of Kisekae
menu → Standard menu → My Selection.
My Selection
i-mode
i Menu
Bookmark
Screen Memo
Last accessed URL
Go to location
i-Channel
MessageR/F
Check new msg
i-mode setting
Display
Call
Application
Animation
Font size
Incoming set
Missed call
Videophone setting
Call display
Call assist
Call setting
Call quality
Headset setting
Self mode
Melody Call
1Seg setting
Lifetime Cal.
Mail
i-mode
i αppli
Phonebook
Call record
PushTalk
Record msg
20
Full Browser
Mail
Inbox
Outbox
Draft
Compose message
WEB mail
Compose SMS
Templates
Check new message
Check new SMS
Receive option
Mail setting
i-appli
i αppli list
i αppli setting
i αppli history
i αppli(microSD)
Phone
Phonebook
Call record
Application
Lock/Security
Management
ToruCa
IC act. Notice
Schedule
Input method
Lock all
IC card lock
Pers. data lock
Secret display
Auto lock SubKey
Key dial lock
Acpt/Rjct call
Reject unknown
Denied no ID
NW Services
Date/time
Select language
Manner mode
Set basic tone
Jog setting
Force reactor
Change code
17
21
UIM setting
Scan function
SW Update
Check serv. area
Battery level
BN reduction
Storage info
USB mode setting
Reset
Initial setting
PushTalk phonebook
Record message
Data Box
My picture
MUSIC
Music&Video Channel
i-motion
Melody
My document
Kisekae Tool
Chara-den
1Seg
MUSIC
MUSIC Player
Music&Video Channel
Osaifu-Keitai
IC card content
DCMX
ToruCa
Settings
Search by i-mode
Management
1 Seg
Activate 1Seg
Program guide
Booking list
TVlink
Set channel list
1Seg setting
18
LifeKit
Bar code reader
Receive Ir data
microSD
Camera
Movie
Lifetime Calendar
Alarm
Schedule
Text Memo
Calculator
Data Security Service
GPS
Own number
Settings
Display
Stand-by display
Sub display
Backlight
Power saver
Menu setting
Kisekae setting
■ Public mode (Power off)
Set
Cancel
Confirm contents
19
in the stand-by display (for over a second).
■ Setting/canceling the Manner mode
Press
The Voice Mail Service (P.346)
■ Starting the service※
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management] → [NW Services]
→ [Voice Mail] → [Activate] → [Activate] → [Yes] →
■ Stopping the service※
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management] → [NW
Services] → [Voice Mail] → [Deactivate] → [Yes] →
■ Playing back a new message※
Manner Mode (P.66, 68, 108)
■ Setting/canceling the Public mode (Drive mode)
23
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management] → [NW
Services] → [Voice Mail] → [Play messages] → [Yes] →
※ When 2in1 is set to the Dual mode, the screen for
selecting either Number A or Number B appears.
Press
( ) in the stand-by display (for
over a second).
Tear-off line
22
■ Stopping the service
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management] → [NW
Services] → [Call Waiting] → [Deactivate] → [Yes] →
The Call Forwarding Service (P.347)
ͫ
ͪ
ͩ
ͨ
ͦ
ͧ
/ / /
: Radio wave condition
: During i-mode
: During Full Browser
: Outside of the service area
: Self mode is set
: While using the infrared/iC communication function
: While the infrared remote control is being used
: While per for ming an SSL-related
function such as displaying an SSL site
/ / : Unread i-mode mail/Unread SMS/
Unread i-mode mail and unread SMS
: Mail at the i-mode center
: Unread Area Mail
: Unread Message R
: Unread Message F
28
͵Ͷͷͺ ͻͼͽ;
ͦ∼ͨ ͪ ͬ ͮ∼Ͱ Ͳ
ʹ
ͩ ͫ ͭ
ͱ ͳ
Using the Display (P.30)
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management] →
[NW Services] → [Call forwarding] → [Change FWD
number] → Enter the phone number → [Set] →
※ When 2in1 is set to the Dual mode, the screen for
selecting either Number A or Number B appears. 24
■ Changing the forwarding number
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management] → [NW
Services] → [Call forwarding] → [Deactivate] → [Yes] →
■ Stopping the service※
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management]
→ [NW Services] → [Call forwarding] → [Activate]
→ [Activate] → [Yes] →
■ Starting the service※
Ͳ
ͱ
ͯ
Ͱ
ͮ
ͭ
ͬ
: While providing location information by GPS
: During GPS positioning
(Blue)/ : While connecting to the 3G network
(Red) (Packet communication: able)/
(Packet communication: disable)
/ : While connecting to the GSM network/
While connecting to the GPRS network
/ : While running i-αppli (i-αppli
stand-by display)/i-αppli DX
: USB mode setting is Communication mode
: USB mode setting is microSD mode
: USB mode setting is MTP mode connecting
: USB mode setting is ATRAC mode
: Secret display is [ON]
: The microSD memory card is inserted
(Flashes during preparation for access
after insertion of the microSD memory card)
: During a voice call
: During a videophone call
: During PushTalk communication
/ / : 1/2/3 or more tasks are executed
changes to
while playback
is in progress on the MUSIC Player,
changes to
while watching
One Seg, or
changes to while
recording a One Seg program) 29
: Press in the stand-by display to
display the Data Box.
: Press in the stand-by display to
display the Phonebook.
: Press in the stand-by display to
display the Received record.
: Press in the stand-by display to
display the Redial record.
: Press in the stand-by display to display
the Mail menu. Press for over a second
in the stand-by display to perform the
Check new message.
25
List of Key Operation (P.24, 25, 26)
From the Menu, select [Settings] →
[Management] → [NW Services] → [Caller ID
Request] → [Deactivate] → [Yes] →
From the Menu, select [Settings] →
[Management] → [NW Services] → [Caller ID
Request] → [Activate] → [Yes] →
From the Menu, select [Settings] → [Management] → [NW
Services] → [Call Waiting] → [Activate] → [Yes] →
■ Stopping the service
The Caller ID Display Request Service (P.348)
■ Starting the service
The Call Waiting Service (P.347)
■ Starting the service
ͽ
ͺ
ͻ
ͼ
ͷ
Ͷ
͵
ͳ
ʹ
30
/ / / : Battery level
: Current time (Displayed in 24-hour format
in other than the stand-by display)
: The vibrator is set for incoming calls
: The vibrator is set for incoming mail
: The vibrator is set for incoming calls
and mail
: Incoming call ring volume OFF
: Incoming mail ring volume OFF
: Incoming call and mail ring volume OFF
: Manner mode is set (
is pink)
: Public mode (Drive mode) is set
: Personal data lock is set
: Key dial lock is set
: Personal data lock and Key dial lock
are set
: IC card lock is set
: During Music&Video Channel reservation
: Alarm is set
: Schedule alarm is set
: Alarm and Schedule alarm are set
: Record message is set (there are
non-played back record messages)
( is white, is light blue)
: Press in the stand-by display to
display the i-mode menu.
Press for over a second in the stand-by display
to display the i-αppli folder list display.
: Press to display the menu.
: Press in the stand-by display to
display the Channel list display.
Press for over a second in the stand-by
display to activate the Camera mode.
: Press for over a second in the stand-by
display to lock/cancel the IC card function.
: Press for over a second in the stand-by
display to set/cancel the Public mode
(Drive mode).
: Press in the stand-by display to
display the Manner mode display.
Press for over a second in the stand-by
display to set/cancel the Manner mode.
Press to scroll a page to the previous display.
: Press in the stand-by display to
display the Record msg display.
Press for over a second in the stand-by
display to set/cancel the Record message.
Press to scroll a page to the next display.
26
(no area code) 106
(no area code) 117
Area code + 177
(no area code) 110
(no area code) 119
(no area code) 118
(no area code) 171
(no area code) 115
Phone number
(no area code) 104
: Videophone message is set (there
are non-played back videophone
messages) ( is green, is light blue)
Tear-off line
● Check the number you call and dial it correctly.
31
Contact number:
Contact number:
Contact number:
■ Other contact numbers
0120-524-360 (24-hour service)
※ Omakase Lock is a paid service. However,
when you subscribe to this service together
with your request to suspend the FOMA
terminal or while the FOMA terminal is
suspended, the service charge is not required.
Setting/canceling the Omakase Lock
■ Omakase Lock
Contact for Emergency Such As Lost Terminal
;
※ Phone numbers of customers who declined to
disclose their number information cannot be guided.
27
Service
Number guide service (paid:
service charge + call charge)※
Telegram service (paid:
telegram fee)
Time (paid)
Weather (paid)
Emergency call to Police
Emergency call to Fire/Ambulance
Emergency call to Maritime rescue
Disaster Message Board
Service (paid)
Collect Call (paid: service
charge + call charge)
Services Available on the FOMA Terminal (P.388)
: Press for over a second in the stand-by
display to activate the Camera mode.
: Press for over a second in the standby display to activate One Seg.
Quick Manual for “Overseas Use”
■ For Loss, Theft, and Charge Settlement for
Overseas
(24-hour service)
-81-3-5366-3114 *
(toll-free)
From DoCoMo mobile phones
International access number
of your country of stay (Table1)
* The call charges to Japan apply when you
place a call from ordinary phones.
※ Dial +81-3-5366-3114 to get connected when
you place a call from SO905i. (Press and hold
the “0” key for at least one second to enter “+”.)
From ordinary phones
Universal number
International prefix number for
*
the universal number (Table2) -800-0120-0151
* The call charges to your country of stay may
apply.
● For the international access number of major
countries (Table1) and international prefix number
for the universal number (Table2), see P.13 or P.14
respectively.
Services Available Overseas (P.364)
3G GSM GPRS
Videophone call
You can place international videophone
○
calls to specific 3G carrier users
overseas and to FOMA users.
Voice call
You can use the same mobile phone
number as used in Japan even from an
○
overseas location to place international
calls to Japan and other countries as well
as ordinary calls in your country of stay.
×
×
○
○
○
×
Communication service
i-mode
○
You can use i-mode even from an overseas location.
×
○
i-mode mail
You can use the same mail address
○
as used in Japan even overseas and
send/receive i-mode mail.
○
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
i-Channel
SMS
You can use the same mobile phone number
○
as used in Japan even from an overseas
location to send/receive SMS messages.
Data communication
(Packet communication)
■ About Troubles and Repairs for Services Overseas
(24-hour service)
-81-3-6718-1414*
(toll-free)
From DoCoMo mobile phones
International access number
of your country of stay (Table1)
* The call charges to Japan apply when you
place a call from ordinary phones.
※ Dial +81-3-6718-1414 to get connected when
you place a call from SO905i. (Press and hold
the “0” key for at least one second to enter “+”.)
From ordinary phones
Universal number
International prefix number for
*
the universal number (Table2) -800-5931-8600
* The call charges to your country of stay may
apply.
● For the international access number of major
countries (Table1) and international prefix number
for the universal number (Table2), see P.13 or P.14
respectively.
Network Search Mode (P.369)
Select [Manual] → a carrier →
[PLMN setting]:
Set a carrier with the higher-priority for connection.
[Network re-search]:
Search the carrier to be connected again.
[Manual]:
Manually select a carrier.
[Auto]:
Automatically connect to another carrier.
Fr o m t h e M e nu , s e l e c t [ S e t t i n g s ] →
[Management] → [NW Services] → [Int’l
roaming] → [Network search mode] →
Example: Changing a carrier to be connected
for manual connection
PLMN Setting (P.369)
Example: Saving a carrier from the carrier list
From the Menu, select [Settings] →
[Management] → [NW Services] → [Int’l
roaming] → [Network search mode] → [PLMN
setting] →
Before Using the FOMA Terminal Overseas
■ Setting the i-mode
【In Japan】
Press
i n t h e s t a n d - by d i s p l ay →
[i Menu] → [料金&お申込・設定] → [オプ
ション設定] → [海外利用設定] → [iモード
利用設定] → [利用する] → Enter an i-mode
password → [決定] →
Press
in the stand-by display → [i Menu]
→ [海外利用設定] → [iモード利用設定] →
[利用する] → Enter an i-mode password →
[決定] →
【Overseas】
(Func).
Select [Select from List] → a carrier →
Select [Unregistered] and press
From the Menu, select [Settings] →
[Management] → [NW Services] →
[Remote Control] → [Activate] → [Yes] →
■ Setting the Remote Control
【In Japan】
Select a network communication method →
[Yes] →
Setting After Returning to Japan (P.367)
Fr o m t h e M e nu , s e l e c t [ S e t t i n g s ] →
[Management] → [NW Services] → [Int’l
roaming] → [Network search mode] →
The default setting is to search a network
after the FOMA terminal powered on in
Japan and connect to the FOMA network
(NTT DoCoMo, Inc) automatically.
■ Changing the network to the FOMA
network (NTT DoCoMo, Inc) manually
Select [Manual] → [NTT DoCoMo, Inc] →
From the Menu, select [Settings] →
[Management] → [NW Services] → [Int’l
roaming] → [Remote access(Int.)] → [Yes]
→
【Overseas】
■ Setting the clock
Available
Available
Available
From the Menu, select [Settings] →
[Management] → [Date/time] → [Auto time
adjust] → [ON] →
Available Network
3G roaming
GSM network
GPRS network
Display to Be Shown Overseas (P.367)
Connected network
While you use the FOMA terminal overseas, the name of
the connected carrier appears in the stand-by display.
○○○○
Carrier name
Main clock
・ Display the current
date/time of the
location of stay.
Sub-clock
・ Display the current
date/time of Japan.
Network you can use
ˎ The following icons show the current network
connection.
(Blue) 3G network (supported packet communication)
Icon
GSM network
(Red) 3G network (not supported packet communication)
GPRS network
Tear-off line
Placing a Call from Your Overseas Location (P.367)
ˎ If an area code begins with “0”, omit the
“0” when dialing (excepting when calling
ordinary phones, etc. in Italy).
ˎ To place an international call to Japan, enter
the country code “81”.
To place a call to a country saved using the Country code
Enter a phone number in the stand-by display,
press
(Option), select [Call method] →
[Voice call]/[Videophone] → [Country code]
(Call).
→ a country code, and press
To place a call to a recipient saved in the Phonebook
Select a recipient form the Phonebook and
press
. To place a videophone call, select a
recipient, press
, and press
(V.phone). The
first digit of the phone number “0” is converted
into a country code automatically added by the
Int’l dial assist before the call is dialed.
To place a call from the Redial/Received record
Select a recipient from the Redial/Received record
and press
or
(V.phone).
Press “+” (press
for over a second) in the
stand-by display and enter a country code, area
code, and a recipient’s phone number, in that order.
Country code
61
43
32
55
86
420
20
679
358
33
49
30
852
36
91
62
39
81
82
853
Area
Malaysia
Maldives
Netherlands
New Caledonia
New Zealand
Norway
Peru
Philippines
Russia
Singapore
Spain
Sweden
Switzerland
Tahiti (French
Polynesia)
Taiwan
Thailand
Turkey
United Kingdom
USA
Vietnam
886
66
90
44
84
Country code
60
960
31
687
64
47
51
63
65
34
46
41
689
ˎ For other country codes and details, see the
DoCoMo’s “International service website”.
12
Area
Australia
Austria
Belgium
Brazil
Canada
China
Czech Republic
Egypt
Fiji
Finland
France
Germany
Greece
Hong Kong
Hungary
India
Indonesia
Italy
Japan
Korea
Macau
When you use an international call or set to the Int’
l dial assist, use the following country codes (as of
October 2007).
Country Codes for Major Countries
■ Placing a call to another country (including
Japan) from your overseas location
To place a videophone call
Press
(V.phone).
Press
To place a videophone call
Press
(V.phone).
Press
Area
Australia
Belgium
Brazil
Canada
China
Czech Republic
Denmark
Finland
France
Germany
Greece
Hong Kong
Hungary
India
Indonesia
Ireland
Italy
Korea
Luxembourg
Macau
Number
0011
00
0041/0014
011
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
001
00
00
001
00
00
001
00
00
Area
Malaysia
Monaco
Netherlands
New Zealand
Norway
Philippines
Poland
Portugal
Russia
Singapore
Spain
Sweden
Switzerland
Taiwan
Thailand
Turkey
United Arab Emirates
United Kingdom
USA
Vietnam
13
Number
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
810
001
00
00
00
002
001
00
00
00
011
00
The international access number for major countries
is as follows (as of August 2007).
When you receive a videophone call
Press
or
(V.phone). To answer a call
with a substitute image, press
(Sub).
When receiving a call, press
International Access Number for
Major Countries (Table1)
ˎ Make sure to include the area code, even
for a local call.
ˎ If you place a call to a “WORLD WING”
overseas user, enter the country code “81”
and make the call an international call to
Japan even if the recipient is currently in the
same country in which you stay.
Enter a phone number in the stand-by
display.
Receiving a Call (P.368)
■ Placing a local call in your overseas location
10
From the Menu, select [Settings] →
[Management] → [NW Services] →
[Roaming Guidance] →
Area
Argentina
Australia
Austria
Belgium
Brazil
Bulgaria
Canada
China
Colombia
Denmark
Finland
France
Germany
Hong Kong
Hungary
Ireland
Israel
Italy
Number
00
0011
00
00
0021
00
011
00
009
00
990
00
00
001
00
00
014
00
Area
Korea
Luxembourg
Malaysia
Netherlands
New Zealand
Norway
Peru
Philippines
Portugal
Singapore
South Africa
Spain
Sweden
Switzerland
Taiwan
Thailand
United Kingdom
USA
14
Number
001
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
001
09
00
00
00
00
001
00
011
The international prefix number for the universal
number of each country is as follows (as of August
2007).
International Prefix Number for the
Universal Number (Table2)
ˎ You need to set it in Japan.
■ Roaming Guidance (P.370)
To use the network services overseas, set the Remote
Control beforehand.
Network Services
Ask the caller to dial the international access number
−81−your phone number without the first “0”.
■ When the caller places a call from
countries other than Japan
■ When the caller places a call from Japan
Ask the caller to dial your phone number.
From the Menu, select [Settings] →
[Management] → [NW Services] → [Int’l
roaming] → [Bar Incoming call] →
From the Menu, select [Settings] →
[Management] → [NW Services] → [Int’l
roaming] → [Voice Mail(Int.)] →
From the Menu, select [Settings] →
[Management] → [NW Services] → [Int’l
roaming] → [Call FWD(Int.)] →
Tear-off line
15
ˎ When you place a call to a contact number for
inquiries, call the “International access number
of your country of stay (Table1)” or “International
prefix number for the universal number (Table2)”
assigned to the location where you stay, and then
enter the contact phone numbers.
For inquiries about loss, theft, the charge settlement,
and repairs, see “For Loss, Theft, and Charge
Settlement for Overseas” on the frontcover or “About
Troubles and Repairs for Services Overseas” on P.1 of
this manual.
11
From the Menu, select [Settings] →
[Management] → [NW Services] → [Int’l
roaming] → [Roaming guide(Int.)] → [Yes]
→
About Inquiries
■ Roaming guide(Int.) (P.371)
■ Call FWD(Int.) (P.371)
■ Voice Mail(Int.) (P.371)
ˎ You may not be able to set it depending on the
overseas carrier you use.
■ Bar Incoming call (P.370)
Don’t forget your FOMA terminal or your manners!
When you use the FOMA terminal, be careful not to disturb others around you.
Power off the FOMA terminal in the following cases
● When you are in a place where the use is prohibited
In airplanes and hospitals, power off the FOMA terminal.
※ Power off the FOMA terminal not only inside hospital wards but also in the lobby or waiting rooms since
electronic medical equipment may be used nearby.
● When there is a possibility that the implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable cardioverter
defibrillator is used nearby such as on rush-hour trains
The FOMA terminal may affect the operation of implantable cardiac pacemaker or implantable
cardioverter defibrillator.
Set the Public mode in the following cases
● When you are driving
Holding the mobile phone with a hand while driving applies the penal regulations.
※ When you are compelled to receive a call, tell “Call you back” to the caller using the Hands-free function
and park the vehicle in a safe place to place a call.
● When you are in a public place such as in a theater, movie theater or museum
Power off the FOMA terminal in a quiet public place since it may disturb others around you.
Be careful of where you use the FOMA terminal and the volume of your voice and ring tone
● Be careful of the volume of your voice when you use the FOMA terminal in a quiet place such
as in a restaurant or hotel lobby.
● Use the FOMA terminal in a place where you do not disturb passengers on the streets.
Be sensitive regarding privacy
Please be considerate of the privacy of individuals around you when taking and sending
photos using camera-equipped mobile phones.
Features to support public manners
The FOMA terminal is equipped with helpful features, such as muting sounds, not answering
incoming calls, etc.
● Public mode (P.66, 68)
● Manner mode (P.108)/Original manner mode (P.109)
● Vibrator (P.103)
● Record message (P.69)
This manual was printed and produced in such a way to allow easy recycling. Please dispose it
for recycling when it is no longer needed.
“ドコモeサイト” allows you to go through procedures for various registration changes, including
changes of the address and charge plan, and request for relevant documents.
Using i-mode i Menu
From a PC
料金&お申込・設定
各種手続き (ドコモeサイト) Free packet communication charge
My DoCoMo (http://www.mydocomo.com/)
各種手続き (ドコモeサイト)
※ For access using i-mode, the “network security code” is required.
※ For access using i-mode, no packet communication charge is required, except for from abroad.
※ For access from a PC, the “DoCoMo ID/Password” are required.
※ If you have not yet obtained the “network security code” or “DoCoMo ID/Password”, or you forget them, call the “General Contact” below.
※ Access to the services may not be available depending on the subscription detail.
※ DoCoMo e-site may be inaccessible because of the system maintenance.
General Contact
Contact for Repair (in Japanese only)
■From DoCoMo mobile phones or PHSs (in Japanese only)
■From DoCoMo mobile phones or PHSs
(No prefix) 151 (toll-free)
※Not available from ordinary phones.
(No prefix) 113 (toll-free)
※Not available from ordinary phones.
■From ordinary phones
■ From ordinary phones
0120-800-000 (toll-free) (in Japanese)
0120-005-250 (toll-free) (in English)
※Also available from mobile phones and PHSs.
● Check the number you call and dial it correctly.
0120-800-000 (toll-free)
※Also available from mobile phones and PHSs.
● Check the number you call and dial it correctly.
● For details refer to the “List of Service Stations in Japan” supplied
with the FOMA terminal.
For Loss, Theft, and Charge Settlement for Overseas
About Troubles and Repairs for Services Overseas
(24-hour service)
(24-hour service)
From DoCoMo mobile phones
International access number of
your country of stay (Table1) -81-3-5366-3114*(toll-free)
From DoCoMo mobile phones
International access number of
your country of stay (Table1) -81-3-6718-1414*(toll-free)
* The call charges to Japan apply when you place a call from
ordinary phones.
※ Dial +81-3-5366-3114 to get connected when you place a call
from SO905i. (Press and hold the “0” key for at least one second
to enter “+”.)
From ordinary phones
International prefix number for
the universal number (Table2)
-800-0120-0151*
* The call charges to your country of stay may apply.
* The call charges to Japan apply when you place a call from
ordinary phones.
※ Dial +81-3-6718-1414 to get connected when you place a call
from SO905i. (Press and hold the “0” key for at least one second
to enter “+”.)
From ordinary phones
International prefix number for
the universal number (Table2)
-800-5931-8600*
* The call charges to your country of stay may apply.
※ For the international access number of major countries (Table1)
※ For the international access number of major countries (Table1)
and international prefix number for the universal number (Table2),
and international prefix number for the universal number (Table2),
see P.366 of this manual.
see P.366 of this manual.
● If you should lose your mobile phone or have it stolen abroad, please report it to DoCoMo and take steps to cancel the use of it as soon as possible.
● When the FOMA terminal you purchased is damaged, bring it to the DoCoMo repair handling service counter after returning to Japan.
Don’t forget your mobile phone
… or your manners!
When using your mobile phone in a public place, don’t forget to show common courtesy
and consideration for others around you.
Sales: NTT DoCoMo Group
NTT DoCoMo Hokkaido, Inc.
NTT DoCoMo Tokai, Inc.
NTT DoCoMo Chugoku, Inc.
NTT DoCoMo Tohoku, Inc.
NTT DoCoMo, Inc.
NTT DoCoMo Hokuriku, Inc. NTT DoCoMo Kansai, Inc.
NTT DoCoMo Shikoku, Inc. NTT DoCoMo Kyushu, Inc.
Manufacturer: Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Japan, Inc.
Li-ion
Return all spent battery packs
to NTT DoCoMo or a dealer,
or a recycling shop
to protect the environment.
Printed with soybean oil ink.
’07.11 (Ver.1)
3-277-725-11(1)
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF
File Type Extension : pdf
MIME Type : application/pdf
PDF Version : 1.6
Linearized : No
XMP Toolkit : 3.1-701
Modify Date : 2007:10:23 09:03:20+02:00
Create Date : 2007:10:23 09:02:19+02:00
Metadata Date : 2007:10:23 09:03:20+02:00
Format : application/pdf
Title : untitled
Document ID : uuid:f0e955c3-60a7-4b98-ae5f-21d17d2b21ac
Instance ID : uuid:e74be669-7b52-4a9a-b0c8-a591f9e8f816
Producer : Acrobat Distiller 7.0 (Windows)
Page Count : 186
EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools